Math Worksheets

Chapter File Folders Teacher Tools Assessment Guide English Language Learner Handbook Math Center Cards Problem
of the Day
Quit
Success on Standardized Tests
Print This Page

Name
Explore How Big Is a Million?

Solve.
1. How many 10-by-10 grids would 2.
Print This 11 Page
PRACTICE
you need to make a thousand cube?
How many thousand cubes would you need to make a million?
3. How many hundreds are in 1,000? 4. How many hundreds are in 10,000? 5. How many thousands are in 1,000? 6. How many thousands are in 10,000? 7. How many thousands are in 100,000? 8. How many thousands are in 1,000,000?
McGraw-Hill School Division
9. How many ten thousands are in 10,000? 10. How many ten thousands are in 100,000? 11. How many ten thousands are in 1,000,000? 12. How many hundred thousands are in 100,000? 13. How many hundred thousands are in 1,000,000?
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 1, Lesson 1, pages 23. (1)
NS 1.1
Print This Page

Name

You can show numbers in different ways. You can think of 1,000 in the following ways: 1 thousand 10 hundreds 100 tens 1,000 ones
1 thousand 1. What number is shown below? 10 hundreds
Print This 11 Page
RETEACH
Complete. Name each number in different ways.

2. 10,000 3. 100,000 4. 1,000,000
ten thousand thousands hundreds

hundred thousand ten thousands thousands hundreds tens ones
million hundred thousands ten thousands thousands hundreds tens ones
tens ones
NS 1.1
Print This Page

Name

A Million Pizzas
Skye just opened Skyes Pizzas. Her dream is to sell one million pizzas. She wants to see how long it will take. Answer these questions to help her find out.
1. Skye says, If I sell 100 pizzas every day, I can sell 1,000,000 pizzas
Print This 11 Page
ENRICH
in
days! She frowns. Thats a long time.
2. Suddenly Skye snaps her fingers. I know! Ill open more stores!
If I have 10 stores and each store sells 100 pizzas every day, it will only take days to sell 1,000,000 pizzas!
3. Wait a minute! she exclaims. What if I have 100 stores and
each store sells 1,000 pizzas every day? How long will it take to sell 1,000,000 pizzas? Why dont you try to sell 1,000,000 pizzas in just 1 day? Skyes friend Emma asks. Hmmm, Skye murmurs. How many stores would I need? How many pizzas would each store need to sell?
4. Decide how many stores Skye would need and how many pizzas
each store would need to sell in 1 day.

5. What if you were Skye? What would be your plan? Tell about your plan.
NS 1.1
Print This Page

Name
Place Value Through Millions

Write the word name and the expanded form for each number.
1. 1,420,316
Print This 12 Page
PRACTICE
2. 2,672,400
3. 12,060,072
4. 785,004,012
Write the value of each underlined digit.

5. 842,753 7. 153,428,090 6. 6,782,141 8. 715,124,068
Write each number in standard form.

9. one million, two hundred thousand, five 10. thirty-eight million, four hundred thousand, eight 11. five hundred eighty million, sixty-two thousand, seventeen
12. two hundred fifty-four million, seven thousand, five
Algebra & Functions Write the missing number.

13. 42,865 40,000
800 60 5 40 3
14. 168,943 100,000 60,000 8,000 15. 888,888 800,000
8,000 800 80 8
NS 1.1
Print This Page

Name

Numbers in the millions have three periods. Each period is separated by a comma.
Print This 12 Page
RETEACH
Millions
Hundreds Tens Ones
Thousands
Hundreds Tens Ones Hundreds
Ones
Tens Ones
Expanded form: Standard form: Word name: Complete.

1. 824,124 =
700,000,000 1,000,000 200,000 20,000 1,000 300 50 4 701,221,354 seven hundred one million, two hundred twenty-one thousand, three hundred fifty-four
+ 20,000 + 4,000 + + 20,000 + + 2,000,000 + 500,000 +

Expanded Form 3,000,000 200,000 500 20 2,000,000 400,000 50,000 7,000 800 20 1 30,000,000 7,000,000 800,000 50,000 2,000 4 40,000,000 9,000,000 300,000 50,000 2,000 6
+ + +
+ + + + 10 +
2. 7,624,139 = 7,000,000 + 3. 42,521,012 =
Standard Form
Word Name
4.
5.
6.
7.
NS 1.1
Print This Page

Name

And the Number Is . . .
Use the digits below only once in each exercise.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1. What is the greatest number with 4 in the hundred millions place?
Print This 12 Page
ENRICH
2. What is the greatest number with 5 in the hundred thousands place?
3. What is the least number with 6 in the millions place?
4. What is the least number with 3 in the ten thousands place?
5. What is the greatest number with 8 in the thousands place?
6. What is the greatest number with 1 in the ten millions place?
, the ten thousands place? , ,
7. What is the least number with 9 in the millions place and 2 in
8. What is the greatest number with 7 in the hundred thousands

place and 1 in the thousands place? , ,
9. How did you use place value to help you make the greatest
possible number? the least possible number?
NS 1.1
Print This Page

Name
Compare and Order Numbers and Money

Compare. Write >, <, or =.
1. 3,874 4. 14,624 7. $101.42 10. 150,420 13. 782,421
Print This 13 Page
PRACTICE
3,862 1,462 $126.41
2. 5,741 5. 42,542 8. 25,632
5,862 41,617 25,632
3. $78.24 6. 32,145 9. 89,000
$77.24 32,264 87,999 197,541 972,421
100,042 11. 434,121 782,342 14. 642,134
432,154 12. 187,654 642,134 15. 874,158
Order from greatest to least.

16. 3,421; 3,641; 3,481; 3,562 17. $216.49; $218.42; $206.49 18. 72,642; 71,848; 70,621 19. 748,629; 747,832; 748,532
Order from least to greatest.

20. $64.21; $68.78; $87.68; $65.43 21. 25,421; 24,462; 24,416 22. 324,621; 324,742; 325,697
23. 524,607; 525,712; 524,872
Problem Solving 24. Sean has 1,575 bird stamps and Li has 25. Seans stamp album cost $12.75 and 2,075 bird stamps. Cindy has a Lis album cost $18.50. Cindys album number of stamps between Seans and cost the most. Is it $18.75 or $11.75? Lis numbers. Is it 1,075 or 1,755? Explain. Explain.
NS 1.2
Print This Page

Name

You can use a place-value chart to compare numbers. Start at the left. Look for the first place where the digits are different. Compare 4,872 and 4,892.
Thousands 4 4 Hundreds 8 8 Tens 7 9 Ones 2 2
Print This 13 Page
RETEACH
same number of thousands
same number of hundreds
4,892 has more tens than 4,872.
So, 4,892
4,872.
Compare $306.97 and $319.23.

Hundred Dollars 3 3 Ten Dollars 0 1 One Dollars 6 9 Cents 97 23
same number of hundred dollars
$319.23 has more ten dollars than $306.97.
So, $319.23
$306.97.
Use the place-value chart to compare the numbers. Write , , or .

1. Compare 3,234 and 3,216.
3,234 Tens
3,216 Ones
Thousands
Hundreds
Compare. Write , , or .
2. 8,504 4. 5,558 6. $324.89 8. 56,619 10. 502,300
8,515 5,585 $314.89 56,916 510,239
3. $25.16 5. 6,117 7. 50,281 9. $285.45 11. 832,077
$21.12 6,117 51,002 $293.45 822,077

NS 1.2
Print This Page

Name

Greater Numbers
Look at the value that each letter represents. Then order the letters from least to greatest values in the boxes below.
Print This 13 Page
ENRICH
A. There are 9,123 public libraries in the United States. B. There were 54,773 poodles registered by the American Kennel Club, Inc. C. There were 54,470 beagles registered by the American Kennel Club, Inc. D. The area of Mexico is 761,604 square miles. E. In the year ending December 31, 1997, there were 4,819 Maine coon cats
registered in the United States.

F. The area of the United States is 3,618,770 square miles. G. In the 1864 United States Presidential election, Abraham Lincoln received
2,216,067 votes.
H. In the 1868 United States Presidential election, Ulysses S. Grant received
3,015,071 votes.
I. The area of Japan is 145,856 square miles.
NS 1.2
Print This Page

Name
Problem Solving: Reading for Math

Using the Four-Step Process
Read the problem. Then read each step in the problem-solving process. Write a number next to each step to show the order in which the steps are done. Write a 1 for the first step, and so on.
1. A male elk weighs 600 pounds. A male moose weighs
Print This 14 Page
PRACTICE
Reading Skill
1,000 pounds. A male caribou weighs 300 pounds. What is the order of the three animals from greatest to least weight? Check your answer. Identify what you need to find. You need to find the order of the male elk, the male moose, and the male caribou from greatest to least weight. Read the problem. Identify what you know: A male elk weighs 600 pounds. A male moose weighs 1,000 pounds. A male caribou weighs 300 pounds. Make a plan for solving the problem. Order the animals by comparing their weights two at a time. List the animals from greatest to least weight. Follow your plan to solve the problem. What is the order of the three animals from greatest to least weight?
2. A mink can be 20 inches long. A wolverine can be 36 inches long.
A black-footed ferret can be 18 inches long. Which animal can grow to the greatest length? Identify what you know. A mink can be 20 inches long. A wolverine can be 36 inches long. A black-footed ferret can be 18 inches long.
Check your answer. Make a plan for solving the problem. Order the animals by comparing their lengths two at a time. List the animals from least to greatest length. Identify what you need to find: Which animal can grow to the greatest length? Follow your plan to solve the problem. Read the problem. Which animal can grow to the greatest length?
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 1, Lesson 4, pages 1213. (10) MR 1.1, 1.2, 2.3, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Choose the correct answer. A bottle-nosed dolphin can weigh up to 440 pounds. A common dolphin can weigh up to 165 pounds. Which kind of dolphin can be heavier?
1. Which of these statements is true?
Print This 14 Page
PRACTICE
Math Skills Test Prep
2. Which plan will help you solve the
A A bottle-nosed dolphin cannot be as heavy as a common dolphin. B A common dolphin can weigh 615 pounds. C A bottle-nosed dolphin can weigh 440 pounds.
problem? F Add 440 and 165. G Compare 440 and 165. H Subtract 165 from 440.
On Friday, 660 people went to Ocean World Animal Park. On Saturday, 1,096 people went to Ocean World. On Sunday, 998 people went to Ocean World. On which day did the most people go to Ocean World?
3. Which plan can you use to solve this 4. On which day did the most people
problem? A Compare 660; 1,096; and 998. B Add 660 and 1,096. C Add 1,096 and 998.
go to Ocean World? F Friday G Saturday H Sunday
Lassies Dog Walking Service walks 68 dogs per week. Doggie Express walks 57 dogs per week. Top Dog Company walks 101 dogs per week. List the dog walking services in order from least dogs walked per week to most dogs walked per week.
5. Which statement is true?
6. Which plan can you use to solve the
A Lassies Dog Walking Service walks the most dogs per week. B Doggie Express walks 57 dogs per week. C Top Dog Company walks 68 dogs per week
problem? F Compare the numbers of dogs walked two at a time. G Find the difference between the number of dogs walked by Top Dog Company and the number walked by Lassies. H Find the total number of dogs walked by the three services.
MR 1.1, 1.2, 2.3, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Choose the correct answer. Ocean World Animal Park needs 750 customers each day to make money. On Monday, Ocean World had 803 customers. On Tuesday, Ocean World had 691 customers. On Wednesday, Ocean World had 911 customers. On which day or days did Ocean World make money?
7. Which plan will help you solve the
Print This 14 Page
PRACTICE
8. On which day or days did Ocean
problem? A Compare the daily customer totals two at a time. B Compare each daily customer total to 750. C Order the daily customer totals from greatest to least. Solve. 9. A marlin can move at a speed of 50 miles per hour. A striped dolphin can move 19 miles per hour. A killer whale can move 55 miles per hour. List the animals in order from slowest to fastest.
World make money? F Tuesday only G Wednesday only H Monday and Wednesday only
10. Brandon, Timothy, and Norah have
pet care services. Last year, Brandon earned $712, Timothy earned $1,110, and Norah earned $650. List the people in order from greatest amount earned to least amount earned.
11. A poll shows that 311 students have

12. The pet shelter has 324 dogs in
dogs, 424 students have cats, 96 students have birds, and 38 students have a different pet. Which kind of pet is owned by the most students?
April, 411 dogs in May, and 399 dogs in June. List the months in order from least number of dogs to greatest number of dogs.
13. Dylan spots 48 birds. Nicole spots 51
14. In 1997, about 36,000,000 people went
birds. Who spots fewer birds?
to aquariums and about 86,000,000 people went to zoos. Did more people go to aquariums or to zoos?
MR 1.1, 1.2, 2.3, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Round Numbers and Money

Round to the given place.
1. 923 to the nearest 2. $0.93 to the nearest
Print This 15 Page
PRACTICE
3. $6.49 to the nearest
ten
ten cents
dollar
5. 862 to the nearest
dollar
7. 4,357 to the nearest
hundred
dollar
9. 8,553 to the nearest
thousand
ten cents
hundred
10. 380,256 to the nearest 11. 61,479 to the nearest 12. 1,555 to the nearest
hundred thousand
ten thousand
14. 7,502,475 to the
hundred
15. 2,653,789 to the
ten cents
nearest million
nearest hundred thousand
Algebra & Functions Find the rule. Complete the table.

16.
Rule: Input Output

57,124 60,000
64,142
91,722
234,162
478,234
Problem Solving
17.The radio announcer said that there 18.Joes class bought a bird feeder for
were 1,532 bluebird sightings on the island. To the nearest hundred, how many sightings were there?
$38.75. To the nearest dollar, what was the cost?
NS 1.3
Print This Page

Name

You can use a number line to help you round.
Print This 15 Page
RETEACH
40,000 41,000 42,000 43,000 44,000 45,000 46,000 47,000 48,000 49,000 50,000
Round 46,208 to the nearest ten thousand. Think: 46,000 is closer to 50,000 than 40,000. So, 46,208 rounds up to 50,000.
$6.00
$6.10 $6.20
$6.30 $6.40
$6.50 $6.60
$6.70
$6.80
$6.90 $7.00
Round $6.38 to the nearest dollar. Think: $6.30 is closer to $6.00 than $7.00. So, $6.38 rounds down to $6.00. Round to the nearest ten thousand.
1. 42,496 4. 45,800 7. 44,987 2. 49,009 5. 42,900 8. 41,875 3. 43,875 6. 47,250 9. 45,203
Round to the nearest million.

10. 7,450,000
11. 7,550,000 13. 7,289,999 15. 7,512,300
12. 7,832,010 14. 7,362,800
Round to the nearest dollar.

16. $12.60 19. $12.93 22. $12.25 17. $12.45 20. $12.53 23. $12.62 18. $12.13 21. $12.39 24. $12.59
NS 1.3
Print This Page

Name

Mystery Numbers
1. If you round me to the nearest hundred, you get 400.
Print This 15 Page
ENRICH
If you round me to the nearest ten, you get 430. The sum of my digits is 8. What number am I?
2. If you round me to the nearest thousand, you get 3,000.
If you round me to the nearest hundred, you get 2,600. Three of my digits are the same. The sum of my digits is 17. What number am I?
3. If you round me to the nearest thousand, you get 4,000.
The sum of my digits is 10. If you read me forward or backward, I am the same. What number am I?
4. If you round me to the nearest ten thousand, you get 50,000.
My first two digits add up to 10. The digit in my hundreds place is one more than 2. My last three digits add up to 8, and round (to the nearest hundred) to 400. What number am I?
5. The sum of my seven digits is 60. Six of the digits are the same.
Rounding me to the nearest ten, hundred, thousand, ten thousand, or million will give you the same number. What number am I?
6. If you round me to the nearest 100,000, you get 600,000.
Each of my six digits is the same. What number am I?

Use with Grade 4, Chapter 1, Lesson 5, pages 1417. (15) NS 1.3
Print This Page

Name
Problem Solving: Strategy

Make a Table
Make a table. Use data from the table to solve problems 1 and 2. Elliotdog Marioncat Tinahamster Paulafish Samcat What is your favorite kind of pet? Howarddog Janebird Norikobird Tericat Yolandadog Sarahcat Barrycat Brucedog Juandog Mikecat
Print This 16 Page
PRACTICE
Rebeccabird Melaniecat Tracidog Noreenfish Sylviacat
1. Which pet had the most votes?
2. Which pet had the least votes?
3. Mark cuts out letters to make a sign.
4. Which letter does Mark need to
The sign says, "Get Pet Kittens for Free." How many different kinds of letters does Mark need to make?
make the most of? How many of these letters does Mark have to make?
Mixed Strategy Review Solve. Use any strategy. 5. A pet store sold 137 bags of dog food called The Vets Choice. It sold 249 bags of a dog food called Fidos Friend. How many more bags of Fidos Friend than The Vets Choice were sold?
6. In 1999, The Pet Palace made about
$100,000. In 2000, The Pet Palace increased this amount by $10,000. How much did The Pet Palace make in 2000? Strategy:
Strategy:
7. Science Adult sun bears usually 8. Create a problem you would make
weigh from 60 to 100 pounds. Adult grizzly bears weigh from 350 to 500 pounds. Adult Asiatic black bears weigh about 250 pounds. Which bear weighs the least? Strategy:
a table to solve. Share it with others.
NS 1.2; SDP 1.3; MR 1.1, 2.3, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Make a Table
Page 21, Problem 2
Print This 16 Page
RETEACH
Which type of fish has the greatest number of varieties? Different Varieties of Tetras, Goldfish, and Angelfish tetrasblack neon tetra goldfishblack moor angelfishgold angel tetraslemon tetra Step 1 goldfishfan tail goldfish tetraswhite skirt tetrassilver dollar angelfishmarble angel goldfishlionhead tetrasblack neon tetras angelfishsilver angel
Read
Be sure you understand the problem. Read carefully. What do you know? There are different varieties of , and What do you need to find? You need to know how many different varieties of , there are. , and . ,
Step 2
Plan
I I
Make a plan.
Choose a strategy. A table can help you organize what you know. Make a table to solve the problem.
Make a Table or List Write a Number Sentence Work Backward Act it Out Find a Pattern Make a Graph Guess and Check Logical Reasoning Solve a Simpler Problem Draw a Picture
NS 1.2; SDP 1.3; MR 1.1, 2.3, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Make a Table
Step 3
Print This 16 Page
RETEACH
Solve
Carry out your plan. Make a table to solve. Tally the number of for each fish. Write a number for each set of tallies. Compare the numbers. Complete the table. Type of Fish Tetras Goldfish Angelfish There are There are There are different kinds of tetras. different kinds of goldfish. different kinds of angelfish. than either of the other 3 Tally of Different Varieties Number
There are more varieties of two kinds of fish. Step 4
Look Back
Is the solution reasonable? Reread the problem. Does your answer match the data given in the problem?
Practice 1. Jack lists the fish in his aquarium. He has a fan tail goldfish, a lionhead goldfish, a gold angel angelfish, a lemon tetra, and a black neon tetra. Of which type of fish does Jack have the least?
2. Alex, Brian, and Yumi each like one kind
of dog. The dog is either a terrier, a retriever, or a poodle. Alex does not like retrievers. Brian does not like poodles or retrievers. Who likes poodles?
NS 1.2; SDP 1.3; MR 1.1, 2.3, 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Count Money and Make Change

Write the amount of money shown.
1. 2. 3.
Print This 17 Page
PRACTICE
8 8
SCHOOL MONEY
8 8
8 8
SCHOOL MONEY
8 8
Tell which coins and bills make the amount.
4. $0.89
5. $3.62
6. $7.67
Find the amount of change.

7. Price: $0.59 8. Price: $2.45 9. Price: $7.81
Amount given: $1.00
Amount given: $5.00
Amount given: $10.00
10. Price: $0.86
11. Price: $3.09
12. Price: $9.25
Amount given: $5.00

Problem Solving
13. Andy gives the cashier $5.00 to pay 14. Lowanda receives 1 quarter, 2 dimes,
for a $3.75 calendar. How much change does he receive?
and 1 nickel in change. How much money is that?
NS 1.0; MR 2.4
Print This Page

Name

To make change, start with the cost. Then count up to the amount given to you. Use the fewest number of bills and coins possible. You sell a pen for $2.49. Someone gives you $5.00 for the pen.
Print This 17 Page
RETEACH
$2.49 Cost
$2.50
$2.75
$3.00
$4.00
$5.00
Count the bills and coins to find the change: $2.51. Count up. Find the amount of change.
1. Amount given: $6.00
$5.34 Cost Amount of change:
2. Amount given: $10.00

8 8
SCHOOL MONEY
8 8
$3.79 Cost Amount of change:
NS 1.0; MR 2.4
Print This Page

Name

Money Detective
Use the clues to find which coins and bills are inside each bank.
1. 2.
Print This 17 Page
ENRICH
$0.47
$0.58
Clue: 6 coins
Clue: 13 coins
3.
4.
$0.73
$0.81
Clue: 10 coins
Clue: 8 coins
5.
6.
$1.00
$7.45
Clue: 19 coins, but only two kinds
Clue: 3 bills, 3 coins
7.
8.
$15.55
$23.00
NS 1.0; MR 2.4
Print This Page

Name
Negative Numbers
Write a positive or negative number to represent each situation.
1. Lose $4 3. 300 feet above sea level 5. Gain 3 pounds 7. Take 8 steps back 9. 52F 2. Deposit $50 4. 12F below zero 6. Go 3 floors down 8. Earn $25 10. Lose 10 pounds
Print This 18 Page
PRACTICE
Compare. Write or . You may use a number line to help.

11. 0 15.
12. 2
13. 17.
4 3
2 0
14. 18.
5 3
16. 0 20. 6 24.
8 10 24 13
19. 1 23. 27.
12 2
21. 12 25. 29. 33. 37.
12 0
22. 7 26.
15 9
5 4
12
10 15 6 4
28. 17
30. 0 34. 13 38.
11 3
31. 11
11 32. 0
36.
11
35.
10
12
Problem Solving
39. Manuel deposited a check for $25 in 40. An airplane descended 1,000 feet. Ten
his savings account. Then he withdrew $30. Write a number to represent each situation.
minutes later, it climbed 9,500 feet. Write a number to represent each situation.
NS 1.8
Print This Page

Name
Negative Numbers
You can use a number line to understand and compare positive and negative numbers.
negative numbers less than zero
Print This 18 Page
RETEACH
positive numbers greater than zero 1 0
Numbers to the right are greater than numbers to the left.
2 is to the right of 2, so 2 2.
Complete.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
5 is to the right of 3, so 5 1 is to the 5 is to the 4 is to the 6 is to the 2 is to the
3.
of 1, so 1 of 6, so 5 of 1, so 4 of 6, so 6 of 4, so 2
1. 6.
1. 6. 4.
Compare. Write or . You may use a number line to help.

7. 11. 15. 19.
14 12 6 7
14 21
8. 12. 16. 20.
13 25 10 8
31 5 12
9. 13. 17. 21.
9 8 2 9
15 2 12 8
10. 14. 18.
20 20 4
18
20
15
22. 0
10
NS 1.8
Print This Page

Name
Negative Numbers
Are You Positive or Negative?
Play with a partner. You will need 10 blank cards for each player. Each player writes five different negative and five different positive integers, one on each card. They should use the integers from 10 to 10. Each player mixes up their cards and spreads them out face down. To play, each player touches one of these cards. One player announces Mine is greater than (or less than or equal to) yours. Both players turn over their card. If the statement was correct, that player gets both cards. If not, they go to the original player. Repeat touching cards and taking turns making the statements. When all cards are collected, the player with the most cards wins.
Print This 18 Page
ENRICH
5
4
NS 1.8
Print This Page

Name
Problem Solving: Application

Applying Place Value
Record your data. Answers may vary. Store Cost of 20 Pounds of Dog Food
19 Part A WORKSHEET Decision Making
Print This Page
Cost of Gas for Trip to Store
Pet Supply
Animal World
Pets Place
Discount Pet Food
Your Decision What is your recommendation for Stacia? Explain.
NS 1.2; MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page

Name

How do you compare with your partner?
Record your data. Data for Student 1 Data for Student 2
19 Part B WORKSHEET Math & Science
Print This Page
Are the two sets of data the same or close to being the same?
1. Your favorite number
2. Number of hours you sleep
each night
3. Number of push-ups you can do
in 30 seconds
4. Number of objects in your desk
right now
5. Number of cups of water you
drank yesterday
6. Number of cats and dogs you know
7. Length of your arm from shoulder

to wrist
8. How long you can stand on one foot
9. Number of times you breathe in
one minute
10. Your age
NS 1.2; MR 1.1, 2.3, 3.3
Print This Page

Name

How do you compare with your partner?
1. How many times were you and your partner the same? different?
Print This Page
2. Explain how you decided whether you and your partner were the
same. Did the numbers have to be exactly alike? Why or why not?
3. In which areas did you vary the most from your partner?
4. In which areas did you vary the least from your partner?
5. Why is it good to have variation in nature?
NS 1.2; MR 1.1, 2.3, 3.3
Print This Page

Name
Use Properties of Addition

Complete the set of related number sentences.
1. 5 , 3, 8 2. 6, 8, 14 3. 6, 9, 15
Print This 21 Page
PRACTICE
5n8
68n 8 n 14 14 6 n 14 n 8
5. 22, 5, 27
n38 85n 8n5

4. 3, 7, 10
n 6 15 6 n 15 15 n 6 15 6 n
6. 34, 4, 38
3 n 10 37n
22 n 27 5 22 n
34 n 38 4 n 38 38 n 34 n 4 34
n37 10 n 3
7. 2 9
n 22 5 27 5 n
8. 35 4
Find the sum or difference. Write the related number sentences.

9.
54 0
Write the related number sentences for the set of numbers.

10. 4, 5, 9 11. 11, 24, 35 12. 0, 46, 46
Problem Solving
13. Ken has 6 coins in his collection.
14. Meg has 13 coins in her collection.
Barb has 5 more coins than Ken. How many coins does Barb have?
Then she gives 7 coins to her cousin. How many coins does Meg have now?
NS 3.1; AF 1.1
Print This Page

Name

Every number sentence in a set of related number sentences uses the same numbers. The model below shows a set of related number sentences. 538 358 835 853 You can also use the properties and the idea of related sentences with greater numbers. Look at each model. Write the related number sentences.
1. 2.
Print This 21 Page
RETEACH
Commutative Property: 5 3 8 is the same as 3 5 8.
Find the sum. Write the related number sentences.

3. 8 3
4. 2 7
5. 18 0
Write the related number sentences for the set of numbers.

6. 26, 17, 43 7. 0, 56, 56 8. 9, 45, 54
NS 3.1; AF 1.1
Print This Page

Name

Properties and Rules
Complete each number sentence. Then write the property or rule you used.
1.
Print This 21 Page
ENRICH
MNM N BB
2. A
3.
CDC D HH
JJ
4.
5.
6.
Z0
QQP
7.
8.
0W
Write the related number sentences.

9.
ANB
10.
DEF
NS 3.1; AF 1.1
Print This Page

Name
Addition Patterns
Complete the pattern.
1. 8 8
Print This 22 Page
PRACTICE
2. 7 6
80 80 n 800 800 n 8,000 8,000 n 80,000 80,000 n 800,000 800,000 n

3. 5 9
70 60 n 700 600 n 7,000 6,000 n 70,000 60,000 n 700,000 600,000 n

4. 8 9
50 90 n 500 900 n 5,000 9,000 n 50,000 90,000 n 500,000 900,000 n Add mentally.
5. 500 400 7. 30,000 80,000 9. 600 500 11. 100,000 900,000
80 90 n 800 900 n 8,000 9,000 n 80,000 90,000 n 800,000 900,000 n
6. 3,000 9,000 8. 700 800 10. 70,000 30,000 12. 800,000 500,000
Problem Solving
13. A music store made $50,000 selling 14. The Green Hornets sold 800,000
CDs and tapes in December. In January, the store made $30,000. How much did the store make in all?
copies of their first CD. They sold 500,000 copies of their second CD. How many CDs did the Green Hornets sell in all?
NS 3.1; MR 1.1
Print This Page

Name
Addition Patterns
You can use addition facts and patterns to add multiples of ten mentally. Add the front digits. Then write a zero to match each place value. 5 7 12 5 7 12 50 70 120 500 700 1,200 5,000 7,000 12,000
Print This 22 Page
RETEACH
5,000 7,000 12,000 50,000 70,000 120,000 500,000 700,000 1,200,000
50 70 120
50,000 70,000 120,000
500 700 1,200
500,000 700,000 1,200,000

1. 3 8
2. 5 9
30 80 n 300 800 n 3,000 8,000 n 30,000 80,000 n 300,000 800,000 n

50 90 n 500 900 n 5,000 9,000 n 50,000 90,000 n 500,000 900,000 n
Add mentally.
3. 800 600 5. 80,000 80,000 7. 900 500 9. 800,000 700,000 11. 300 700
4. 9,000 7,000 6. 5,000 4,000 8. 700,000 600,000 10. 60,000 50,000 12. 80,000 90,000
NS 3.1; MR 1.1
Print This Page

Name
Addition Patterns
Pascals Triangle
The triangle below is called Pascals Triangle. Each row begins and ends with the number 1. Every other number is the sum of the two numbers above it. Complete this Pascals Triangle. Row 1 Row 2 Row 3 Row 4 Row 5 Row 6 Row 7 1 1 1 1 1 3 6 1 2 3 1 1 1 1 1
Print This 22 Page
ENRICH
1 1
Now complete this Pascals Triangle. Each row begins and ends with 200. Row 1 Row 2 Row 3
200 200 200 200 200 200 200 600 1,200 400 600 200 200 200 200 200 200
Row 4 Row 5 Row 6 Row 7
NS 3.1; MR 1.1
Print This Page

Name
Add Whole Numbers and Money

Find each sum.
1.
Print This 23 Page
PRACTICE
688 207 $2.98 0.59 5,174 327 12,345 67,890 $3,421.78 1,657.18
2.
574 434 989 624 $12.57 7.43 43,802 7,526 204,177 678,687
3.
757 529 8,489 2,467 6,672 878 24,316 893 741,243 85,278
4.
$8.72 1.38 $3,824 962 $78.29 45.32 183,462 570,184 $427,535 6,280
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21. $7.77 $6.66 23. 3,489 87 741 25. 42,608 7,709 3,047
22. 5,872 754 24. $256.82 $357.47 $83.95 26. 782,070 879,162 115,603
Problem Solving
27. At the Lakeside School, 522 students 28. Last week, $325 worth of play tickets
ride the bus and 714 students walk or are driven to school. How many students attend Lakeside School?
and $729 worth of carnival tickets were sold. How much money was collected altogether?
NS 3.1
Print This Page

Name

Add 587 269. Step 1 Add the ones. Regroup if necessary. H 5 2 T
1
Print This 23 Page
RETEACH
Step 2 Add the tens. Regroup if necessary. O 7 9 6 H

1
Step 3 Add the hundreds. Regroup if necessary. O 7 9 6 H

1
T
1
T
1
O 7 9 6
8 6
5 2
8 6 5
5 2 8
8 6 5
7 ones 9 ones 16 ones 1 ten 8 tens 6 tens 1 hundred 5 hundreds 15 tens 2 hundreds 8 hundreds 16 ones 1 ten 6 ones 15 tens 1 hundred 5 tens Find each sum.
1.
413 228
2.
336 574
3.
$4.80 2.57
4.
327 425
5.
$828 16
6.
187 219
7.
534 394
8.
$9.34 3.68
9.
692 810
10.
$7.99 7.99
11.
1,245 3,717
12.
$31.15 85.29
13.
6,289 764
14.
8,147 3,988
15.
5,326 383
16.
71,128 3,511
17.
87,421 2,032 5,857
18.
25,784 4,408 64,726
19.
399,625 99,990 437,487
20.
$62.41 7.38 1.21
NS 3.1
Print This Page

Name

Hindu Addition
The Hindu people of ancient India added numbers from the left and moved to the right. Here is an example of Hindu addition. Add the hundreds. Next add the tens. 8 8 16. Regroup to the hundreds place. 589 782 126 3
Print This 23 Page
ENRICH
Last, add the ones. Regroup to the tens place. The sum is 1,371. 589 782 1261 37
589 782 12
Use the Hindu method of addition to find the sum. Show your work.
1.
56 35
2.
96 87
3.
538 247
4.
322 489
5.
289 556
6.
$9.63 8.75
7.
238 849
8.
766 984
9.
$1.87 7.58
10.
874 496
11.
385 496
12.
$6.11 9.97
Compare the Hindu method of addition to the method of addition you use. Which method do you like best? Explain.
NS 3.1
Print This Page

Name
Use Mental Math to Add

Add mentally.
1. 32 45 3. 35 13 5. 48 31 7. 595 409 9. 238 495 11. 891 108 13. 4,524 3,173 15. 2,295 2,124 2. 21 64 4. $39 $24 6. 298 311 8. 255 344 10. 730 214 12. $256 $222 14. 8,999 1,333 16. 1,487 1,511
Print This 24 Page
PRACTICE
Algebra & Functions Find each missing number.

17. 36
a 86 c $698
18. 20.
b 61 81 d 298 598 h $243
19. $498 21.
e 657 957 k $1,125 n 3,300
22. $63 24. 26.
23. $725
m 837 1,137 r $750 $1,500
25. 1,650
Problem Solving
27. There are 38 dogs and 24 cats at the 28. The pet show committee spends
pet show. How many cats and dogs are there in all?
$316 on dog treats and $299 on cat treats. How much does the committee spend on treats?
NS 3.1; AF 1.1
Print This Page

Name

You can use these two strategies to add mentally. Compensation Use compensation when a number is close to a ten or a hundred. 197 200 254 251 451
Print This 24 Page
RETEACH
Add 3 to make 200: 197 3 200. Subtract 3 from the other number: 254 3 251.
Zig-zag Use the zig-zag method to add 356 627. Take apart 627. 627 600 20 7 Then add each place separately. 356 627 356 600 956 956 20 976 976 7 983
Add mentally.
1. 62 39 3. 202 248 5. $625 $330 7. 499 252 9. $29 $56
2. 54 17 4. $316 $455 6. 437 128 8. 697 140 10. $62 $78 12. 298 465 14. 365 113 16. 232 657 18. 849 52 20. 723 245 22. 2,377 196 24. 1,783 5,097
NS 3.1; AF 1.1
11. $268 $441 13. 752 247 15. 599 109 17. 253 35 19. 425 222 21. 3,398 1,343 23. $6,512 $950
Print This Page

Name

Countdown!
Move from left to right. Add each pair of numbers mentally. Shade any box that is the sum of the previous two boxes. Example: In row 1, add 19 and 53. The sum is 72. Shade the box with 72 in it. Add 53 and 72. If the sum is 125, then shade the box with 125 in it. 19 195 17 34 79 53 302 21 51 15 72 402 37 99 94 125 67 58 154 109 197 469 95 253 203 232 12 22 307 311 429 480 127 560 514
Print This 24 Page
ENRICH
661 1,090 1,000 3,090 4,090 115 149 595 270 110 199 174 805 39 399 915 238 573
857 1,317
825 1,339 2,064 2,213 4,277
1. Look at the shaded boxes. What number do the boxes form? 2. Which method did you use to add pairs of numbers mentally when:
the sum of the digits was less than 9? one number was close to 10, 100, or 1,000? the sum of the digits was greater than 9?
How is mental math different from estimation?
NS 3.1; AF 1.1
Print This Page

Name
Estimate Sums
Estimate each sum. Show your work
1. 478 597 2. $8.65 $7.15 3. $0.32 $0.65 4. 4,990 405 5. 2,188 5,621 6. 47,522 3,721 7. 863,122 254,087
Print This 25 Page
PRACTICE
Add. Estimate to check that each answer is reasonable.

8. 621 308 10. $4.20 $8.12 9. 2,188 5,621 11. 601,128 328,125
Compare. Write or to make a true sentence.

12. 176 335 14. 500
400
13. 243 50 15. 900
300 895 68 3,923 289
251 127 5,000
16. 1,348 2,489 18. 9,000
17. 4,725 321 19. 8,000
4,487 5,672 60,000
6,081 950 5,000
20. 22,152 28,174
21. 49,912 2,839
Problem Solving
22. Julio wants to buy drawing paper 23. The fourth-grade students make
for $8.50 and brushes for $19.95. About how much will he spend?
268 posters about bicycle safety. The fifth-grade students make 229. About how many posters do the students make altogether?
NS 2.1; 3.1; MR 2.1, 2.5
Print This Page

Name
Estimate Sums
To estimate a sum, you can round each number. Then add the rounded numbers. Estimate 252 49. Round each number to the nearest ten. Add. 252 49 250 50 250 50 300 Estimate $5.95 $7.25.
Print This 25 Page
RETEACH
Round each $5.95 $7.25 number to the nearest dollar. $6.00 $7.00 Add. $6.00 $7.00 $13.00
So, 252 49 is about 300.
So, $5.95 $7.25 is about $13.00.
To which place will you round each number? Circle the digits in that place. Then estimate each sum. Show how you rounded.
1. $7.89 $5.29 2. $0.32 $0.48
3. 6,714 8,217
4. 27,822 2,321
5. 5,214 642
6. 38,629 5,927
Estimate each sum.

7. 469 563
8. $9.08 $12.75 10. 5,723 3,501 12. 2,357 8,605 14. $46.90 $327.54 16. 477,995 865,311
9. 143 431 11. 1,827 764 13. $38,956 $7,653 15. 896,455 11,321
NS 2.1, 3.1; MR 2.1, 2.5
Print This Page

Name
Estimate Sums
Star Estimates
There are five paths. Each path has six numbers. Round each number to the nearest hundred. Then estimate the sum of the rounded numbers on each path of the star. Write your estimate in the box at the end of each path.
Print This 25 Page
ENRICH
3.
30,800
23,724
5,627
3,846
1.
47,600
874
Start 225
5.
45,672
152
172
429
44,100
810 126,582
381
714
524 174
825 418,670 41,321
432
2.
645
4.
129,600
447,700
NS 2.1, 3.1; MR 2.1, 2.5
Print This Page

Name

Estimate or Exact Answer
Solve. Explain why you gave an estimate or an exact answer.
1. James, Max, and Melba collect baseball cards. James has 870 cards,
Print This 26 Page
PRACTICE
Reading Skill
Max has 569 cards, and Melba has 812 cards. Do the three friends have more than 2,000 baseball cards?
2. Nicki has a collection of 79 shells and 64 rocks. How many items are
in her collection?
3. Kelly has a coin collection. Her quarters are worth $104.50. Her
dimes are worth $75.10. Her nickels are worth $27.75. What is the total value of Kellys coin collection?
4. The Comic Book Show sells 474 tickets on Friday and 396 tickets on
Saturday. About how many tickets does the Comic Book Show sell?
5. Eldon has 98 rock CDs, 121 classical CDs, and 25 folk music CDs.
How many CDs does Eldon have?
6. Molly has 221 stamps from the United States and 395 stamps from
other countries. About how many stamps does Molly have?
MR 1.1, 2.1, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 3.1, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Choose the correct answer. Jenny has a collection of 249 football cards. Ken has a collection of 329 football cards. Are there more than 500 cards in these two collections altogether?
1. Which of the following statements is
Print This 26 Page
PRACTICE
2. Which number sentence will help
true? A Jenny has more cards than Ken. B Ken has more than 500 cards. C Jenny has 249 cards.
you solve the problem? F 249 329 500 G 329 249 500 H 500 249 500
Paco has 129 toy cars. His brother has 167 toy cars. How many toy cars do they have in all?
3. Which plan can you use to solve the 4. How many toy cars do they have
problem? A Estimate the sum of 129 and 167. B Add 129 and 167. C Compare 129 and 167.
in all? F 300 G 296 H 200
Hiroshi has 429 football cards, 278 baseball cards, and 97 hockey cards. Does Hiroshi have more than 1,000 cards in all?
5. Which of the following statements is
6. What do you have to do to solve this
true? A Hiroshi has 278 baseball cards. B Hiroshi has 429 cards in all. C Hiroshi has 97 football cards.
problem? F Find the exact sum for 429 278 97. G Estimate to tell if 429 278 is greater than 1,000. H Estimate to tell if 429 278 97 is greater than 1,000.
MR 1.1, 2.1, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 3.1, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Choose the correct answer. On Friday, 529 people see the museums collection of antique dolls. On Saturday, 994 people see the collection. On Sunday, 812 people see the collection. How many people came to see the antique doll show during the three days?
7. Which plan can you use to solve the
Print This 26 Page
PRACTICE
8. How many people came to see
problem? A Estimate the sum of 529, 994, and 812. B Add 529, 994, and 812. C Order 529, 994 and 812 from least to greatest. Solve.
9. Chelsea has 635 postcards from the
the antique doll show during the three days? F 2,335 G 2,300 H 1,523
10. Gus has 65 autographs from sports
United States, 291 postcards from Canada, and 456 postcards from Europe and Asia. Does she have more than 2,000 postcards?
players, 97 autographs from actors and actresses, and 27 autographs from singers. About how many autographs does he have?
11. Miles has 75 old movie posters,
12. Evan has 4,212 cards. His sister has
63 concert posters, and 54 posters from plays. How many posters does Miles have?
5,349 cards. If they put their cards together, will they have more than 9,000 cards?
13. Nina has 379 stamps from the
14. Morris has a collection of
United States and 458 stamps from other countries. How many stamps does she have?
44 quarters, 92 dimes, and 89 pennies. About how many coins does he have?
MR 1.1, 2.1, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 3.1, 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Subtraction Patterns
1. 12 8
Print This 27 Page
PRACTICE
2. 16 7
120 80 n 1,200 800 n 12,000 8,000 n 120,000 80,000 n 1,200,000 800,000 n

3. 11 5
160 70 n 1,600 700 n 16,000 7,000 n 160,000 70,000 n 1,600,000 700,000 n

4. 15 8
110 50 n 1,100 500 n 11,000 5,000 n 110,000 50,000 n 1,100,000 500,000 n Subtract mentally.
5. 1,200 600 7. 600,000 500,000 9. $13,000 $9,000 11. 140,000 50,000
150 80 n 1,500 800 n 15,000 8,000 n 150,000 80,000 n 1,500,000 800,000 n
6. $8,000 $3,000 8. 70,000 50,000 10. 160,000 80,000 12. 1,200,000 600,000
Problem Solving
13. A video store rented 900,000 videos 14. The price for a house is $120,000.
last year. This year the store rented 1,500,000 videos. How many more videos did it rent this year?
Ms. Smith decides to make an offer that is $30,000 less than the price. How much does Ms. Smith offer for the house?
NS 3.1; MR 1.1
Print This Page

Name
You can use subtraction facts and patterns to subtract multiples of ten mentally. Subtract the front digits. Then write a zero to match each place value. 12 7 5 12 7 5 120 70 50 1,200 700 500 12,000 7,000 5,000
Print This 27 Page
RETEACH
12,000 7,000 5,000 120,000 70,000 50,000 1,200,000 700,000 500,000
120 70 50
120,000 70,000 50,000
1,200 700 500
1,200,000 700,000 500,000

1. 11 8
2. 14 5
110 80 n 1,100 800 n 11,000 80,000 = n 110,000 800,000 n 1,100,000 8,000,000 n

140 50 n 1,400 500 n 14,000 5,000 n 140,000 50,000 n 1,400,000 500,000 n
Subtract mentally.
3. 1,400 600 5. 160,000 80,000 7. $1,500 $700 9. 14,000 8,000 11. 1,800,000 900,000 4. $16,000 $7,000 6. 1,200 500 8. 110,000 50,000 10. $1,700,000 $900,000 12. 120,000 40,000
NS 3.1; MR 1.1
Print This Page

Name
Subtraction Squares (Diffy)
Each subtraction square is made up of eight numbers. To find the missing numbers, subtract the two corner numbers in each square and write the difference in between the numbers. Find the missing numbers. Subtract until you reach the center of the square.
Print This 27 Page
ENRICH
150
70
80
10 20 60 10
30 20 0
40
0 0 0 20 0 0 20 0 0 0 0 20 10 20
30
30
20
10
90
40
50
2. What happens in the center of the squares?
3. What do you think will happen if you choose four other corner
numbers for the largest square? Try it and check your prediction!
NS 3.1; MR 1.1
Print This Page

Name
Explore Subtracting Whole Numbers

Subtract.
1. Use models to subtract 525 272.
Print This 28 Page
PRACTICE
Subtract the ones.
5 2
2 7
5 2
Subtract the tens. Regroup 1 hundred as 10 tens.
5 2
2 7
5 2
Subtract the hundreds.
5 2
2 7
5 2
Subtract.
2.
187 95
3.
612 74
4.
356 127
5.
923 707
6.
319 79
7.
711 380
8.
425 258
9.
857 79
10.
562 348
11.
227 138
12. 684 327 14. 813 75
13. 573 495 15. 263 88
NS 3.1
Print This Page

Name

Use models to subtract 322 145. Step 1 Model the greater number. You need to subtract 145, or 1 hundred 4 tens 5 ones.
Print This 28 Page
RETEACH
322 145
Step 2 Subtract the ones. Regroup a ten for 10 ones, if necessary. Step 3 Subtract the tens. Regroup a hundred for 10 tens, if necessary. Step 4 Subtract the hundreds.
1 12
Subtract 5 ones.
32 /2 / 145 7
2 11 12
3 /2 /2 / 145 77 Subtract 4 tens.

2 11 12
Subtract 1 hundred.
3 /2 /2 / 145 177
Subtract. Use or draw models to help you subtract.

1.
724 318
2.
916 108
3.
568 59
4.
428 247
5.
353 182
6.
964 281
7.
735 586
8.
327 299
9.
863 575
10.
651 93
11. 274 126
12. 745 67
NS 3.1
Print This Page

Name

Crack the Code
Find each difference. Match the code number beside each problem with the correct code letter. Problems
1. $3.63 $1.77 2. $4.25 $2.86 3. 181 92 4. 573 397 5. 426 326 6. 880 119 7. 625 317 8. 682 594 9. 170 98 10. 590 399 11. 731 427 12. $9.05 $7.89 13. $6.52 $4.93 14. 464 387 15. 222 175
Print This 28 Page
ENRICH
Code Numbers 6 4 9 13 14 5 2 12 7 15 11 3 16 8 1 10
Code Letters 761 S 88 A $1.39 U 176 T 304 C $1.59 N 89 V $1.86 E 308 M 100 I 77 N 191 O 47 A 138 A 72 O $1.16 O
16. 832 694
Use this code to solve the riddle. Write the correct letter above each number. Riddle: What animal is gray and has a trunk? 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
NS 3.1
Print This Page

Name
Subtract Whole Numbers and Money

Subtract. Check by adding.
1.
Print This 29 Page
PRACTICE
757 28 $2.48 1.95 4,672 873 49,785 8,998 389,243 136,354
2.
$582 492 2,345 1,658 3,523 2,846 98,142 617 $672,145 98,276
3.
693 516 $67.89 18.95 $33,572 13,689 $224.39 15.87 914,617 117,814
4.
851 569 $11,321 979 74,125 65,239 $4,561.71 291.68 $7,211.53 5,926.84
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21. 827 468 23. 42,625 9,846 25. $311.42 $4.65

22. $9.12 $7.58 24. 65,932 46,464 26. $578,423 $89,743 28. $2,176.53 $1,993.76
27. 982,561 678,984
Problem Solving
29. A toy factory made 32,154 board 30. A store earned $12,415 selling
games on Monday. On Tuesday it made 31,687 board games. How many more board games did the factory make on Monday?
puzzles this week. Last week it earned $9,326 selling puzzles. How much more did the store earn this week?
NS 3.1
Print This Page

Name

Subtract 7,617 5,789. Step 1 Subtract the ones. Regroup if necessary.
TH H T
0
Print This 29 Page
RETEACH
Step 2 Subtract the tens. Regroup if necessary.

TH H
5
O
17
T
10 0 /
O
17
7 5
6 7
1 / 8
7 / 9 8
7 5
6 / 7
1 / 8 2
7 / 9 8
Step 3 Subtract the hundreds. Regroup if necessary.

TH
6
Step 4 Subtract the thousands.

T
10 0 /
H
15 5 /
O
17
TH
6
H
15 5 /
T
10 0 /
O
17
7 / 5
6 / 7 8
1 / 8 2
7 / 9 8
7 / 5 1
6 / 7 8
1 / 8 2
7 / 9 8
Use the same steps to subtract money. Subtract. Check by adding.

1.
577 385
2.
872 465
3.
$6.21 4.43
4.
3,457 965
5.
$2.49 0.98
6.
4,872 3,785
7.
7,501 6,874
8.
8,142 6,527
9.
12,435 8,679
10.
$6,423 2,496
11.
24,652 9,788
12.
$56,716 39,897
13.
347,072 59,687
14.
743,219 $6,192.48 15. 1,671.39 19,733
NS 3.1
Print This Page

Name

Sumerian Numbers
Print This 29 Page
ENRICH
The Sumerians were an ancient civilization. Sumerians were one of the first people to develop a written number system and compute with it. They had five number symbols. The chart shows the value of each symbol.
10
60
600
3,600
The symbols were combined to represent numbers. Example:
3,600 600 60 10 10 4,280 Solve the Sumerian subtraction problems. Translate the Sumerian symbols to the numbers in our system and subtract. Then write the difference using Sumerian symbols.
1.
133
125
2.
1,263
626
3.
7,280
4,861
8
637
2,419
4.
1,821
1,205
5.
3,750
3,650
6.
1,242
922
616
100
320
NS 3.1
Print This Page

Name
Regroup Across Zeros

Subtract. Check by adding.
1.
Print This 210 Page
PRACTICE
804 565 300 108 2,000 784 50,000 25,625 $900,000 321,229
2.
701 387 3,000 2,987 8,000 2,450 80,000 35,189 400,707 39,698
3.
$500 244 9,000 5,431 $15,000 7,641 30,000 7,984 210,303 101,506
4.
600 58 4,050 2,542 70,700 8,633 600,003 25,178 575,000 89,342
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21. 602 423 23. 3,400 1,762 25. $20,800 $13,972

22. 800 68 24. 6,000 672 26. 70,000 52,087 28. 307,000 198,621
27. 160,000 149,999
Problem Solving
29. Crystal Lake School held a dance 30. At the festival, 39,251 people
festival. There were 3,000 dancers at the festival. Of those dancers, 2,682 did not win prizes. How many dancers did win prizes?
watched the dancers. Another 700,000 people watched the festival on television. How many more people watched the festival on television?
NS 3.1
Print This Page

Name

Subtract 500 185. Step 1 No ones. No tens. Regroup the hundreds.
H
4 5 /
Print This 210 Page
RETEACH
Step 2 Regroup the tens.
Step 3 Subtract the ones, the tens, and then the hundreds.
O
10
T
10 0 /
H
4
T
9 10 /
H
4
T
9 10 /
O
10
5 / 1
0 / 8
0 5
5 / 1
0 / 8
0 / 5
5 / 1 3
0 / 8 1
0 / 5 5
5 hundreds 4 hundreds 10 tens There are not enough ones to subtract 9 ones. Subtract. Check by adding.
1.
10 tens 9 tens 10 ones
10 ones 5 ones 5 ones 9 tens 8 tens 1 ten 4 hundreds 1 hundred 3 hundreds
602 314
2.
700 203
3.
$900 306
4.
800 523
5.
304 150
6.
$4,000 1,527
7.
2,005 1,083
8.
3,000 2,225
9.
5,000 259
10.
6,000 1,326
11.
68,000 11,770
12.
80,000 13. 74,800 5,287 27,862
14.
$40,050 32,037
15.
45,000 2,374
16. 300,077 124,364 18. 107,006 84,119 20. 60,000 29,730
17. $200,008 $187,053 19. 906,004 205,457 21. $500,600 $50,250
NS 3.1
Print This Page

Name

Missing Digits
Find the missing digits.
1.
Print This 210 Page
ENRICH
8 7
0 1
5 7
2.
5, 2,
0 3 , 7
8 3
2 7
3.
9 2
8 6 7 3
4.
3 1
0 7
8 9 9
5.
2, 1,
0 8 2
3 1
6.
5, 4,
1 6
0 5 4
8 5
7.
6, 3,
0 8 , 2
4 0
4 7 7
8.
6 3 3 7
6 1
9.
5, 3, 2,
0 5 2 8 8 3
10.
7 2
0 6 4
11.
2 2
0 8 1
12.
6 6
7, 3,
3 0 , 2
8 1
0 5 5
13.
9 3 6 7
8 9
14.
6, , 3 5
5 2 2
7 9
15.
, 0 4, 8 , 1
7 8
1 4
16.
5 2 5
7 0 7
17.
0 2 3 3
0 3
18.
7 , , 2 5, 7
1 3
4 6
NS 3.1
Print This Page

Name

Write a Number Sentence
Write a number sentence to solve.
1. Meg buys candle-making supplies for
Print This 211 Page
PRACTICE
2. Sally has finished 86 squares in her
$37. She has $25 left. How much money did Meg have before she bought the supplies?
quilt. The quilt will have 100 squares. How many squares does Sally still have to make?
3. Eric sells a painting for $125. He sells
4. Noah has saved $42. How much
a sculpture for $390. How much money does Eric earn in all?
more money does he need to buy a rare coin for $90?
Mixed Strategy Review Solve. Use any strategy.

5. Howard has 75 shells. On a trip, he 6. Tom makes letters for a sign that
collects another 16 shells. How many shells does he have now?
says Arts and Crafts Fair. Which letter does Mark need to make the most of?
Strategy: Strategy:
7. Social Studies During the 1800s,
8. Create a problem which you could
sailors made carvings called scrimshaw on whale teeth, whalebone, and tortoise shells. Suppose a sailor made a carving in 1805. A collector buys the carving in 2000. How many years old is the carving?
write a number sentence to solve. Share it with others.
Strategy:
NS 3.1; AF 1.1, 2.1; MR 1.1
Print This Page

Name

Page 69, Problem 2
Print This 211 Page
RETEACH
Ms. Green had 29 buttons to sew on dolls. She has 14 buttons left. How many buttons has she already sewn on? Step 1
Read
Be sure you understand the problem. Read carefully. What do you know? Ms. Green had She has buttons to sew on dolls. buttons left.
What do you need to find? You need to find how many . Step 2
Plan
I
Make a plan.
Choose a strategy.
Make a Table or List Write a Number Sentence Work Backward Act It Out Find a Pattern Make a Graph Guess and Check Logical Reasoning Solve a Simpler Problem Draw a Picture
You can write a number sentence to solve the problem. Since you know the original total and the number left, you can write a subtraction sentence.
NS 3.1; AF 1.1, 2.1; MR 1.1
Print This Page

Name

Step 3 Carry out your plan. You know Ms. Green had You know she has
Print This 211 Page
RETEACH
Solve
buttons to sew on dolls. buttons left.
Write a subtration sentence to represent the situation. 29 n 14 number of buttons buttons left buttons she had already sewn on Then use a related sentence to solve.

number of buttons she had
buttons left buttons.
buttons already sewn on
She has already sewn on Step 4
Look Back
Is the solution reasonable? Reread the problem. Does your answer make sense? Did you answer the question? How can you check your answer? What other stategies could you use to solve the problem? Yes Yes No No
Practice 1. Keshawn spends $45 on glass and copper molding. He pays with a hundred-dollar bill. How much change does Keshawn get back?
2. Melanie sells a model sailing ship and
a model airplane for a total of $40.95. She receives $23.49 for the ship. How much money does Melanie receive for the airplane?
NS 3.1; AF 1.1, 2.1; MR 1.1
Print This Page

Name
Subtract Using Mental Math

Subtract mentally.
1. 46 7 4. 99 19 7. 74 38 10. 687 48 12. 394 86 14. 745 597 16. 613 309 18. 998 145 2. 81 36 5. $78 $49 8. 95 37 3. 53 19 6. 92 28 9. 64 37 11. $273 $58 13. $704 $589 15. 782 203 17. 555 299 19. 578 465
Print This 212 Page
PRACTICE

20. 648 22.
a 548
21. 23.
b 60 340 d 235 665 h 123 m 100
c 412 388 e 400
24. 950 26.

25. 823 27. 450 29.
k 599 301 n 200
28. 775
r 300 1,456
Problem Solving
30. Josh buys a wooden horse for $4.89. 31. A bicycle shop has 309 water-bottle
He gives the cashier $5.00. How much change should Josh receive?
holders in stock. Ashley buys 259 water-bottle holders from the shop. How many water-bottle holders does the store have left?
NS 3.1; AF 2.1
Print This Page

Name

You can use these two strategies to subtract mentally. Compensation Use compensation when one number is close to a ten or a hundred. Add or subtract the same number from both numbers. 95 28 103 45 97 30 67 Add 2 to 28 to make 30: 28 2 30. Add 2 to the other number: 95 2 97. Subtract 3 from 103 to make 100: 103 3 100. Subtract 3 from 45: 45 3 42.
Print This 212 Page
RETEACH
100 42
58
Zig-zag Use the zig-zag method to subtract 95 28. Take apart 28. 28 20 8 Then subtract each place separately. 95 28 95 20 75 75 8 67
Subtract mentally.
1. 26 7 4. $58 $17
2. 84 32 5. 94 38
3. 79 31 6. 86 24 8. $253 $42
7. 196 49 9. 395 91 11. 245 197 13. 482 204 15. 354 99 17. 519 404 19. $535 $122 21. 657 312
10. 888 277 12. $428 $117 14. 613 307 16. $755 $402 18. 505 301 20. 350 198 22. 648 305
NS 3.1; AF 2.1
Print This Page

Name

Crossnumber Puzzle
Subtract mentally to complete the crossnumber puzzle. A B E C F D
Print This 212 Page
ENRICH
4 2
5 2 5 1 3
1 3
7
K
H L
I M
8 3 7
4 2
6 5 8
4 5
2 9
3
Down
Across
A. 596 111 C. 879 65 E. 281 28 G. 192 95
A. 626 197 B. 360 308 D. 237 105 F. 591 76 I. 950 113 J. 765 723 K. 686 28 L. 635 179 N. 228 199
H. 383 99 K. 1,253599 M. 194 162 N. 448 203 O. 662 25
Look at N. Down. What method did you use to subtract mentally?
NS 3.1; AF 2.1
Print This Page

Name
Estimate Differences
Estimate each difference. Show your work.
1. 467 215 2. 2,835 1,487 3. $13.95 $7.25 4. 65,074 15,472 5. 174,921 18,421
Print This 213 Page
PRACTICE
Subtract. Estimate to check that each answer is reasonable.

6.
835 487
7.
$81.79 31.55
8.
6,984 322
9.
242,003 49,887
10.
654,026 529,620
11. $0.88 $0.35
12. 787,008 117,584
Compare. Write or to make a true sentence.

13. 4,173 2,589 15. $300.00
2,000 $367.20 $59.45 10,000 20,000
14. 8,329 957 16. 600
7,000
938 452 1,000 4,000
17. 15,425 3,535 19. 42,345 16,174

18. 8,053 7,645 20. 48,592 961
Problem Solving
21. There were 787,897 copies of the 22. The Hoop Store spends $129.99 for
Science Monthly sold last year. This year, 914,632 copies were sold. About how many more were sold this year?
an ad in the Science Monthly. The store spends $19.29 for an ad in the Allentown News. About how much more does the store spend on advertising in the Science Monthly than in the Allentown News?
NS 2.1, 3.1; MR 2.1, 2.5
Print This Page

Name
To estimate a difference, you can round each number. Then subtract the rounded numbers. Estimate 486 27. Round each number to the nearest ten. Subtract. 486 27 490 30 490 30 460 Estimate $6.98 $4.59.
Print This 213 Page
RETEACH
Round each number $6.98 $4.59 to the nearest dollar $7.00 $5.00 Subtract. $7.00 $5.00 $2.00
So, 486 27 is about 460.
So, $6.98 $4.59 is about $2.00.
To which place will you round each number? Circle the digits in that place. Then estimate each difference. Show how you rounded.
1. $14.95 $8.35 2. $0.78 $0.29
3. 7,842 799
4. $589.10 $85.25
5. 53,425 20,741
6. 425,697 289,721
Estimate each difference.

7. 529 158 9. 947 349 11. $12.48 $3.98 13. 52,745 47,523 15. 232,500 83,900
8. $683 $475 10. 5,522 1,378 12. 3,241 678 14. 72,393 8,088 16. 809,765 528,750
NS 2.1, 3.1; MR 2.1, 2.5
Print This Page

Name
A-Mazing Differences
Estimate each difference. Circle the correct answer. Use your answers to find the path through the maze.
1. 961 472 A. 400 B. 500 C. 600 5. 526 481 A. 0 B. 100 C. 200 9. 5,692 3,766 A. 1,000 B. 2,000 C. 3,000 2. 874 215 A. 500 B. 600 C. 700 6. $8.16 $1.92 A. $5.00 B. $6.00 C. $7.00 10. 42,874 16,422 A. 20,000 B. 30,000 C. 40,000 3. 4,971 2,364 A. 3,000 B. 2,000 C. 1,000 7. $72.59 $24.71 A. $30.00 B. $40.00 C. $50.00 11. 69,124 31,346 A. 40,000 B. 30,000 C. 20,000
Print This 213 Page
ENRICH
4. 729 346 A. 300 B. 400 C. 500 8. 9,742 6,381 A. 2,000 B. 3,000 C. 4,000 12. 892,617 85,600 A. 700,000 B. 800,000 C. 900,000
6B
ar
6C
7A
5A
St
5B
6A
8A
1A
4B
5C
9B
7B
1C
4A
1B
4C
10
2B
10
3C
8B
11 B
11 A 11 C
2C
3A
12
C Fi
NS 2.1, 3.1; MR 2.1, 2.5
2A
3B
12
12
ni
sh
10
8C
7C
7A
9C
Print This Page

Name

Applying Addition and Subtraction
Record your data. Burgers-to-Go Rubys Healthy Diner
Print This Page
Carnival Lunch Menu
Your Decision Where do you think The Outdoor Club should eat? Explain.
MR 1.1; NS 3.1
Print This Page

Name

Which materials block a magnet?
Record your data. Material used as blocker
Print This Page
Number of paper clips Find the difference. that the magnet can hold (Number of paper clips a when this material is magnet can hold with used as a blocker no blocker) minus (Number of paper clips a magnet can hold when this material is used as a blocker)
Magnet only
Magnet with paper
Magnet with foil
Magnet with tape
NS 1.2, 3.1; MR 1.1, 3.1
Print This Page

Name

Which materials block a magnet?
1. What is the difference between the number of paper clips a magnet
Print This Page
can hold with no blocker and the number of paper clips a magnet can hold with each of the different blockers you used?
2. Put the three materials in order from best blocker to worst.
3. Explain the results of your activity in terms of shielding.
4. What are some other materials that you think would be good
blockers? Explain.
5. What are some other materials that you think would be bad
blockers? Explain.
NS 1.2, 3.1; MR 1.1, 3.1
Print This Page

Name
Tell Time
Write the time in two ways.
1. 2. 3.
Print This 31 Page
PRACTICE
9 48
Choose the most reasonable units of time. Write seconds, minutes, or hours.
4. Debbie spends 20 5. You are in school for about 6 6. Jerry walks to the store in 15 7. Ben swims underwater for 30
at the dentist. . . .
Tell how much time.

8. 120 minutes = 1 10. 2 hour = 12.
hours
9.
seconds = 3 minutes hour
minutes
11. 15 minutes = 13.
minutes = 2 1 2 hours
1 minutes = 1 4 hours
Algebra & Functions Describe and complete the conversion patterns.

14.
Minutes Hours
60 1
120 2
180
240
300
15.
Minutes Seconds
1 60
2 120
MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page

Name
Tell Time
You can read time in different ways.
Print This 31 Page
RETEACH
5 40
Read: five-forty Read: forty minutes after five Write: 5:40 Write the time in as many different ways as you can.
1. 2. 3.
Read: twenty minutes before six or twenty minutes to six
4.
5.
6.
4 15
3 20
2 50
7.
8.
9.
MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page

Name
Tell Time
Patterns in Time
The times shown on the clocks are in a pattern. What time would the next clock show? What is the pattern?
1.
11 12 1 2 10 3 9 4 8 7 6 5 11 12 1 2 10 3 9 4 8 7 6 5 11 12 1 2 10 3 9 4 8 7 6 5
Print This 31 Page
ENRICH
Time:
2.
Pattern: Increase by
hour.
5 :45
Time:
5 :30
Pattern: Decrease by
11 12 1 2 10 3 9 4 8 7 6 5
5 :15
hour.
11 12 1 2 10 3 9 4 8 7 6 5
3.
11 12 1 2 10 3 9 4 8 7 6 5
Time:
4.
hour.
3 :10
Time:
3 :00
Pattern: Decrease by
11 12 1 2 10 3 9 4 8 7 6 5
2 :50
hour.
11 12 1 2 10 3 9 4 8 7 6 5
5.
11 12 1 2 10 3 9 4 8 7 6 5
Time:
hour.
MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page

Name
Elapsed Time
How much time has passed?
1. Begin: 12:00 P.M. 2. Begin: 1:15 A.M.
Print This 32 Page
PRACTICE
3. Begin: 11:05 P.M.
End: 2:20 P.M.
End: 1:50 A.M.
End: 1:00 A.M.
4. Begin: 2:25 A.M.
5. Begin: 3:40 P.M.
6. Begin: 5:45 A.M.
End: 5:40 A.M.
End: 12:00 A.M.
End: 12:15 P.M.
7. Begin: 8:10 P.M.
8. Begin: 9:30 A.M.
9. Begin: 10:35 P.M.
End: 1:55 A.M.
End: 2:10 P.M.
End: 8:00 A.M.
What time will it be in 1 hour 20 minutes?

10. 11. 12.
8 50
Algebra & Functions Write the missing numbers.

13. 5:16 A.M. is 14. 2:45 P.M. is
minutes after 5:00 A.M. minutes before 3:00 P.M. hours minutes before minutes after 7:00 P.M.
A.M.
15. 7:22 P.M. is 16. 9:58 A.M. is
Problem Solving
17. Lisa leaves her house at 8:45 A.M. 18. The Big Beach bus leaves the city at
She gets to karate class 35 minutes later. At what time does Lisa get to karate class?
6:40 P.M. The bus arrives at the beach at 8:25 P.M. How long is the trip to the beach?
MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page

Name
Elapsed Time
Elapsed time is the amount of time that passes from the start to the end of an action. Follow these steps to find how much time has elapsed from 8:20 A.M. to 11:35 A.M. First count the number of hours.
Print This 32 Page
RETEACH
Then count the number of minutes.
From 8:20 to 11:20 is 3 hours.
From 11:20 to 11:35 is 15 minutes.
So, 3 hours 15 minutes have passed. How much time has passed? 1. Begin End
2. Begin
End
3. Begin
End
4. Begin
End
12 15
3 15
5. Begin
End
6. Begin
End
6 00
10 30
2 15
2 35
MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page

Name
Elapsed Time
Flying Time
Print This 32 Page
ENRICH
Use the time zone map to answer each question. Show your answer in local time. Remember to include the time zone; for example, 7:00 A.M. Central Time.
Pacific Time
11 12 1 2 10 3 9 4 8 7 6 5
Mountain Time
11 12 1 2 10 3 9 4 8 7 6 5
Central Time
11 12 1 2 10 3 9 4 8 7 6 5
Eastern Time
11 12 1 2 10 3 9 4 8 7 6 5
Seattle
New York City
Los Angeles
Phoenix
Atlanta Dallas
Miami
1. It takes about 5 hours to fly from Los Angeles to New York City.
If a plane leaves Los Angeles at 8:00 A.M., at what time will it arrive in New York City?
2. It takes 4 hours 30 minutes for a plane to fly from Atlanta to
Phoenix. If a plane departs from Atlanta at 10:00 A.M., at what time will it arrive in Phoenix?
3. A plane flew from Seattle to Atlanta. It arrived in Atlanta at
1:05 A.M. The flight lasted for 5 hours 40 minutes. At what time did it depart from Seattle?
4. The flight between Dallas and Miami takes 2 hours 41 minutes.
Complete the flight schedule below.

Depart Dallas 7:00 A.M. CT 9:10 A.M. CT 11:20 A.M. CT
Arrive Miami
Depart Miami 2:30 P.M. ET 4:45 P.M. ET 6:57 P.M. ET
Arrive Dallas
5. How did you adjust for the time zones in your answers?
MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page

Name
Calendar
Use the calendars for July and August for exercises 18.
Print This 33 Page
PRACTICE
July 2000
S M T W T F S 1 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 17 24 31 4
Independence Day!
August 2000
S M T 1 6 13 20 27 7 14 21 28 8 15 22 29 W 2
Nick arrives!
T 3 10 17 24 31
F 4 11 18 25
S 5 12 19 26
5 12 19 26
6 13 20 27
7 14 21 28
8 15 22 29
9 16 23 30
11 18 25
Football practice begins!
1. What is the date of the fourth
2. On which day of the week is
Thursday in July?
Independence Day?
3. Cindy will return from vacation on
4. If soccer camp runs from July 7
the Monday after Nick arrives. On which date will Cindy return?
through the following Saturday, how long is soccer camp?
5. Justin is moving to a new town on
6. Jason has a violin lesson every
August 1. The movers are coming 4 days before that. On which date will the movers arrive?
Wednesday. How many lessons will he have in July and August?
8. Pat saw the dentist on July 25. He has 7. Nick will leave on August 30.
For how many weeks will he visit?
another appointment 10 days later. On which date is Pats appointment?
MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page

Name
Calendar
You can use a calendar to find elapsed time. Suppose today is May 8. How many days is it until Mothers Day? Count on from May 8 to May 14. It is 6 days from May 8 to May 14.
Print This 33 Page
RETEACH
May 2000
S M 1 7 14
Mothers Day
June 2000
F 5 12 19 26 S 6 13 20 27 4 11 18
Fathers Day
T 2 9 16 23 30
W 3 10 17 24 31
T 4 11 18 25
T 1
F 2 9 16 23 30
S 3 10 17 24 31
8 15 22 29
5 12 19 26
6 13 20 27
7 14
Flag Day
8 15 22 29
21 28
21 28
25
Use the calendars above for exercises 18.

1. How long is it from Flag Day to 2. How long is it from Mothers Day
Fathers Day?
to the following Sunday?
3. Sports camp runs from June 19 through
4. How many weeks are there from May
June 30. How long is camp?

1 to June 5?
5. On which day of the week is Flag Day?
6. Memorial Day is celebrated on the last
Monday in May. Which date is that?
7. Dave will return from vacation on the
8. The last day of school is June 7. Toms
Monday after Flag Day. On which date will he return?
birthday is 5 days before that. When is Toms birthday?
MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page

Name
Calendar
Calendar Calculations
Use the calendar to solve the problems.
January February March April May
Print This 33 Page
ENRICH
June
S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S 1 1 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 27 28 29 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 28 29 30 31 26 27 28 29 30 31 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 31 30
July
August
September
October
November
December
S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S 1 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 27 28 29 30 31 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 29 30 31 26 27 28 29 30 30 31
1. Jamie will start basketball practice
2. John plans to go on a skiing trip the
on the first Monday in September. She plans to buy sneakers at least two weeks before practice begins. On which date will basketball practice begin? Which is the latest date on which she can buy her sneakers?
third Friday in December. He must buy his ticket 14 days in advance of the flight. He wants to make the plane reservations 4 weeks before buying the ticket. Which is the latest date on which he should make his plane reservations?
3. George's team has its first game on

4. Holly wants to run her best race the
May 15. They plan to spend four Saturdays practicing. Then they will spend a week practicing every day after school. Which is the latest date on which they should start practicing?
second Saturday in June. To train, she wants to do speed workouts for 5 weeks. Before she begins speed training, she must do endurance runs for 4 weeks. Which is the latest date on which she should begin training?
MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page

Name
Line Plots
1. Complete the tally table and line plot for the following data.
Print This 34 Page
PRACTICE
Number of Miles Run Each Day by the Members of the Fleet-Footed Club 3 2 5 4 6 3 1 5 4 3 2 6 4 3 5 3 2 2 1 5 4 3 6 3 2 5 3 1 4 2 5 6 2 3 2 Number of Miles Run Each Day by the Members of the Fleet-Footed Club Number of Miles 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 Tally Total Number of Miles Run Each Day by Members of The Fleet-Footed Club
Use the line plot to answer the questions. 2. How many miles did the greatest number of students run?
3. How many members ran 6 miles a day? 4. How many members ran 4 miles or more a day? 5. How many more members ran 4 miles a day than ran 1 mile a day? 6. How many members are in the club?
Use the data below to make a tally table and line plot on a separate sheet of paper. Ages of Fleet-Footed Club Members 8 11 12 9 13 14 12 11 8 12 10 12 11 9 13 12 11 9 12 14 11 12 13 10 9 12 10 13 9 12 11 14 10 9 13
7. What statement can you make about the data in your line plot?
SDP 1.1
Print This Page

Name
Line Plots
Marcia counted the number of letters in each word in a story. The data is shown below. 3 3 5 3 2 6 5 3 3 Number of Letters in Words in a Story 6 4 2 1 5 6 3 5 2 8 4 5 3 3 5 1 4 4 5
Print This 34 Page
RETEACH
7 2
You can organize the data in a tally table. To compare the data, you can make a line plot. Example: For the first number, 3, make a tally mark in the table. Cross out the 3 in the data above. Then record and cross out the remaining 3s. In the line plot, use an X to stand for each word in the story. Complete the tally table and the line plot. Number of Letters in Words in a Story Number of Letters in Words 1 2 3 4 5
Tally
Total Number of Words 2
Number of Letters in Words in a Story 2 words had 7 words had 1 letter. 5 letters.
X X X X X
3 words had 6 letters.
X X X 6
X X 1 2 3 4
X X 5
6 7 8 Use the line plot. How many words had:

1. 3 letters? 4. more than 3 letters? 2. 2 letters?
3. 8 letters? 5. less than 3 letters?
6. How many letters did the greatest number of words have?

Use with Grade 4, Chapter 3, Lesson 4, pages 100101. (80) SDP 1.1
Print This Page

Name
Line Plots
Mystery Plot
Use the clues below to complete the line plot.
Print This 34 Page
ENRICH
Number of Books Read in September by Students in Fourth Grade
10
Clues There are 4 students who read 5 books a month and 3 times as many who read 7 books a month. The number of students who read 6 books a month is 7 less than the number of students who read 7 books a month.
The number of students who read 8 books a month is 2 less than the number of students who read 6 and 9 books a month combined. The number of students who read 9 books a month is twice as many as the number of the students who read 6 books a month.
The number of students who read 10 books a month is half the number who read 7 books a month. Use the line plot to answer the questions.
1. How many students were surveyed?
2. How many books were read by the greatest number of students each month?
About how many was that a week?

3. How many books were read by the least number of students?
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 3, Lesson 4, pages 100101. (81) SDP 1.1
Print This Page

Name
Range, Median and Mode

The third-grade class at Blue Hill School collects and recycles aluminum cans. The line plot shows how many cans the students collected in March. Use data from the line plot for exercises 13.
1. Find the range, median, and mode
Print This 35 Page
PRACTICE
from the line plot. Range: Median: Mode:

2. What does the mode tell you about
Number of Aluminum Cans Collected in March X X X X X X X X X X
this data? X X
3. What does the median tell you about
X X X
X X X X
X X X X X
X X X X X X X X
X X X X
X X X
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
this data?
Complete the table. Data

Order Data from Least to Greatest
Range Median Mode
4. 6, 8, 8, 9, 5, 4, 8, 7, 5 5. 30, 35, 29, 42, 35, 35, 40 6. 30, 19, 21, 17, 25, 23, 25 7. 20, 80, 40, 50, 90, 60, 50 8. 78, 85, 100, 100, 95, 92, 88 9. $9, $13, $23, $15, $13
SDP 1.1, 1.2
Print This Page

Name
Range, Median and Mode

You can analyze data using the range, median, and mode. Use the line plot to help you find the range, median, and mode. Range: the difference between the greatest and least numbers Range: 25 5 20 Median: the middle number when the data is arranged in order from least to greatest The data in the line plot is arranged in order. There are 29 Xs, so the middle X is the 15th X. The 15th X in the line plot is above 10, so the median is 10. Mode: the number that occurs most often The greatest number of Xs is above 10, so 10 is the mode.
Print This 35 Page
RETEACH
Time It Takes to Get to School X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 0 5 10 15 20 25 Minutes
Order the data from least to greatest. Then find the range, median, and mode. 1. Data: 6, 4, 3, 3, 0, 5, 8 List in order from least to greatest: , , , , , , Range: Median: Mode:
2. Data: 83, 96, 72, 91, 83
List in order from least to greatest:

Range: 96 Median: Mode:
3. Data: 56, 88, 100, 34, 96, 56, 92
List in order from least to greatest: Range: Median: Mode:

SDP 1.1, 1.2
Print This Page

Name
Range, Median, and Mode

The Case of the Missing Math Tests
Ms. Lee's math class is divided into three groups. Each group found the range, median, and mode of the group's scores. Use the data for each group to find the missing scores.
1.
Print This 35 Page
ENRICH
Group 1s Test Scores Range Median Mode 18 88 94
Students Scores for Group 1 Megan Stephanie Gregory Brian 80 92 84 86 Joe Chris Alison Nancy 90 76 94
2.
Group 2s Test Scores Range Median Mode 18 91 94
Students Scores for Group 2 Jason Steven Melissa Serena 82 94 98 Ann Karen Leroy Carl 88 94 90 80
3.
Group 3s Test Scores Range Median 16 92 92 Sam Beth
Students Scores for Group 3 Jamal 92 88 86 Sally Bill Rita 92 96 82 92
Mode
Susan Mario
4. Explain how you found each missing test score.
SDP 1.1,1.2
Print This Page

Name

Identify Extra and Missing Information
Circle the question that you need to answer. Cross out any extra information. Then solve or tell what information you need to solve the problem.
1. Fiona is taking a train from Boston to
Print This 36 Page
PRACTICE
Reading Skill
2. On Tuesday, September 7, Noah
Providence on May 6th. The train arrives in Providence at 3:54 P.M. How long is the train trip?
bought a ticket for a flight that leaves on September 20th. The ticket cost $329. On what day of the week is Noahs flight?
3. Marion and her daughter fly from
4. A train leaves Washington, D.C., at
Atlanta to Dallas. The round-trip fare for Marion is $349. The fare for Marions daughter is the same. This fare costs $50 more than the fare the last time Marion flew. What was the round-trip fare the last time Marion flew?
5:45 A.M. and arrives in Philadelphia at 8:00 A.M. A train from New York City arrives in Washington, D.C., at 8:10 A.M. Which train ride takes more time?
5. Kendra wants to fly from Atlanta to
6. A round-trip coach ticket on Flight
Philadelphia. Flight 17 leaves Atlanta at 11:39 A.M. and arrives in Philadelphia at 1:43 P.M. Flight 20 leaves Atlanta at 8:40 P.M. and arrives in Philadelphia at 10:54 P.M. A coach ticket on Flight 17 is $109. This is $20 more than a ticket on Flight 20. Which flight is shorter? How much shorter is it?
54 from New York City to San Francisco costs $399. A round-trip first-class ticket on Flight 54 costs $1,609. A round-trip coach ticket on Flight 98 from New York City to San Francisco costs $438. How much more expensive is a round-trip coach ticket on Flight 98 than on Flight 54?
MR 1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3
Print This Page

Name

Choose the correct answer.
Print This 36 Page
PRACTICE
Flight 81 leaves Salt Lake City at 2:55 P.M. and arrives in Phoenix at 4:30 P.M. Flight 62 from Salt Lake City, which is sold out, arrives in Phoenix at 3:45 P.M. Which flight is faster? 1. Which of the following statements 2. What important information is is false? missing? A Flight 81 takes less than 2 hours. F the time that Flight 81 leaves Salt Lake City B Flight 62 arrives in Phoenix after Flight 81 does. G the time that Flight 81 arrives in Phoenix C Flight 62 is sold out. H the time that Flight 62 leaves Salt D Flight 81 arrives in Phoenix before Lake City 5:00 P.M. J the time that Flight 62 arrives in Salt Lake City An express train leaves Grand Terminal at 5:05 P.M. The train arrives at the first stop at 5:21 P.M., the second stop at 5:46 P.M., and the last stop at 6:04 P.M. How long is the train ride? 3. Which extra information is not 4. How long is the train ride? needed to solve the problem? F 16 minutes A the time the train leaves Grand G 41 minutes Terminal H 59 minutes B the time the train arrives at the J 61 minutes second stop C the time the train arrives at the last stop D none of the above A train leaves Chicago at 4:20 P.M. on Wednesday, November 24. It arrives in Houston at 11:50 A.M. the next day. How long does the train ride take? 5. Which extra information is not 6. How long does the train ride take? needed to solve the problem? F 4 hours 30 minutes A the time the train leaves Chicago G 7 hours 30 minutes B the time the train arrives in H 8 hours 30 minutes Sacramento J 19 hours 30 minutes C the date the train leaves D none of the above
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 3, Lesson 6, pages 104105. (86) MR 1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3
Print This Page

Name

Choose the correct answer.
Print This 36 Page
PRACTICE
Ty wants to take a nonstop flight that leaves Miami at 7:25 A.M. and arrives in Cincinnati at 9:55 A.M., but the flight is sold out. Instead, he takes a 9:00 A.M. flight from Miami to Atlanta. Then Ty takes a flight from Atlanta to Cincinnati. That flight leaves Atlanta at 12:00 noon. How much later does Ty arrive in Cincinnati than he would have if he had taken a nonstop flight?
7. Which of the following statements 8. What information do you still need
is false? A Ty catches a 12:00 noon flight. B Ty catches a 9:00 A.M. flight. C The nonstop flight takes less than 3 hours. D Tys trip to Cincinnati takes 3 hours.
to solve the problem? F the time the 12:00 noon flight from Atlanta arrives in Cincinnati G the time the 9:00 A.M. flight from Miami arrives in Atlanta H the time the 7:25 A.M. flight from Miami arrives in Cincinnati J the time the 7:25 A.M. flight from Miami arrives in Atlanta
10. A train leaves Rocky Mount, NC, at
Solve. Identify extra or missing information in each problem.

9. A round-trip first-class ticket from St.
Louis to San Diego costs $1,600. A round-trip coach ticket costs $359. The Howards buy 3 tickets. How much do they spend?
1:16 P.M. The train arrives in Petersburg, VA, at 2:45 P.M. and in Richmond, VA, at 3:22 P.M. How long is the trip from Rocky Mount to Richmond?
11. A bus leaves the terminal at 6:10 P.M.
12. Samantha takes a train to New York
It makes its first stop at 6:30 P.M. and its second stop at 6:55 P.M. When will the bus arrive at its third stop?
City. She catches the train at 7:25 A.M. The train stops in Newark at 7:41 A.M. The train arrives in New York at 7:59 A.M. How much time does Samanthas ride take?
MR 1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3
Print This Page

Name

Work Backward
Work backward to solve.
1. Bill wants to arrive 15 minutes early
Print This 37 Page
PRACTICE
2. It takes Sandy 35 minutes to walk
for a movie that starts at 7:45 P.M. It will take him about 20 minutes to walk to the theater. When should Bill leave home?
from school to the mall. She spends 45 minutes at the mall. Sandy leaves the mall at 4:20 P.M. When did she leave school?
3. Nick spent $21.50 on a theater ticket
4. Sally spends $16.50 on gas, $2.25
and $12.50 on a meal. He has $14.25 left. How much money did Nick start with?
on tolls, and $2.75 on a snack. She has $32.10. How much money did she start with?

5. Barry makes letters for a sign that 6. Mr. Carlson has $424. He spends
reads Free Field Trip Sign-Up Sheet. Which letter does Mark need to make the most of?
$29 on gasoline. How much money does Mr. Carlson have left?
Strategy: Strategy:
7. Health Walking a mile burns about
8. Create a problem which can be
110 calories. About how many calories would you burn if you walked 2 miles?
solved by working backward. Share it with others.
Strategy:
MR 1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3
Print This Page

Name

Work Backward
Page 109, Problem 1
Print This 37 Page
RETEACH
Mindy wants to eat before the 7:40 P.M. show. She needs about 45 minutes to order and eat her dinner. What is the latest time she can order? Step 1
Read
Be sure you understand the problem. Read carefully. What do you know? Mindy needs about eat her dinner. She wants to eat before What do you need to find? You need to find the latest time that Mindy . minutes to order and
Step 2
Plan
I
Make a plan.
Choose a strategy.
Make a Table or List Write a Number Sentence Work Backward Act it Out Find a Pattern Make a Graph Guess and Check Logical Reasoning Solve Simpler Problem Draw a Picture
You can work backward to solve the problem. Start at the time of the show. Then work backward to find the time that Mindy needs to order.
MR 1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3
Print This Page

Name

Work Backward
Step 3
Print This 37 Page
RETEACH
Solve
Carry out your plan. Mindy needs about eat her dinner. She wants to finish eating by Start at 7:40 P.M. Think: Mindy wants to finish eating by 7:40 P.M. She needs to order 45 minutes before that time. Move backward 45 minutes. The latest time that Mindy can order is . minutes to order and
Step 4
Look Back
Is the solution reasonable? Reread the problem. Work forward to check your answer. Start with your answer. Move forward 45 minutes. Did you end at 7:40 P.M.? What other strategies could you use to solve the problem?
Practice 1. Laurel wants to watch a show that begins at 8:30 A.M. Before she can watch TV, she has to practice piano for 1 hour 15 minutes. At what time does Laurel have to start practicing?
2. Paul plays basketball for 30 minutes
and Frisbee for 15 minutes. Then he walks home.The walk takes 20 minutes. If Paul gets home at 2:30 P.M., at what time did he start playing basketball?
MR 1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3
Print This Page

Name
Explore Pictographs
1. Complete the table. Then use the table to complete the pictograph.
Print This 38 Page
PRACTICE
Which Modern Invention Do You Like the Most? Invention Computer CD Player Car Television Tally Total
Which Modern Invention Do You Like the Most? Computer CD Player Car Television Key: Each stands for people
Use the pictograph for exercises 25.

2. Which item do people like the most? 3. How many more people like their computers than their televisions? 4. How many people were surveyed? 5. What key would you use if 80 people were surveyed? Explain.
Use the table to make a pictograph on a separate piece of paper. Then answer each question.
6.
Favorite Lunches Lunch Pizza Hamburgers Spaghetti Chicken Tally
7. How many more students like pizza
more than spaghetti?
8. How many students took part in
the survey?
SDP 1.1, 1.3
Print This Page

Name
Explore Pictographs
Evan and Jenny surveyed students to find out whether their favorite color is red, blue, or yellow. This is the data they collected. Favorite Colors Red Blue Yellow Here is how to make a pictograph of the data. Step 1: Write a title. List the categories. Step 2: Choose a picture to show the data. You can use 1 picture to represent 2 students. So, half of a picture will represent 1 student. Use the picture to make a key. Red Blue Yellow Key: Each
Print This 38 Page
RETEACH
10 11 6 Favorite Colors
stands for 2 students. stands for 1 student.
Step 3: Use the key to draw pictures to show Key: Each the data for each category. Use the data in the table to complete the pictograph. Answer the questions to help you.
1. How many people chose oranges?
2. How many people chose apples?
How many faces will you draw?
How many faces will you draw?
Favorite Fruit
Favorite Fruit Total 9 5 10 4 Oranges Plums Key: Each Key: Each stands for 2 people. stands for 1 person.
SDP 1.1, 1.3
Fruit Apples Pears Oranges Plums
Tally
Apples Pears
Print This Page

Name
Explore Pictographs
Stamp Collecting
Use the clues below to complete the pictograph. Sarahs Stamp Collection Stamps of famous people Stamps of famous landmarks Stamps of famous events Stamps of birds Stamps from other countries Stamps of flowers Key: Each stands for 2 stamps.
Print This 38 Page
ENRICH
Clues Sarah has 5 fewer stamps from other countries than stamps of famous people. Sarah has twice as many stamps of famous events as stamps from other countries. Sarah has 3 more stamps of famous landmarks than stamps from other countries. Sarah has 1 more than twice as many bird stamps as stamps of famous events. If Sarah had 6 more flower stamps, she would have an amount equal to the number of bird stamps. Would you use 1 stamp to stand for 8 stamps in the key? Why or why not?
SDP 1.1, 1.3
Print This Page

Name
Bar Graphs
Complete the table below. Then use it to complete the bar graph and answer exercises 14. Favorite Types of Music Adults Type of Music Country Classical Jazz Rap Rock and roll
Favorite Types of Music
Print This 39 Page
PRACTICE
Teenagers Total Tally Marks Total
Tally Marks
16 Number of People 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 Country

Classical Adults
Jazz
Rap Teenagers
Rock and Roll
1. How many teenagers chose rock and roll?
2. Which type of music was chosen about the same number of
times by adults and teenagers?

3. Which type of music do adults like the most?
4. Did more adults or teenagers choose jazz as their favorite
music?
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 3, Lesson 9, pages 112115. (94) SDP 1.1, 1.3
Print This Page

Name
Bar Graphs
You can use single-bar graphs or double-bar graphs to show data. A single-bar graph presents one set of data. A double-bar graph presents two sets of data. When you create a double-bar graph, you need to make a key to represent each set of data. Write a title, headings for the vertical and horizontal sides, and select a scale just as you would for a single-bar graph. Remember to include different headings for both sets of data.
Print This 39 Page
RETEACH
Use the graphs to answer the questions.

1. What is the favorite
vacation spot? How many people chose it?

Number of People
2. Did more people choose
France, Hawaii, or Greece as their favorite vacation spot?
20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 Hawaii
Favorite Vacation Spots
Greece
Florida
France
Australia
3. How many more boys than

4. Which vacation spot shows
the greatest difference between boys and girls?
Number of People
girls chose Hawaii as their favorite vacation spot?
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Hawaii
Favorite Vacation Spots
Greece Boys
Florida
France Girls
Australia
SDP 1.1, 1.3
Print This Page

Name
Bar Graphs
Misleading Graphs
The bar graph shows the earnings of Bayside Auto Plaza and Auto World.
1. The bar for Auto World is twice as
Print This 39 Page
ENRICH
high as the bar for Bayside Auto Plaza. Does this mean that Auto World earns twice as much as Bayside Auto Plaza?
Earnings of Car Sales $150,000 $140,000 $130,000 $120,000
2. What is the actual difference in the
earnings of the two stores?
3. Is the graph misleading? Explain.
130,000
150,000
Bayside Auto Plaza
Auto World
Number of Cars Sold
Number of Cars Sold
A car salesperson made Graphs A and B to show the number of cars she sold in one year. Car SalesGraph A Car SalesGraph B 100 50 80 40 30 20 10 0 60 40 20 Jan. March April June 0 Oct. Dec.
SDP 1.1, 1.3
Jan. Feb. March April May June July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec.
Month
4. Do both bar graphs show the same data?
Months
5. Which graph do you think the salesperson showed her boss? Tell why.
July Sept.
Print This Page

Name
Coordinate Graphing
Give the ordered pair for each place on the grid.
1. mall 2. library 3. park 4. school 5. video arcade
Print This 310 Page
PRACTICE
Name the place at each location.

6. (9, 1) 8. (4, 5)
12 11 school 10 post office 9 library 8 bank 7 park 6 5 mall fire station 4 3 video arcade 2 pool 1 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112
7. (1, 9) 9. (3, 8)
Give the ordered pair for each place on the grid.

10. jail 11. movie theater 12. police station 13. grocery store
12 city hall 11 police station 10 jail 9 court house 8 pet store 7 6 movie theater 5 grocery store 4 3 2 soccer field 1 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112
Name the place at each location.

14. (7, 2) 16. (8, 9) 18. A drive-in diner is being built
15. (8, 11) 17. (4, 8) 19. A parking garage is being built
3 blocks down from the pet store. What ordered pair names this location?
between the city hall and the court house. What ordered pair names the garages location?
MG 2.1, 2.2, 2.3
Print This Page

Name
Coordinate Graphing
The grid shows the location of rides at an amusement park. Where is the Space Ride located? Start at 0. Go right 1, and then go up 2. You can write the location of the Space Ride as the ordered pair (1, 2). In an ordered pair, the first number tells you how far to go to the right. The second number tells you how far to go up. Try this. Go right 5, Go up 1. (5, 1) ordered pair Which ride do you find?
0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Log Ride Swings Tidal Force Sky Ride
Print This 310 Page
RETEACH
Ferris Wheel Carousel
Paddle Boats
Roller Coaster
Shells Space Ride
Scrambler Tea Cups
10
Complete. Use the grid above.

1. Start at 0. Go right 8, then up 3. 2. Start at 0. Go right 4, then up 4.
The ordered pair is (8, What is here?
).
The ordered pair is ( What is here?
, 4).
3. Start at 0. Go right 2, then up 8.

4. Start at 0. Go right 6, then up 7.
The ordered pair is What is here?
The ordered pair is What is here?
Use the grid above to tell which is at each location.

5. (5, 8) 7. (4, 6) 9. (6, 4)
6. (2, 3) 8. (1, 6) 10. (8, 8)

MG 2.1, 2.2, 2.3
Print This Page

Name
Coordinate Graphing
Find the Hidden Picture
Locate each ordered pair on the grid below. Label it with the exercise number. Then connect the dots in order.
1. (17, 3) 5. (3, 3) 9. (3, 17) 13. (17, 17) 2. (11, 7) 6. (7, 9) 10. (9, 13) 14. (13, 11) 3. (10, 0) 7. (0, 10) 11. (10, 20) 15. (20, 10)
Print This 310 Page
ENRICH
4. (9, 7) 8. (7, 11) 12. (11, 13) 16. (13, 9)
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
MG 2.1, 2.2, 2.3
Print This Page

Name
Explore Line Graphs

Use the table to complete the line graph. Toy Sales at Toy City Month July August September October November December Amount $1,700 $1,000 $1,700 $2,500 $2,700 $3,200
Amount
$3,200 $3,000 $2,800 $2,600 $2,400 $2,200 $2,000 $1,800 $1,600 $1,400 $1,200 $1,000 0
Print This 311 Page
PRACTICE
Toys Sold at Toy City
July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec.
Month
Use the line graph to answer the questions.

1. In which month was the greatest 2.
In which two months were sales the same?
dollar amount of toys sold at Toy City?
3. During which month did sales
4.
During which month did sales increase the most?
decrease?
5. What is the difference in sales
6.
In how many months did Toy City sell more than $1,600 worth of toys?
between the highest and lowest points on the graph
SDP 1.1,1.3
Print This Page

Name
Explore Line Graphs

A line graph shows change over a period of time. The table below shows the number of ice-cream cones sold over a year at the Ice-Cream Cottage. You can also show this information in a line graph.
Print This 311 Page
RETEACH
Ice-Cream Cones Sold

Month July August September October November December Number 800 900 700 650 350 100
Number of Cones Sold
Ice-Cream Cone Sales
900 800 700 600 500 400 300 200 100 0

July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec.
Show the data from the table in the line graph. In October, 650 cones were sold. Draw a dot across from 650 on the graphs scale (650 is half way between 600 and 700).
Month
Draw a dot for each of the other months number of sales.
Use the line graph to answer the questions.

1. In which month was the greatest 2. How many ice-cream cones were
number of ice-cream cones sold?
sold in July?
3. How many more ice-cream cones
4. Between which two months did the
were sold in July than in December?
greatest decrease in sales take place?
SDP 1.1, 1.3
Print This Page

Name
Explore Line Graphs

Population Trends
Use the clues to complete the line graph. Clues Foxwood had 200 more people in 1930 than it did in 1920. The population was the same in 1940 as it was in 1930. In 1950, the number of people increased by 200. There were 1,600 people living in Foxwood in 1960. The number of people decreased by 200 in 1970 and 100 in 1980. The population in 1990 was 200 more than in 1980. Population Changes in Foxwood 2,200 2,100 2,000 1,900 1,800 1,700 1,600 1,500 1,400 1,300 1,200 1,100 0
Print This 311 Page
ENRICH
Number of People
1900 1910 1920 1930 1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 Year
Write the years during which each event most likely happened.
Event For the first time in 30 years, the population began growing again. A computer factory opened. People moved to Foxwood for jobs. The town's toy factory closed. Many people lost their jobs.
Years between between between and and and
SDP 1.1, 1.3
Print This Page

Name

Applying Time and Data
Show how the Sequoia Nature Club can spend its time. Make a schedule. Activity Starting Time of Activity
Print This Page
Ending Time of Activity
Your Decision
Which activities did you choose for the Sequoia Nature Club? Explain your choices.
MR 1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 2.6, 3.1
Print This Page

Name

Does practice make perfect?
Record your data. Attempt 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Print This Page
Time Needed to Complete the Puzzle
1. Describe what happened to the time you needed as you
repeated the puzzle over and over.
NS 1.2; SDP 1.1, 1.3; MR 2.3, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Does practice make perfect?
2. How many times did you have to work the puzzle until you
Print This Page
mastered it?
3. What happened to your time after you mastered the puzzle?
4. Make a line graph, comparing puzzle number and time.
What happened to the line on the graph after you mastered the puzzle?
5. Explain how you used your short- and long-term memory to learn
the puzzle.
NS 1.2; SDP 1.1, 1.3; MR 2.3, 3.2
Print This Page

Name
The Meaning of Multiplication

Write a multiplication sentence for each model.
1. 2.
Print This 41 Page
PRACTICE
3.
4.
Find each product.

5.
6 6
6.
7 7
7.
3 5
8.
7 3
9.
6 0
10.
7 5
11.
5 8
12.
8 7
13.
4 6
14.
9 5
15.
6 8
16.
4 8
17. 8 8 21. 3 3 25. 8 6
18. 2 6 22. 6 7 26. 3 6
19. 9 6 23. 2 3 27. 1 9
20. 9 8 24. 6 9 28. 9 3
Algebra & Functions Find the missing number.

29. 2 (n 5) 30 31. (2 v) 6 48
30. (j 7) 4 56 32. (3 r) 8 72
Problem Solving
33. Jason practices his violin 2 hours 34. Sheila arranges her pennies in 9
every day. How many hours does he practice in 7 days?
rows with 6 pennies in each row. How many pennies does Sheila have?
AF 1.1
Print This Page

Name

The numbers you multiply are the factors. The answer is the product. First factor: number of rows Second factor: number in each row 5 6
Print This 41 Page
RETEACH
6 factor 6 6 6 6 6 30 You can write 5 6 30 or 5 factor 30 product factor factor product
Complete the table. Number of Rows

1.
Number in Number Multiplication Each Row in All Sentence
2. 3.
Find each product.

4.
4 3
5.
7 3
6.
6 4
7.
5 0
8.
3 5
9.
6 5
10. 2 5 14. 4 7
11. 5 3 15. 8 3
12. 9 3 16. 5 9
13. 5 5 17. 6 2
AF 1.1
Print This Page

Name

Factors, Products, and Rectangles
To show all the facts with a product of 6, draw as many rectangles as you can that contain 6 squares. Count the number of squares in each column and row.
Print This 41 Page
ENRICH
List the numbers you count. Those are the factors. The factors of 6 are 1, 2, 3, and 6.
616 166 326 236
Draw as many rectangles as you can to show different facts for each product. Then list the factors.
1. 12 3. 20 2. 18 4. 24
AF 1.1
Print This Page

Name
Properties of Multiplication
Find the product. Then use the Commutative Property to write a different multiplication sentence.
1. 9 8 2. 8 7 3. 5 2
Print This 42 Page
PRACTICE
4. 9 4
5. 3 4
6. 9 2
7. 6 9
8. 2 3
9. 7 4
10. 3 9
11. 9 7
12. 5 8
13. 5 0
14. 1 8
15. 4 5
Write or to make a true sentence.

16. 6 19. 7 22. 4 25. 9
6 36 7 14 39 26 3 3
17. 8 20. 9 23. 8 26. 6
19 09 75 79 3 4
18. 3 21. 9 24. 6 27. 4
9 27 9 81 4 12 48 2 8
Problem Solving
28. Joe plants pine seedlings in 7 rows. 29. Tanya has 9 pencils in each package.
He puts 6 seedlings in each row. How many seedlings does Joe plant?
She has 6 packages. How many pencils does Tanya have in all?
AF 1.1; MR 1.1
Print This Page

Name
Commutative Property The order of the factors does not change the answer.
Print This 42 Page
RETEACH
428 Identity Property The product of 1 and any number is that number.
248 Zero Property The product of any number and zero is zero.
313
Think: 4 rows of 0 counters. 400
166
Think: 0 rows of 7 counters. 070
Find each product. Then use the Commutative Property to write another sentence.
1. 3 9 2. 5 7 3. 4 6
9
27
5
5. 1 4
6
6. 0 5
4. 2 8
Multiply. Tell which property you used.

7. 1 8 8. 0 7 9. 5 1
10. 6 0
11. 0 4
12. 1 9
AF 1.1; MR 1.1
Print This Page

Name
Crack the Code!
What number does each symbol in the table below stand for? Use the Commutative, Identity, and Zero properties of multiplication to help you find out. Write the number next to the symbol in the code key.
Print This 42 Page
ENRICH
1. 6
6 8
2. 6
26 10
3.
90 5 0
4. 6
5. 9
6.
7.
05 10
8.
4 6
9. If you know that
what other multiplication fact do you know?

Use with Grade 4, Chapter 4, Lesson 2, pages 140141. (111) AF 1.1; MR 1.1
Print This Page

Name
Multiply by 2, 3, 4, and 6
Write the multiplication sentence.
1. 2.
Print This 43 Page
PRACTICE
Multiply.
3. 7 4 7. 9 6 11. 5 2 15. 2 4 19. 4. 1 6 8. 5 4 12. 6 4 16. 8 3 20. 5. 8 2 9. 0 6 13. 9 4 17. 4 2 22. 6. 3 3 10. 5 3 14. 6 3 18. 6 7 23.
4 3 4 4 4 6
5 6 2 3 6 8
21.
2 2 2 0 2 5
3 6 7 6 6 6
4 8 6 2 3 9
24.
9 6 1 6 4 7
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
Algebra & Functions Find the answer.

37. If 3, then how much is
? ?
38. If 6, then how much is
39. If 4, then how much is ?
Problem Solving
40. Cars are parked in 2 rows. There are 41. Four parents are needed on each of
8 cars in each row. How many cars are parked?
9 committees. How many parents are needed?
NS 4.1
Print This Page

Name
You can skip count to multiply by 2 and 3. Find 2 8. Think: Skip count by 2s eight times. 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 2 8 16 Find 7 3. Think: Skip count by 3s seven times. 3 6 9 12 15 18 7 3 21
Print This 43 Page
RETEACH
These are multiples of 2.
21
These are multiples of 3.
You can double a fact you know to multiply by 4 and 6. Double a fact to multiply by 4. Double a fact to multiply by 6. 4 5 (2 5) (2 5) 10 10 20 6 5 (3 5) (3 5) 15 15 30
Skip count to find the answer. Use the models above to help you.
1. 2 7 5. 6 3
2. 6 2 6. 3 8
3. 2 8 7. 9 3
4. 9 2 8. 3 7
Double a fact to find the answer. You can use counters to help you.
9. 6 8 (3 8) (3
) )
10. 4 7 (2
) (2
) )
11. 7 6 (7
) (7
12. 8 4 (8
) (8
NS 4.1
Print This Page

Name
Triangle Math
In each triangle, the number on the bottom left is the product of the middle left and the top number. The number on the bottom right is the product of the middle right and the top number. Complete the triangles. The top number must be a 2, 3, 4, or 6.
1. 2. 3. 4.
Print This 43 Page
ENRICH
2 1 2
5.
3 6 6
6 3
9
7.
4
1 6
8.
3
18
3 12
12
6.
18 2
32 3
6 7 5 7
4 8 16
11.
2
8
8 24
42
9.
30
10.
14 6
6 36
14.
24
12.
21 4
3 8
9 5
18
13.
9
27
15.
5 20
16.
9
36
10
48 4
15
6
2
9 2 4
1
3
4 16
4
24
3
6
12
28
54
17. Explain how you found the answer to the triangle in exercise 3.
NS 4.1
Print This Page

Name
Multiply by 5 and 10
Multiply.
1. 5 4 5. 0 5 9. 3 5 13. 2 5 17. 9 10 21. 10 6 25. 2. 5 8 6. 3 10 10. 6 5 14. 4 5 18. 2 10 22. 0 10 3. 6 10 7. 7 5 11. 5 10 15. 9 5 19. 8 5 23. 5 2 28.
Print This 44 Page
PRACTICE
4. 1 5 8. 4 10 12. 1 10 16. 8 10 20. 5 5 24. 7 10
5 6 10 9 10 7 10 1
26.
10 3 5 1 5 8 5 9
27.
5 3 5 5 5 0 6 5
10 8 10 6 10 0 9 5
29.
5 2 10 4 10 2 8 5
30.
10 5 5 4 5 7 3 5
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
Tell whether the number is a multiple of 2, 5, or 10.

49. 18 50. 30 51. 35 52. 40
Problem Solving
53. Gene has 5 boxes of crayons with 54. Jan places 5 rows of 8 stars in a
10 crayons in each box. How many crayons does Gene have?
rectangle to make a design. How many stars does she use?
NS 3.2
Print This Page

Name
You can skip count using nickels to multiply by 5. Find 7 5 Think: Skip count by 5s four times.
Print This 44 Page
RETEACH
five 5
ten 10
fifteen 15
twenty 20
twenty-five 25
thirty 30
thirty-five 35
7 5 35 You can skip count using dimes to multiply by ten. Find 8 10. Think: Skip count by 10s three times.
ten 10
twenty 20
thirty 30
forty 40
fifty 50
sixty 60
seventy 70
eighty 80
8 10 80 Skip count to find the answer.

1. 2.
65
5 10
Multiply. You can use nickels and dimes to help you.

3. 4 5 7. 9 5 11. 2 5 15. 4. 3 10 8. 6 10 12. 2 10 16. 5. 5 10 9. 7 5 13. 1 10 18. 6. 6 5 10. 7 10 14. 5 5
10 8
5 8
17.
10 5
10 9
19.
5 9
20.
10 4
NS 3.2
Print This Page

Name
True Sums
Write multiplication sentences to make each sum true. Each multiplication sentence must have a 5 or a 10 as one of its factors. Product
1. 2
Print This 44 Page
ENRICH
Product
2. 10
Product
3. 7
10 4
20 20
40 Sum
1 2
10 10
20 Sum
10 5
70 40
110 Sum
Product
4.
Product
5. 5
Product
6.
5 10
3 15 10 100
115 Sum
6 10
30 80
110 Sum
4 10
5 9
20 90
110 Sum
Product
7. 5
Product
8.
Product
9. 5
7 10
35 50
85 Sum
9 10
5 8
45 80
125 Sum
1 10
5 50
55 Sum
Product
10. 3
Product
11. 4
Product
12.
5
10 9
30 45
75 Sum
10 10
40 50
90 Sum
5 10
5 6
25 60
85 Sum
Can you follow the rules and find other numbers that will give a true sum for exercises 1 and 4?
NS 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Multiply by 7, 8, and 9
Multiply.
1. 5 7 5. 3 8 9. 3 7 13. 5 8 17. 6 8 21. 2. 9 7 6. 8 7 10. 6 9 14. 2 9 18. 4 7 22. 3. 1 8 7. 4 9 11. 7 8 15. 0 7 19. 8 9 24.
Print This 45 Page
PRACTICE
4. 9 9 8. 2 8 12. 7 7 16. 1 9 20. 4 8 25.
5 9 8 8 8 4
7 2 2 8 9 2
23.
9 8 7 1 7 3
9 3 6 7 8 3
8 0 9 1 7 5
26.
7 9 9 6 8 6
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
Algebra & Functions Find the rule. Then complete the table.
39.
Rule: 0 0
40.
1 9
2 18
3 27
Rule: 0 0 Problem Solving

41. Nathan puts 6 cards on each of 8 42. A marching band has 5 rows with
1 8
2 16
3 24
pages in an album. How many cards does he put in the album?
9 students in each row. How many students are in the marching band?
NS 3.2, 4.1
Print This Page

Name
You can use known facts to multiply by 7, 8, and 9. Add to a known fact to multiply by 7. Find 7 6. You know 7 5 35. Subtract from a known fact to multiply by 9. Find 6 9. You know 6 10 60.
Print This 45 Page
RETEACH
Double a fact to multiply by 8. Find 8 7.
Double 4 7. (4 7) (4 7) Think: Think: 35 7 is the same as 7 6. 60 6 is the same as 6 9. 28 28 56 35 7 42 60 6 54
7 6 42 Multiply.
1. 7 5 4. 8 8 7. 9 9
6 9 54
8 7 56
2. 8 6 5. 9 7 8. 7 9 11. 7 4 14.
3. 9 8 6. 7 7 9. 8 10 12. 9 2 16.
10. 3 8 13.
5 9
8 9
15.
4 7
3 9
17.
6 7
18.
4 8
19.
10 9
20.
4 6
21.
5 8
22.
4 9
23.
10 7
24.
9 8
NS 3.2, 4.1
Print This Page

Name
Multiplication Game
Play with a partner. Cut out the game markers. One player puts the glove on START. The other puts the baseball on START. You will need:
Print This 45 Page
ENRICH
Two sets of number cards. Each set contains number cards from 0 through 10. Label one set A and the other set B.
Take turns. Pick a card from A and a card from B. Find the product of the two numbers. Have your partner check the product. If the product is correct, move forward two spaces. If the product is wrong, move back one space. The first player to get to the field wins.
Ball is Lost in Woods. Go to equipment box.
Eq uip Bo me x nt
Ball bounced in puddle. Go back to Start. Puddle
Woods
Tripped over feet. Go back 3 spaces.
glo Dro v p Go e in ped 3s b m pa ack ud. ce s.
Field
Markers
Start
NS 3.2, 4.1
Print This Page

Name

Choose an Operation
Solve. Tell how you chose the operation.
Print This 46 Page
PRACTICE
Reading Skill
1. Georgia puts coins in an album. There are 8 pages in the album. Each page
has slots for 8 coins. How many coins can Georgia put in the album?
2. Dina has 37 international dolls. Maxine has 26 international dolls.
Who has more dolls? How many more does she have?
3. Ben buys 9 packs of dinosaur stickers. There are 6 stickers in each
pack. How many stickers does Ben buy?
4. Melanie has a collection of 242 stamps. At a stamp convention, she
buys 19 more stamps. How many stamps does Melanie have now?
5. James collects model cars. He has 48 model cars. On his birthday,
James gets 7 more cars. How many model cars does James have in all?
6. Wendy has 10 flower stickers. She gives away 7 flower stickers.
How many flower stickers does Wendy have left?
MR 1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Choose an Operation
Choose the correct answer. Juan buys 6 packs of stickers. Each pack has 4 stickers. How many stickers does Juan buy in all?
1. Which of the following statements
Print This 46 Page
PRACTICE
2. Which of the following can you use
is true? A B C D Juan has 4 packs of stickers. Juan has 10 stickers. Juan has 24 packs of stickers. Juan has 24 stickers.
to solve the problem? F G H J 64 64 64 64
Warren has 9 silver dollars. At a coin show, he buys 3 silver dollars. How many silver dollars does Warren have now?
3. What do you have to do to solve 4. How many silver dollars does
this problem? A find how many silver dollars are left B find the total of 2 unequal groups of silver dollars C find the total of 3 equal groups of silver dollars D find how many silver dollars there are when you split 9 into 3 equal groups
Warren have? F G H J 3 silver dollars 6 silver dollars 12 silver dollars 27 silver dollars
Nadia collects souvenir flags. She puts the flags in her bookcase in 3 rows. There are 7 flags in each row. How many flags does Nadia have?
5. What do you have to do to solve 6. How many flags are there?
this problem? A find the total of 2 unequal groups of flags B find the total of 2 equal groups of flags C find the total of 3 equal groups of flags D find how many flags are left
F G H J
21 flags 10 flags 4 flags 3 flags
MR 1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Choose an Operation
Choose the correct answer. Selena has 42 movie posters. Her brother has 26 movie posters. How many movie posters do they have in all?
7. What operation could you use to
Print This 46 Page
PRACTICE
8. How many movie posters do Selena
solve this problem? A addition B subtraction C multiplication D division
and her brother have in all? F 16 G 26 H 68 J 78
Solve.
9. Lois sells 10 rock-star posters. She 10. Morris has 16 kites. He buys 4 more
gets $8 for each poster. How much money does Lois receive?
kites. How many kites does Morris have now?
11. Janell has 472 baseball cards. Lou
12. Kevin buys 7 packs of football cards.
has 397 baseball cards. How many more baseball cards does Janell have than Lou?
There are 4 football cards in each pack. How many football cards does Kevin buy?
13. Brian displays his trophies in his
14. Barbara puts photos of France in
bedroom. He puts his trophies in 3 rows. There are 6 trophies in each row. How many trophies does Brian have?
a photo album. The photo album can hold 94 photos. Barbara has 78 photos. How many more photos can she put in the album?
MR 1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Multiplication Table and Patterns

Complete the table. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 22 24 55 84 88 99 7 16 32 54 0 0 0 1 2 3 8 15 2 4 9 20 30 36 40 50 4 12 21 27 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Print This 47 Page
PRACTICE
11
12
36
60 66 77 96 108 72
121 132 120 144
Use the table to multiply.

1. 9 8 5. 2. 3 12 6. 3. 11 11 8. 4. 4 12
12 8
12 12
7.
12 7
10 10
9.
11 7
10.
12 9
11. What is the pattern of odd and even
12. What is the pattern of odd and even
numbers in the 3 row or 3 column?
numbers in the 4 row or 4 column?
13. 6 3 16. 9 7
33 6 11
14. 15 7 17. 9 7
27 44
15. 4 8 18. 12 4
25 4 23
NS 4.1, 4.2, MR 1.1
Print This Page

Name

To find 8 9, draw arrows to show where the 8 row and the 9 column meet in the table. The 8 row and the 9 column meet at 72. So, 8 9 72. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 3 0 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 4 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 6 0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 7 0 7 14 21 28 35 42 49 56 63 70 77 84 8 0 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 9 0 9 18 27 36 45 54 63 72 81 90 99 108 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Print This 47 Page
RETEACH
11 0 11 22 33 44 55 66 77 88 99
12 0 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144
100 110 110 121 120 132
Multiply. You can use the multiplication table to help you.

1. 6 8 4. 7 7
2. 8 12 5. 10 5 8. 3 8 11. 9 9
3. 8 4 6. 9 11 9. 4 9 12. 6 7 16.
7. 7 4 10. 7 12 13.
9 12
14.
8 7
15.
8 11
9 8
17.
12 10
18.
11 7
19.
11 12
20.
8 8
21.
9 7
22.
12 12
23.
11 3
24.
11 11
NS 4.1, 4.2; MR 1.1
Print This Page

Name

Twisted Tables
Complete each multiplication table. Fill in the missing factors.
1.
Print This 47 Page
ENRICH
10 12 14 15 18 21 20 24 28
2.
42 18 30 14 6 10 28 12 20
3.
36 6 12 30 42 7 14 35 54 9 18 45 24 4 8 20
4.
12 24 3 9 28 56 7 21 0 0 0 0 8 16 2 6
5.
72 28 27 7 6 24 6 2
6.
63 72 18 0 9 42 21 40
7.
56 16 16 24 28 18 36 6
8.
15 21 42 35 0 18
NS 4.1, 4.2; MR 1.1
Print This Page

Name
Multiply Three Numbers

Multiply.
1. (2 5) 4 4. 6 (3 2) 7. (5 2) 4 10. (8 2) 3 13. 2 (7 2) 16. 5 (3 3) 19. 9 (2 3) 22. (8 3) 0 25. 2 (4 3) 2. 3 (2 8) 5. 4 (4 2) 8. (2 2) 2 11. 7 (3 3) 14. (8 4) 2 17. 4 (8 1) 20. (8 1) 9 23. 9 (3 3) 26. (3 3) 3
Print This 48 Page
PRACTICE
3. (4 2) 3 6. 7 (2 5) 9. (9 3) 0 12. (6 2) 2 15. (9 2) 4 18. 7 (2 3) 21. 5 (3 2) 24. (7 2) 4 27. (7 2) 2
Complete the multiplication sentence.

28. 5 4 30. (9 3)
5 27
29. (
8) 7 0 ) ) (4 2)
31. 5 6 5 (3 33. 4 4 2 (2
32.
(3 5) 9 5
Problem Solving
34. The school gives each basketball 35. In a baseball game of 9 innings,
player 2 shirts. Each shirt costs $8. What is the total cost of shirts for 6 players?
each of the 2 teams gets 3 outs per inning. How many outs are there in a game?
AF 1.3
Print This Page

Name

Find: (3 5) 2 Think: 3 2 is a known fact. (5 3) 2 Use the Commutative Property to change the order. 5 (3 2) Use the Associative Property to regroup the numbers. 56 Multiply inside the parentheses first. Think: 3 twos
Print This 48 Page
RETEACH
5 6 30 Multiply again. Think: 5 sixes
Multiply.
1. (2 5) 4 2. 3 (4 3) 3. (2 6) 3
(5 5( 5
)4 )
3( ( 4
(6 6( 6
)3 )
)4
4. 2 (2 3)
5. (2 4) 3 8. (4 8) 1 11. 9 (2 3) 14. 3 (3 5) 17. (2 7) 3
6. (5 2) 3 9. 3 (3 2) 12. (3 3) 3 15. (9 2) 2 18. 5 (4 3)
7. (7 1) 3 10. (5 4) 2 13. (8 2) 4 16. (9 6) 1
AF 1.3
Print This Page

Name

The Search for 48
Circle each combination of numbers that has a product of 48. You can multiply up to four numbers. Look across, up, down, and diagonally. Can you find all 26 combinations?
Print This 48 Page
ENRICH
4 4 5 6 7
3 9 2 6 4 2
4 2 3 6 9 2
2 2 2 7 4 8
3 4 4 6 3 3
7 6 8 6 4 2
8 4 8 3 2 9
Choose one of these numbers: 24, 36, 64, or 72. Make your own number search and give it to a friend to solve. Be sure to keep a copy with the solution!
AF 1.3
Print This Page

Name
Relate Multiplication and Division Facts

Write a related multiplication fact and complete the division sentence.
1. 18 9 2. 15 3 3. 16 4
Print This 49 Page
PRACTICE
18
15
16
18 9 Divide.
4. 6 2 7. 8 4 10. 28 7 13. 48 6 16. 3 21 21. 5 45 26. 8 56
15 3
16 4
5. 18 2 8. 27 3 11. 18 3 14. 35 7 17. 7 21 22. 7 56 27. 9 45 32. 6 54
6. 15 5 9. 14 2 12. 63 7 15. 42 7 19. 3 18 24. 9 54 29. 9 36 34. 4 36
7 9 7 9
3 8 5 9
18. 2 16 23. 8 24 28. 9 81 33. 4 24
8 3 9 6
6 6 4 9
20. 5 25 25. 3 9
3 8 7
30. 8 64 35. 9 63
31. 7 63
Problem Solving
36. It takes 4 horses to pull a coach. How 37. Groups of 6 visitors can take tours of
many coaches can 20 horses pull?
an old western town. How many groups can 24 people make?
NS 3.2; MR 1.1
Print This Page

Name

Find 15 5. Think: How many groups of 5 are in 15?
Print This 49 Page
RETEACH
5 ? 15 5 3 15 There are 3 groups of 5 in 15.
So, 15 5 3.
Write a related multiplication fact and complete the division sentence.

1. 18 6 2. 16 8 3. 12 3
18
16
12
18 6
4. 20 5
16 8
5. 21 7
12 3
6. 24 6
20 5
21 7
8. 27 9
24 6
9. 28 4
7. 30 5
30 5
27 9
28 4
NS 3.2; MR 1.1
Print This Page

Name

Word Puzzle
Use the letters in the table below to complete the word puzzle. Words have to connect as they do in a crossword puzzle. Letter Values Letter A B D E F G J Rules Use each letter in the table only once. You cannot move the vowels in the puzzle. Try to get the highest score you can. To find your score, complete the multiplication or division to find the value of each letter you used. For example, if you placed the letter B in the top left square, you would get 5 for that square (25 5 5). Then add to find the value of each word. Finally, add the values of all four words. Value 10 3 ? 25 5 ? 12 6 ? 36? 45? 36 4 ? 10 4 ? Letter L N O S T U Y
Print This 49 Page
ENRICH
Value 45 5 ? 49? 30 3 ? 55? 67? 42 7 ? 54 6 ?
J E T
G U
N
NS 3.2; MR 1.1
Print This Page

Name

Act It Out
Use act it out to solve.
1. The Rare Book Club invites its
Print This 410 Page
PRACTICE
2. Len delivers 16 bottles of juice and
25 members to a dinner. Square tables seat 4 people and round tables seat 5 people. If the club wants full tables, which tables should the club use? How many of these tables will be needed?
soda. A small box will hold 6 bottles and a large box will hold 8 bottles. Which box should Len use if he wants to put an equal number of bottles in each box? How many boxes will he need?
3. Courtney is making a display of
4. The Sailing Club puts 12 of its 48
42 shells. She arranges the shells in rows of 6. How many rows does Courtney make?
trophies in a large display case. There are 6 smaller cases. How can the club arrange the rest of the trophies so that each smaller case has an equal number of trophies?
Mixed Strategy Review Solve. Use any strategy. 5. Yoki has 20 posters of science-fiction movies. She puts an equal number of these posters on each of 4 walls. How many posters does Yoki put on each wall?
6. Art For posters, Nancy has a piece
of poster paper that is 9 feet by 2 feet. She cuts 3-foot by 1-foot rectangles from it. How many posters does she make?
Strategy:
7. Dinner starts at 6:00 P.M. It will take
Strategy:
Robert 45 minutes to get there. On his way, he wants to stop at the library for 30 minutes. What time does Robert need to leave to get to the dinner on time?
act out to solve. Share it with others.
Strategy:
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 4, Lesson 10, pages 162163. (133) NS 3.2; MR 1.1
Print This Page

Name

Act It Out
Page 163, Problem 2
Print This 410 Page
RETEACH
For placemats, Meg is going to cut 2-foot by 1-foot rectangles from a piece of fabric with a starry background. The fabric is 4 feet wide and 3 feet long. How many placemats can she cut from one piece of fabric? Step 1 Be sure you understand the problem. Read carefully. What do you know? The placemats are by .
Read
Meg is going to cut the placemats from a piece of fabric that is by . What do you need to find? You need to find how many . Step 2
Plan
I
Make a plan.
Choose a strategy.
Make a Table or List Write a Number Sentence Work Backward Act it Out Find a Pattern Make a Graph Guess and Check Logical Reasoning Solve a Simpler Problem Draw a Picture
To solve the problem, you can act it out using models. Draw a rectangle that represents the piece of fabric. A rectangle that is 4 feet by 3 feet would be very large, so draw a rectangle that is 4 centimeters by 3 centimeters to represent the piece of fabric. Make rectangles that represent the placemats. Since the placemats are 2 feet by 1 foot, cut out rectangles that are 2 centimeters by 1 centimeter.
NS 3.2; MR 1.1
Print This Page

Name

Act It Out
Step 3
Print This 410 Page
RETEACH
Solve
Carry out your plan. Fill the large rectangle with small rectangles.
The large rectangle represents Each small rectangle represents Meg can cut Step 4 placemats from the piece of fabric.
. .
Look Back
Is the solution reasonable? Reread the problem. Does your answer make sense? Did you answer the question? Yes Yes No No
What other stategies could you use to solve the problem?
Practice 1. Randy wants to cut name tags from a piece of poster paper. The poster paper is 18 inches by 24 inches. Each name tag will be 3 inches by 4 inches. How many name tags can Randy cut from the piece of poster paper?
2. Ted has 54 model train cars. He has
large boxes that will each hold 8 train cars. He has small boxes that will each hold 6 train cars. Which type of box should Ted use if he wants to put an equal number of cars in each box? How many of those boxes will he need?
NS 3.2; MR 1.1
Print This Page

Name
Divide by 2 Through 12
Divide.
1. 12 2 4. 35 5 7. 64 8 10. 48 6 13. 30 5 16. 90 10 19. 2 18 24. 7 63 2. 24 3 5. 54 6 8. 81 9 11. 49 7 14. 36 4 17. 121 11 20. 3 18 25. 6 42 3. 32 4 6. 56 7 9. 40 8 12. 27 3 15. 72 9 18. 144 12 22. 7 14 27. 5 45
Print This 411 Page
PRACTICE
9 9 6
6 7 7
21. 4 24 26. 9 63
6 7 8
2 9 9
23. 8 16 28. 8 72
2 9 9
29. 12 72
30. 11 77
31. 10 80
32. 11 99
33. 12 108
Algebra & Functions Find the rule. Then complete the table.
34.
Rule: 0 0 9 1 2 3 4 5 6
35.
Rule: 0 7 1 2 3 4 5 6
0 Problem Solving
36. There are 42 tomato plants in rows of
37. There are 45 tomatoes on 5 tomato
6 plants in each row. How many rows of tomato plants are there?
plants. Each tomato plant has the same number of tomatoes. How many tomatoes are on each plant?
NS 3.2; MR 1.1, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Find 48 6. Think: How many groups of 6 are in 48?
Print This 411 Page
RETEACH
6 ? 48 6 8 48 There are 8 groups of 6 in 48. Complete the division sentence.

1. 2.
So, 48 6 8.
3.
30 5
24 8
16 4
Divide. Draw models if you wish.

4. 12 2 7. 14 7 10. 32 8 13. 2 18
5. 21 3 8. 24 6 11. 18 3 14. 4 36 17. 7 42
6. 20 5 9. 16 2 12. 28 4 15. 3 36 18. 9 45
9 3 3
9 6 3
12 5 3 8 9
16. 5 15
19. 10 30 22. 6 54 25. 9 81
20. 11 33 23. 5 40
21. 12 36 24. 10 80 27. 11 99
9 9
8 2
26. 12 24
NS 3.2; MR 1.1, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Win the Division
Play this division football game with a partner. Youll need a number cube and 2 two-color counters to use as game pieces. Rules Place your game pieces at the START positions on the 50-yard line. Each player can only move in the direction of the arrow. Take turns rolling the number cubes. Add the number cubes to get a divisor. If the number in the circle on the next 10-yard line can be evenly divided by the divisor, move to that circle. Keep rolling the number cubes until one of you scores a touchdown.
42
Print This 411 Page
ENRICH
16
TOUCHDOWN!
G 28 10 20
15 36 12 Start Start 24
30 40 50 40 18 30 20 10 10 G
30 54
TOUCHDOWN!
35
NS 3.2; MR 1.1, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Fact Families
Complete each fact family.
1. 4 8
Print This 412 Page
PRACTICE
2. 9 5
3. 8 9
8 r 32 32 8 s 32 t 8 Find the missing factor.

4. 5
5 b 45 45 5 c 45 d 5
8 n 72 72 8 o 72 p 8
k 30 30 5 k
5.
h 7 56 56 7 h y 63 63 9 y
6. 9
g 72 72 9 g d 8 48 48 8 d
7. 9
w 54 54 9 w
8. 9
9.
Write a multiplication and division fact family for each group of numbers.
10. 8, 5, 40 11. 3, 9, 27 12. 6, 7, 42 13. 9, 8, 72
14. 5, 7, 35
15. 4, 5, 20
16. 6, 9, 54
17. 5, 9, 45
Divide. What patterns do you see?

18. 4 4
88
99
66
19. 0 7
08
01
05
NS 3.2; AF 1.1; MR 1.1
Print This Page

Name
Fact Families
Multiplication and division sentences that are related make up a fact family. Every sentence in a fact family uses the same numbers. Fact Family 3 4 12 4 3 12 12 3 4 12 4 3 Complete each fact family.
1. 2.
Print This 412 Page
RETEACH
Fact Family 5 2 10 2 5 10 10 5 2 10 2 5
3 5 15 5 15 15 5
4 [9]
Write the fact family for each set of numbers.

3. 4, 6, 24 4. 3, 7, 21 5. 35, 7, 5 6. 54, 6, 9
Find the missing numbers.

7. 5
n 30 30 5 n n
8.
n 7 56 56 7 n n
9.
n 8 64 64 8 n n
10. 3
n 27 27 3 n n
NS 3.2; AF 1.1; MR 1.1
Print This Page

Name
Fact Families
Chain Reaction
Write the missing numbers to complete each chain.
Print This 412 Page
ENRICH
1.
24 6
24
40
2.
98
72
12
3.
48 4
12
48
4.
66 11
30 6
45
5.
5 12
60
10
69
54
6.
81
93
81
7.
45 9
45 5
27
NS 3.2; AF 1.1; MR 1.1
Print This Page

Name

Applying Multiplication and Division
Record your data. Storage Unit Capacity: Number of trophies or medals per unit Number of Units Used
Print This Page
Total Cost
Shelf
Frame (small or large)
Your Decision What is your recommendation for Lily? Explain.
NS 3.1, 3.3; MR 1.1, 1.2
Print This Page

Name

Ramp races: How does height affect distance?
Record your data. Ramp height Distance traveled
Print This Page
Use division. How many times farther did the crayon travel on this ramp than it did on the 1-book ramp? Round to the nearest whole number.
1 book
2 books
3 books
4 books
5 books
NS 3.4; MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page

Name

Ramp races: How does height affect distance?
1. On which ramp did the crayon travel the farthest? On which ramp
Print This Page
did the crayon travel the shortest distance?
2. Use division to calculate how many times farther the crayon
traveled for the 2-, 3-, 4-, and 5-book ramps than it did for the 1-book ramp. Do your calculations in the table and then list your answers here. Round to the nearest whole number.
3. Do you see a pattern? Describe it.
4. If the pattern continues, how far will a crayon travel if released from a
10-book ramp? a 20-book ramp? Explain how you made these estimates.
5. Explain the activity in terms of speed.
NS 3.4; MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page

Name
Patterns of Multiplication
Complete.
1. 3 2
Print This 51 Page
PRACTICE
3 b 60
c 200 600 3 2,000 d
a b c d
2. 5 8
5 c 400
g 800 4,000 5 8,000 h
e f g h
Multiply. Use mental math.

3.
80 6
4.
70 8
5.
40 5
6.
60 7
7.
90 6
8.
400 5
9.
800 6
10.
700 9
11.
2,000 4
12.
3,000 6
13. 90 5 16. 700 8 19. 2,000 8
14. 4 90 17. 9 600 20. 5,000 7
15. 5 600 18. 700 4 21. 8 4,000
Find each missing number.

22.
a 5 300 a a 900
23.
b 4 320 a b 3,600
24. 2
c 180
c
27.
25. 3
26. 6
c 8 72,000 c
a
Problem Solving
28. Stamps are sold in rolls of 100. How
29. A ream of paper is 500 sheets of
many stamps are in 9 rolls?
paper. How many sheets are in 7 reams?
NS 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Using basic facts and patterns can help you multiply mentally.
Print This 51 Page
RETEACH
2 4 ones 8 ones 248 Complete the pattern.

1. 3 3
2 4 tens 8 tens 2 40 80
2 4 hundreds 8 hundreds 2 400 800
2. 6 3
3. 4 5
3 30 3 300 3 3,000 Multiply. Use mental math.

4.
6 30 6 300 6 3,000
4 50 4 500 4 5,000
70 8
5.
90 4
6.
70 4
7.
60 7
8.
800 9
9.
200 8
10.
500 7
11.
3,000 8
12.
7,000 3
13.
6,000 8
14. 9 60 17. 8 800 20. 6 600 23. 4 600 26. 7 2,000
15. 6 50 18. 6 800 21. 8 400 24. 8 5,000 27. 5 6,000
16. 8 200 19. 5 900 22. 9 700 25. 3 4,000 28. 4 4,000
NS 3.2
Print This Page

Name
History Riddles
Find each missing number. Then find the letter in the table that matches that number. Solve the riddles. Write the letter in the blank above the same exercise number.
1. 4. 4 7. 7 10. 3 13. 16. 19. 6 22.
Print This 51 Page
ENRICH
5 100 2,000 21,000 1,200 6 240 3 600 2,400 7 2,100
2. 60 5. 8. 11. 7 14. 6 17. 9 20. 23. 6
24,000 3. 7 9 1,800 5 1,000 1,400 480

6. 9. 12. 15. 6
350 8 400 6 3,000 6 1,200 3,000 5 100 180 210
18,000 18. 8 4,000 4,800

21. 9 24. 7
20 E
30 N
40 B
50 A
80 M
200 300 400 500 800 2,000 3,000 4,000 5,000 8,000 T S H O I F W U K Y
What did Paul Revere say at the end of his ride?

7. 2. 9. 3.
Where was the Declaration of Independence signed?
6.
11.
12.
10.
1.
13.
15.
5.
8.
4.
14.
When Columbus discovered America, where did he first stand?

20. 24. 19. 23. 22. 17. 18. 21. 16.
NS 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Explore Multiplying 2-Digit Numbers by1-Digit Numbers

1. Multiply 4 15. Draw squares to multiply.
Print This 52 Page
PRACTICE
Find each product.

2.
62 2
3.
38 4
4.
91 3
5.
46 5
6.
78 6
7.
98 5
8.
76 6
9.
24 9
10.
56 7
11.
48 8
12.
66 6
13.
77 7
14.
94 3
15.
59 4
16.
44 9
17.
24 7
18.
19 8
19.
67 5
20.
84 4
21.
76 7
22. 5 26
23. 37 8 26. 7 22 29. 35 4
24. 45 6 27. 9 49 30. 99 3
25. 38 4 28. 8 67
Problem Solving
31. Katy arranges oranges in 5 layers in a 32. Band members march in 24 rows.
crate. Each layer has 24 oranges. How many oranges does she put in the crate?
There are 8 members in each row. How many members are in the band?
NS 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Explore Multiplying 2-Digit Numbers by 1-Digit Numbers

Find 5 21. You can draw an array to multiply. Find the total number of dots. 5 dots 5 21 105
Print This 52 Page
RETEACH
21 dots Draw an array to multiply.

1. 4 18
4 dots 18 dots 24 dots
2. 5 24
5 dots
Find each product.

3.
19 6
4.
24 5
5.
25 8
6.
13 9
7.
12 9
8.
46 3
9.
37 4
10.
58 5
11.
28 7
12.
23 6
13.
33 4
14.
21 5
15.
18 3
16.
30 6
17.
18 9
18. 4 17 21. 20 6 24. 3 13
19. 22 6 22. 5 31 25. 4 50
20. 7 14 23. 26 4 26. 5 15

NS 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Explore Multiplying 2-Digit Numbers by1-Digit Numbers

The Abacus
The abacus is a computing tool that is thousands of years old. To multiply 3 32 using a Russian abacus, first multiply 2 ones by 3. Move 6 beads to the bottom of the ones column to show 3 2 6. H T O Next, multiply 3 tens by 3. Move 9 beads to the bottom of the tens column to show 3 3 tens 9 tens. Count the beads in each column. H
Print This 52 Page
ENRICH
There are 9 tens 6 ones, so 3 32 96. Use the abacus to find each product. Show the answer by drawing the beads you moved down. Cross out the beads you moved down from the top.
1. 4 22 2. 2 34 3. 3 31
4. 5 43
5. 4 212
6. 3 304
NS 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Multiply 2-Digit Numbers by 1-Digit Numbers

Multiply.
1.
Print This 53 Page
PRACTICE
73 3
2.
44 5
3.
31 7
4.
68 8
5.
32 9
6.
65 5
7.
33 6
8.
96 3
9.
88 4
10.
74 5
11.
85 4
12.
77 6
13.
97 2
14.
66 8
15.
94 3
16.
44 4
17.
77 7
18.
18 9
19.
38 8
20.
99 6
21. 55 5 24. 6 39 27. 4 52 30. Multiply 63 by 8.

22. 75 6 25. 2 98 28. 63 7
23. 8 47 26. 84 6 29. 29 9
31. Multiply 78 by 4. 33. Multiply 45 by 5. 35. Multiply 82 by 3.
32. Multiply 37 by 6. 34. Multiply 56 by 7.
Problem Solving
36. A rectangle is 5 tiles wide by 37. Books are stacked in 3 stacks with
13 tiles high. How many tiles are in the rectangle?
17 books in each stack. How many books are in the stacks?
NS 3.2, 3.3
Print This Page

Name

You can multiply using models or pencil and paper. Find 4 26. Show 4 groups of 26. Step 1 Multiply the ones. 4 6 ones 24 ones
Print This 53 Page
RETEACH
You can record this way: 26 4 24 26 4 24 80 26 4 24 80 104
Step 2 Multiply the tens. 4 2 tens 8 tens
Step 3 Add.
Complete to find the product. You may use models to help you.
1.
23 5
2.
44 3
3.
31 8
4.
52 7
5.
45 9
6.
45 5
7.
64 6
8.
78 3
9.
86 4
10.
92 5
11. 9 52 14. 5 83
12. 72 7 15. 2 88
13. 68 3 16. 48 6
NS 3.2, 3.3
Print This Page

Name

Lattice Multiplication
You can use lattice multiplication to multiply. Multiply 7 48. Write 48 over the top boxes. Write 7 on the right. Multiply 7 8. Write 56 in the first box.
Print This 53 Page
ENRICH
Multiply 7 4. Write 28 in the second box. Add on the diagonals. Start at the right. Regroup as you would in any addition problem. 4 2 5 8 3 6 8 48 7 7 336 6
8 7
4 5
8 7 6 3
Use lattice multiplication to find the products.

1. 2 27 2. 5 34 3. 4 56
3 2
5 5
1 4 5
4. 8 37
4 4
1 5 7
2 0 0
2 0 2
2 4 4
5. 8 63
6. 7 79
6 8
7 8
2 4 9
5 6 6
4 8 0
2 4 4
4 9 5
6 3 3
NS 3.2, 3.3
Print This Page

Name
Estimate Products
Estimate each product.
1. 5 21 4. 85 6 7. 2 $298 10. 5 784 13. 2 1,987 16. 8 3,495 19. 2. 3 39 5. 17 9 8. 4 305 11. 612 9 14. 3 $2,126 17. 4,723 4 3. 7 $46 6. 81 3 9. 478 6 12. 6 556
Print This 54 Page
PRACTICE
15. 7 1,905 18. 5 $7,118 22.
41 6
20.
28 7
21.
96 2
17 8
23.
31 9
24.
255 4
25.
488 3
26.
563 5
27.
2,307 5
28.
7,596 6
Algebra & Functions

29. 2 36 32. 97 1 35. 5 423
Estimate. Write or .
30. 96 3 33. 6 105
1 49 89 2
68 4
31. 6 28
5 41 106 9 3 412
4 209 34. 396 4 2 366 37. 4 712
6 523 36. 3 666
Problem Solving
38. The volunteer ambulance group 39. An ambulance travels about 386
orders 6 first aid kits. Each kit costs $39. About how much does it cost for 6 kits?
miles a day. About how many miles does it travel in a week?
NS 1.4, 3.2; 3.3
Print This Page

Name
Estimate Products
You can round to estimate products. Round the greater factor to its greatest place and multiply using patterns. Estimate 8 287. Round 287 to the nearest hundred.
Print This 54 Page
RETEACH
8 287
8 300
287
200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300
Multiply using the rounded number Estimate each product.
1. 2 74 4. 6 $58 7. 3 198 10. 5 2,987 13. 2. 3 42 5. 9 18 8. 2 $405 11. 8 2,126 14. 3. 6 36 6. 3 71 9. 4 378 12. 7 $2,905 16.
8 300 2,400 So, 8 287 is about 2,400.
31 2
58 3
15.
$66 4
17 5
17.
51 6
18.
$454 7
19.
512 8
20.
498 9
21.
$637 4
22.
845 2
23.
7,809 6
24.
$6,047 3
25.
4,524 8
26.
$2,107 6
27.
8,596 4
28.
2,537 4
29.
5,088 2
30. $6,409
31.
3,623 8
32. $7,522
NS 1.4, 3.2; 3.3
Print This Page

Name
Estimate Products
Target Practice
Estimate to find the factors whose product is closer to the target number. Circle the letter of the answer.
1. Target Number: 150 S. 57 3 T. 52 3 4. Target Number: 540 S. 88 6 T. 83 6 7. Target Number: 2,700 T. 3 879 U. 3 849 10. Target Number: 3,600 N. 849 4 O. 889 4 13. Target Number: 6,400 I. 839 8 J. 899 8 2. Target Number: 160 H. 37 4 I. 32 4 5. Target Number: 420 T. 7 62 U. 7 68 8. Target Number: 630 T. 79 9 U. 72 9 11. Target Number: 5,600 E. 770 8 F. 680 8 14. Target Number: 7,200 A. 711 9 B. 782 9
Print This 54 Page
ENRICH
3. Target Number: 180 D. 3 67 E. 3 61 6. Target Number: 560 O. 76 8 A. 72 8 9. Target Number: 4,500 E. 9 490 F. 9 430 12. Target Number: 6,000 L. 2,181 3 M. 2,898 3 15. Target Number: 2,400 E. 303 8 F. 352 8
16. Target Number: 25,000 17. Target Number: 32,000 18. Target Number: 35,000
Q. 4,175 5 R. 4,899 5
T. 7,825 4 U. 7,239 4
Y. 4,762 7 Z. 4,097 7
Write the circled letters above each exercise number to answer the question. I lift my lamp beside the golden door! Who am I?
10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
NS 1.4, 3.2, 3.3
Print This Page

Name

Use an Overestimate or Underestimate
Form a conclusion about whether you would use an overestimate or an underestimate. Then solve each problem.
1. On Wednesday, a group of 98 students will visit the national forest.
Print This 55 Page
PRACTICE
Reading Skill
Each student will get a nature guide fact book. These books come in boxes of 32. The park rangers have 3 boxes of fact books. Are there enough fact books so each student can get a book? Should you use an overestimate or an underestimate to solve this problem? Explain.
Are there enough fact books so each student can get a book?
2. The park charges $16 per day to use a campsite. The Nolans want
to use a campsite for 4 nights. They have $80 set aside for using a campsite. Have the Nolans set aside enough money? Should you use an overestimate or an underestimate to solve this problem? Explain.
Have the Nolans set aside enough money?

3. A total of 184 people are taking a desert hike. Each hiking group
can have up to 36 people. There are enough hike leaders and helpers to lead 6 groups. Are there enough hike leaders and helpers so that all of the people can go on a hike? Should you use an overestimate or an underestimate to solve this problem? Explain.
Are there enough hike leaders and helpers so that all of the people can go on a hike?
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 5, Lesson 5, pages 202203. (157) MR 1.1, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Choose the correct answer. There are 146 students going on a trip to the desert. The school has 3 buses. Each bus can hold 48 students. Should a fourth bus be ordered for the trip?
Print This 55 Page
PRACTICE
2. To make sure that 3 buses are enough
A There are 48 students going on a trip to the desert. B Each bus can hold 48 students. C Three buses can hold exactly 150 students.
to hold 148 students, you should F underestimate the number of students the buses can hold. G overestimate the number of students the buses can hold. H underestimate the number of students going on the trip.
The cafeteria in the national forest visitors center has 23 tables. Each table seats 6 people. A group of 120 is visiting the forest. Are there enough tables so that all 120 people can eat in the cafeteria at once?
3. Which statement is not true? 4. To make sure there are enough tables
A Each table can seat 23 people. B The cafeteria has 23 tables. C Each table can seat 6 people.
to seat 120 people, you should F overestimate the number of seats. G underestimate the number of tables. H overestimate the number of tables.
There are 7 river tours per day. Each river tour has room for 48 people. Each person on the river tour receives a pamphlet. The tour leaders have 400 pamphlets. Are there enough pamphlets for a day of river tours?
5. How would you use estimation to 6. Which estimate would you use to
solve this problem? A overestimate the number of people B underestimate the number of tours C underestimate the number of people
solve the problem? F 7 40 280 G 6 50 300 H 7 50 350
MR 1.1, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Choose the correct answer. The Wildlife Committee is selling books to raise $400. The committee makes $8.75 on each book it sells. If the committee sells 50 books, will that be enough to raise $400?
7. How would you use estimation to
Print This 55 Page
PRACTICE
8. Which estimate would you use to
solve this problem? A overestimate the amount made on each book B underestimate the amount made on each book C underestimate the number of books Solve.
9. The river tour has 4 boats. Each boat
solve the problem? F $9 x 50 = $450 G $8 x 50 = $400 H $8 x 40 = $320
10. There are 5 groups of 25 students
has room for 24 people. Are there enough boats to take 76 people on a tour?
each. The rangers have 150 forest T-shirts. Do they have enough T-shirts to give a T-shirt to each student?
11. The forest rangers have 5 boxes of
12. Phyllis takes 118 photos of the
wildlife guides. Each box contains 36 pamphlets. The rangers need 200 pamphlets. Should they order another box?
desert. She buys a photo album with 24 pages. Each page can hold 6 photos. Can all the photos fit in the album?
13. The motel in the national park costs
14. It costs $89 to rent a sport utility
$39 per night. Nick sets aside $150 to pay for the motel. Is this enough money to pay for 5 nights?
vehicle (SUV) for one day. Will $650 be enough to rent an SUV for a 7-day trip through the desert?
MR 1.1, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Multiply Greater Numbers

Multiply. Check for reasonableness.
1.
Print This 56 Page
PRACTICE
693 4
2.
907 5
3.
368 9
4.
$601 3
5.
2,901 2
6.
1,999 7
7.
8,072 8
8.
$38.88 4
9. 6 2,369 11. 3 4,964 13. 5 19,091 15. Multiply 3,687 by 8.
10. 7 5,786 12. 9 $1,288 14. 8 12,967 16. Multiply 1,096 by 9.
Algebra & Functions Complete the table.

17.
Input Output
12 48 1 37
15 60 2 74
18
21
24
18.
Input Output
Problem Solving
19. Maria made 9 trips between 20. A company buys 8 computers. Each
New York City and Los Angeles. Each trip cost $498. How much did the 9 trips cost?
computer costs $2,245. How much does the company spend on the 8 computers?
NS 3.2, 3.3
Print This Page

Name

You can use models to help you multiply greater numbers. Find 2 357. Show 2 groups of 357. Step 1 Multiply the ones. 2 7 ones 14 ones Regroup. 14 ones 1 ten 4 ones Step 2 Multiply the tens. 2 5 tens 10 tens Add the tens. 10 tens 1 ten 11 tens Step 3 Multiply the hundreds. 2 3 hundreds 6 hundreds Add the hundreds. 6 hundreds 1 hundred 7 hundreds Multiply. Check for reasonableness.
1.
Print This 56 Page
RETEACH
You can record this way:

1
357 2 4
11
357 2 14
11
357 2 714
234 5
2.
146 3
3.
357 4
4.
$4.62 6
5.
3,548 2
6.
$6,164 7
7.
2,781 8
8.
4,862 9
9. $1,530
10.
2,681 2
11.
9,275 6
12. $7,452
NS 3.2, 3.3
Print This Page

Name

Deducing Digits
Find the missing digits. Write them in the boxes.
1.
Print This 56 Page
ENRICH
3 8 184
2.
1 7 98
3.
4.
3 111
3 174
5.
4 5 0
6.
3 138
7.
2 416
8.
7 434
9.
4 6 744
10.
4 770
11.
3 7 1,666
12.
3 1 1,564
13.
2 3 735
14.
46 , 4 64
15.
7,
25 9 5
16.
3 2,400
17.
$1,0 $5, 9
8 5
18.
,6 7,
2 56
19.
6, 5 ,06
7 9
20.
8, 7
76 ,184
21.
4,38 31 ,6 7 5
22.
29,
75
23.
$3 $1
,3 3,
74,450
3 24. 4 32
0,3
82,472
NS 3.2, 3.3
Print This Page

Name

Find a Pattern
Use find a pattern to solve.
1. Annie makes an arrangement of
Print This 57 Page
PRACTICE
2. In one desert area, the rabbit
chestnuts. She puts 3 chestnuts in the first row, 6 chestnuts in the second row, and 9 chestnuts in the third row. Describe the pattern. How many chestnuts will be in the fourth row?
population is estimated at 25 in one year, 50 the next year, 100 the third year, and 200 the next year. Describe the pattern. Then estimate the rabbit population for the fifth year.
3. Rangers examine trees that fell
4. Stan counts robins nests on his
during a storm. The first tree has 3 annual rings. The second tree has 9 rings. The third tree has 27 rings. The fourth tree has 81 rings. If the pattern continues, how many annual rings does the fourth tree have?
block. One year he counts 4 nests. The next year he counts 9 nests. The third year Stan counts 14 nests. The fourth year he counts 19 nests. If the pattern continues, how many nests will he count in the fifth year?

5. Nick took 40 photos of the desert. 6. Social Studies Colorados state
He has one photo album with 8 pages and another with 12 pages. Nick wants to put the same number of photos on each page. Which album should he use?
parks cover 347,000 acres. Connecticuts state parks cover 176,000 acres. How many more acres do state parks cover in Colorado than in Connecticut?
Strategy:
Strategy:
7. Create a problem for which you
would find a pattern to solve. Share it with others.

Use with Grade 4, Chapter 5, Lesson 7, pages 210211. (163) NS 3.2; MR 1.1, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Find a Pattern
Page 211, Problem 1
Print This 57 Page
RETEACH
As a plant cell grows, one cell divides into two cells. Two cells divide into four cells, four into eight, and so on. Describe the pattern. How many cells will there be after seven divisions? Step 1
Read
Be sure you understand the problem. Read carefully. What do you know? One cell divides into cells, two cells divide into cells.
cells, and four cells divide into What do you need to find? You need to find how many
. Step 2
Plan
I I
Make a plan. Choose a strategy. Finding a pattern will help you solve the problem. Start 1st cell 2nd cell 3rd cell 4th cell 5th cell 6th cell 7th cell division division division division division division division Number of Cells 1 2 4 8
Find a Pattern Guess and Check Work Backward Make a Graph Make a Table or List Write a Number Sentence Draw a Picture Solve a Simpler Problem Logical Reasoning Act it out
Find the pattern in the number of cells after the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd cell divisions. Continue the pattern to find the number of cells after the 7th cell division.
NS 3.2; MR 1.1, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Find a Pattern
Step 3
Print This 57 Page
RETEACH
Solve
Carry out your plan. You know the number of cells after the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd cell divisions. 1st cell 2nd cell 3rd cell 4th cell 5th cell 6th cell 7th cell Start division division division division division division division Number of Cells 1 2 4 8
Find the pattern in the number of cells after the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd cell divisions. What pattern do you see?
Continue the pattern to complete the chart. If the pattern continues, there will be cells after the 7th cell division. Step 4
Look Back
Is the solution reasonable? Reread the problem. Did you find a pattern and continue it? Yes No
What other strategies could you use to solve the problem?

Practice
1. Kate hikes 2 miles the first day, 2. The Support-Our-Forests Fund has
5 miles the second day, and 8 miles the third day. If the pattern continues, how many miles will she hike the fourth day?
goals of $3,000, $6,000, $12,000, and $24,000 for its first four fund drives. If the pattern continues, what will the goal be for the fifth fund drive?
NS 3.2; MR 1.1, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Functions and Graphs

Complete each table. Then write an equation.
1. Roger runs 7 miles more each week
Print This 58 Page
PRACTICE
2. One plant produces 8 times more
than another boy.
peppers than another plant. 3 4 5
x y
1 8
2 9
r s
1 8
2 16
3. One number is 4 less than 3 times
4. One number is 8 greater than 2 times
another number.
another number. 6 7 8
c d
4 8
5 11
m n
1 10
2 12
Complete each table. Then graph the function.

5. Stella works 4 times as many hours as 6. Liz swims 2 more than 2 times as
Jana does.
many laps as Sunny does. 1 4

8.
y 4x x 0 y
7.
a 2b 2 b 0 1 a
2 4
s 2r 2 r
1 0 2 2 3 4 5
n 3t 1 t n
1 4 2 7 3 4 5
Problem Solving
9. Each of 4 people orders a $8.95 10. Ben buys 3 toys that cost $3 each.
lunch. How much do the 4 lunches cost? Write and solve an equation.
How much do the toys cost? Write and solve an equation.
AF 1.1, 1.5; SDP 2.1
Print This Page

Name

The numbers in a function table relate to one another to form a pattern.
One number is 1 greater than 2 times a number.
Print This 58 Page
RETEACH
x y
1 3
2 5
3 7
4 9
5 11
3 4 5
Think: How can I find the value of y? x 1 2 Equation 2x 1
2x 1
2x 1
2x 1
2x 1
11
In each case, multiply by 2 and add 1.
The values in the table form ordered pairs.
y 3 5 7 9 11 (x, y) (1, 3) (2, 5) (3, 7) (4, 9) (5, 11)

You can graph these ordered pairs Complete each table. Then write an equation.
1. One number is 2 greater than 2. One number is 4 times another
another number. Think: Add 2 to x to get y.
number. Think: Multiply x by 4 to get y. 5
x y
1 3
2 4
x y
1 4
2 8
Complete each table. Write the ordered pairs. Then graph the function.
3.y 2x 4.y 2x 2
x y
0 0
1 2
x y
0 2
1 4
AF 1.1, 1.5; SDP 2.1
Print This Page

Name

When Are Houses Like Books?
To answer this riddle, find the points on the grid. Then write the letter for each point on the lines.
Print This 58 Page
ENRICH
(1, 3) (7, 8) (0, 6) (7, 1)
(3, 0) (7, 8) (0, 6) (4, 4)
(7, 8) (4, 7) (2, 2) (0, 6)
(6, 5) (3, 0) (1, 1) (6, 2) (9, 5) (0, 6) (6, 5)
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3
H A E S Y W V O T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
2 1
R N
If you are given the points (2, 2) and (6, 2), name two other points that would make a square.
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 5, Lesson 8, pages 212215. (168) AF 1.1, 1.5; SDP 2.1
Print This Page

Name

Analyze and Make Decisions
Record your data. Item Name Cost of Item per Unit Number of Units Total Cost of Item
Print This Page
Total Cost of Meal or Snack
Breakfast Items
Lunch Items
Dinner Items
Snack Items
Your Decision What is your recommendation for the menus (one breakfast, one lunch, one dinner, and snacks)?
NS 1.2, 3.2; MR 1.1, 2.3, 3.1
Print This Page

Name

How much water do you use each day?
Record your data. Place You Use Water Number of Times Amount of Water a Day You Use This for Each Use Source of Water
Print This Page
Total Amount of Water
NS 1.2, 3.2; MR 1.1, 3.3
Print This Page

Name

How much water do you use each day?
1. How much water do you use each day?
Print This Page
2. If a cup of water costs $0.10, how much money do you spend on
water each day? Show your work.
Work Space
3. How much water is being used by your whole class each day?
4. Is clean water a renewable or nonrenewable resource? Explain.

5. Give some other examples of renewable and nonrenewable resources.
NS 1.2, 3.2; MR 1.1, 3.3
Print This Page

Name
Complete.
1. 6 8
Print This 6-1 Page
PRACTICE
s t u v
2.
w 3 21
70 3 x
w x y z
60 t 480 60 80 u 60 800 v
y 30 2,100
70 300 z

3. 60 70 6. 30 200 9. 600 50 12. 9,000 30 15. 80 5,000 18. 30 6,000 21. 700 40 4. 20 60 7. 50 40 10. 90 70 13. 3,000 70 16. 7,000 80 19. 20 500 22. 80 2,000 5. 80 800 8. 400 30 11. 20 4,000 14. 900 60 17. 40 800 20. 6,000 90 23. 50 5,000
Algebra & Functions

24. 30 j 9,000 26. 60 b 24,000
Find each missing number.
j b q
25. 27. 29. 31.
s 70 2,800
400 t 12,000
s t r
28. 90 q 8,100 30.
p 600 30,000 p r 800 40,000
n 300 6,000 n
Problem Solving
32. ABC Hardware has 50 cartons of
33.
nails. There are 4,000 nails in each carton. How many nails does the store have?
Handy Hardware has 500 boxes of hinges. Each box has 90 hinges. How many hinges does the store have?
NS 3.2
Print This Page

Name
You can use basic facts and patterns to help you multiply. 2 3 6 basic fact 20 30 600 1 zero 1 zero 2 zeros 20 300 6,000 1 zero 2 zeros 3 zeros 20 3,000 60,000 1 zero 3 zeros 4 zeros Complete the pattern.
1. 4 3 2. 7 2
Print This 61 Page
RETEACH
4 5 20 basic fact 40 50 2,000 1 zero 1 zero 2 zeros 40 500 20,000 1 zero 2 zeros 3 zeros 40 5,000 200,000 1 zero 3 zeros 4 zeros
40 30 40 300 40 3,000
3. 5 6
70 20 70 200 70 2,000
4. 8 5
50 60 50 600 50 6,000 Multiply. Use mental math.

80 50 80 500 80 5,000
5. 3 6 8. 4 9 11. 80 30 14. 300 9 17. 30 8,000 20. 70 7,000
6. 30 60 9. 40 90 12. 700 30 15. 80 600 18. 2,000 90 21. 7,000 60
7. 30 600 10. 40 900 13. 20 50 16. 70 800

19.
4,000 50
22. 90 8,000
NS 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Clueless Puzzle
This puzzle has all the answers, but no clues. Each answer is a product of two factors. Make up clues for each answer.
Print This 61 Page
ENRICH
5 6
Across
1. 80 8,000
Down
1. 70 90,000 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
NS 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Explore Multiplying by 2-Digit Numbers

Multiply.
1.
Print This 62 Page
PRACTICE
36 12
2.
27 41
3.
38 14
4.
23 22
5.
49 13
6.
47 34
7.
46 14
8.
17 25
9.
45 35
10.
48 20
11.
38 27
12.
32 15
13.
45 25
14.
14 15
15.
26 34
16.
32 18
17.
31 25
18.
12 46
19.
36 36
20.
28 44
21.
16 40
22.
17 17
23.
37 26
24.
19 27
25.
49 30
26. 15 23 29. 26 21 32. 63 15

27. 30 13 30. 30 24 33. 50 23 36. 32 20
28. 14 22 31. 42 17 34. 13 13 37. 25 25
35. 70 14
Problem Solving
38. The art teacher wants to decorate 39. There are 35 buses waiting for
each classroom with 28 balloons. How many balloons does he need for 18 classrooms?
students after school. Each bus carries 45 students. How many students ride the buses?
NS 3.2, 3.3
Print This Page

Name

An array can help you multiply. Find 12 19. Think: 12 10 2 19 12 38 190 228
Print This 62 Page
RETEACH
19 2
2 19 10 19
10
38 190 228
Find each product. Draw an array diagram to help you.
1.
14 15
2.
11 19
Multiply.
3.
28 14
4.
35 26
5.
42 33
6.
49 27
7.
32 18
8.
18 41
9.
23 17
10.
24 52
11.
45 28
12.
27 27
13. 32 21
14. 41 32
15. 26 17
NS 3.2, 3.3
Print This Page

Name

Napiers Bones
In the seventeenth century, John Napier invented a simple calculator that multiplied by adding. It became known as Napiers Bones. Here is a way to use Napiers Bones to multiply 49 37. Place the strips headed 4 and 9 next to each other. Place the index beside the two strips.
INDEX
Print This 62 Page
ENRICH
Fold the strips so that the rows headed 3 and 7 on the index are next to each other.
INDEX
Add diagonally to find the product. Start at the bottom with the ones. Remember to carry.
INDEX
4
8 1 2 1 6 2 0 2 4 2 8 3 2 3 6
9
1 8 2 7 3 6 4 5 5 4 6 3 7 2 8 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
4
1 2 2 8
9
2 7 6 3
1 3 7
4
1 2 2 8
9
2 7 6 3
1 3 7
37 49
Cut out the ten strips of Napiers Bones below. Use them to find each product.
1. 57 34 4. 32 33 7. 39 68 2. 61 76 5. 94 65 8. 75 38 3. 85 29 6. 56 48 9. 89 21
Napiers Bones
INDEX
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 4 5 6 7
6 4 2 0 8 6 4 2
1 2 2 3 4 4 5 6
4 1 8 5 2 9 6 3
1 1 2 3 3 4 4 5
2 8 4 0 6 2 8 4
1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4
0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 1 1 2 2 2 3 3
8 2 6 0 4 8 2 6 1 1 1 2 2 2
6 9 2 5 8 1 4 7 1 1 1 1 1
4 6 8 0 2 4 6 8
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
NS 3.2, 3.3
Print This Page

Name
Multiply by Multiples of 10
Multiply.
1.
Print This 63 Page
PRACTICE
26 40
2.
47 30
3.
91 20
4.
87 10
5.
23 90
6.
17 80
7.
135 50
8.
207 60
9.
399 50
10.
756 30
11.
498 70
12.
1,038 40
13.
2,226 20
14.
3,510 60
15.
5,503 50
16.
2,375 20
17.
4,009 40
18.
2,490 70
19.
6,967 10
20.
9,075 80
21. 51 30 24. 325 60 27. 712 30 30. 90 4,090
22. 39 80 25. 40 608 28. 10 3,116 31. 2,111 70
23. 67 20 26. 999 10 29. 80 1,185 32. 50 5,549
Algebra & Functions

33. 34 j 680
Find the missing number.
j a b
34.
q 72 2,160
q m n c
35. 99 a 7,920 37. 861 b 77,490 39.
36. 56 m 1,680 38. 1,002 n 70,140 40. 898 c 53,880
s 2,108 63,240 s
Classroom chairs cost $39. How much will 30 chairs cost?
Problem Solving
41. 42.
A computer costs $2,345. How much will 20 computers cost?
NS 3.2, 3.3
Print This Page

Name
Multiply by Multiples of 1 0
An expanded form can help you multiply. Find 20 37. Think: 37 30 7 20 (30 7) (20 30) (20 7) 6 0 0 1 4 0 740 37 20 740
Print This 63 Page
RETEACH
Complete to find each product.

1. 10 28 2. 30 33
10 ( (
8) 20) ( 8) (
3) ) ( )
3. 80 27
4. 50 64
(20 ( )( Multiply.
5.
(60 ) ( ) (
) )
34 40
6.
27 30
7.
38 40
8.
43 10
9.
18 50
10.
24 80
11.
35 20
12.
19 30
13.
22 10
14.
57 60
15. 40 18 18. 10 39
16. 28 30 19. 16 30
17. 30 32 20. 20 39
NS 3.2, 3.3
Print This Page

Name
Multiply by Multiples of 10
Missing Digits
Find each missing digit.
1.
Print This 63 Page
ENRICH
7 4 1 7 4 0 9 9 0 6, 2 1 0 4 8 8 0 3 8, 6 4 0 2 1 1 0 1 0, 5 5 0 4 6 7 0 5 2, 2 2 0 1 4 8 0 2 5, 1 2 0 2 5 8 0 7 4, 0 0 0
2.
8 3 0 2, 4 9 0 4 6 0 1, 8 4 0 5 8 4 0 3 5, 0 4 0 3 6 0 3 3, 7 8 0 8 3 4 0 3 3, 5 6 0 5 2 0 1 8, 5 0 0 5 4 4 0 2 1, 7 6 0 9 5
3.
6 2 0 3, 7 2 0 8 1 0 1, 6 2 0 9 1 9 0 8 2, 0 8 0 6 7 3 0 2 0, 1 9 0 7 8 8 0 3 8, 2 4 0 7 1 6 0 6 4, 4 4 0 6 3 6 0 5 7, 2 4 0
4.
3 5 0 1, 6 5 0 4 7 0 6, 5 8 0 7 2 1 0 2 1, 6 3 0 6 8 0 6 6, 8 8 0 5 6 9 0 5 0, 4 9 0 5 7 0 4 7, 2 5 0 4 5 0 3 9, 2 0 0 7 6 8
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
NS 3.2, 3.3
Print This Page

Name

Solve Multistep Problems
Circle the hidden question that can help you solve the problem. Then solve the problem.
1. A group of travelers rents 5 boats for 8 hours each. Boats cost
Print This 64 Page
PRACTICE
Reading Skill
$12 an hour to rent. What is the total fee for this rental? What is the total number of hours that the 5 boats are rented for? What is the total number of boats that are rented in a day? Solution:
2. A swimming instructor has 4 classes with 8 students in each class.
Each student pays a total of $50 for the classes for the season. How much money does the swimming instructor receive? What amount does the instructor charge per hour? How many students in all does the swimming instructor have? Solution:
3. Burkes Bluff Beach sells 25 guest passes in one day. Condor Cove
Beach sells 2 times as many guest passes that same day. Estimate the total number of guest passes that beaches will sell in 3 days. How many guest passes does Condor Cove Beach sell in 1 day? How many guest passes will Burkes Bluff Beach sell in 2 days? Solution:
4. Miguel charges $30 per hour to take people on his boat. Miguel
rents his boat for 3 hours per day for 12 days. How much money does Miguel receive? How many hours in all does Miguel rent his boat? How much would Miguel receive if he rented his boat 12 hours per day? Solution:
MR 1.2, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Choose the correct answer. Lana and Ken rent 2 sets of scuba equipment for $16 an hour each. They rent a boat for $24 per hour. They use the boat and the equipment for 7 hours.
Print This 64 Page
PRACTICE
2. One hidden question you must
is true? A Lana and Ken pay $40 per hour to rent a boat. B Lana and Ken pay $168 to rent the boat. C Lana and Ken rent the boat and equipment for 16 hours.
solve is: F How much do they pay to rent 2 sets of scuba equipment for 7 hours? G How many hours do they use the boat? H How much do they pay for the boat each hour?
On a school trip, 3 buses of students go to Ocean Land. Each bus has 44 students. Each student spends $10 on admission and a special show. How much money do the students spend altogether?
3. Which question do you have to answer 4. How much money do the students
before you can solve the problem? A How many students are in each bus? B How many hours are the students at Ocean Land? C How many students in all visit Ocean Land?
spend altogether? F $1,320 G $440 H $10
Olive catches 3 fish in 1 hour. Her sister catches 3 times as many fish. Estimate the number of fish the girls will catch if they fish for 3 hours.
5. Which of the following statements 6. One hidden question you must
is true? A Olive and her sister catch 9 fish. B Olives sister catches 3 fish. C Olives sister catches 3 times as many fish as Olive does.
solve is: F How many fish did Olive catch in 1 hour? G How many fish did Olives sister catch in 1 hour? H How many hours have they fished so far?
MR 1.2, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Choose the correct answer. The Beach Shack rents out 12 umbrellas for 5 hours each. Umbrellas cost $6 per hour. How much money does The Beach Shack make?
7. Which question do you have to
Print This 64 Page
PRACTICE
8. How much money does The Beach
answer before you can solve the problem? A How much does it cost to rent 1 umbrella for 12 hours? B How much does it cost to rent 1 umbrella for 5 hours? C How many umbrellas does The Beach Shack have? Solve.
9. The Diving Club offers 4 beginning
Shack make? F $30 G $72 H $360
10. A fishing guide charges $25 per
diving classes each day. Each class has room for 6 people. How many people can take classes in 30 days?
hour. He works 6 hours per day for 5 days. How much money does the guide earn?
11. During one week, 5 sailboats are
12. The aquarium charges $12 admission
rented for a total of 16 hours each. The rental cost is $25 per hour. Altogether, how much is paid for these rentals?
and $6 for a tour. A group of 20 people goes to the aquarium and takes the tour. How much money does the group spend?
13. Amanda rents a canoe and a life
14. Jenny rented a rowboat from
preserver from 2:00 P.M. to 5:00 P.M. A canoe costs $12 per hour. A life preserver costs $2 per hour. How much does Amanda spend?
10:45 A.M. to 1:00 P.M. After lunch, she rented another rowboat from 1:45 P.M. to 4:45 P.M. For how many minutes did she rent the boat?
MR 1.2, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Multiply by 2-Digit Numbers

Find each product
1.
Print This 6-5 Page
PRACTICE
26 35
2.
73 51
3.
44 87
4.
$0.56 83
5.
29 19
6.
$46 35
7.
59 47
8.
77 22
9.
55 15
10.
44 46
11.
79 73
12.
94 61
13.
$0.63 58
14.
68 24
15.
51 34
16.
18 92
17.
28 19
18. 86 43 21. 31 $0.18 24. 27 34
19. 74 33 22. 77 94
20. 48 26 23. 88 62
Algebra & Functions
Find each product.

26. (60 4) (20 9) = v
25. (30 7) (10 8) n 27. (80 1) (40 2) p 29. (90 5) (10 1) q

28. (50 6) (70 3) = r
30. (60 6) (50 5) c 32. (40 3) (80 4) b
31.
(20 8) (70 7) s
Problem Solving
33. A fence has 28 sections with 34. Horses on a ranch eat 28 bales
18 boards in each section. How many boards are in the fence?
of hay each day. How many bales do they eat in 31 days?
NS 3.2, 3.3
Print This Page

Name

You can use a place-value chart to help you multiply 2-digit numbers. Multiply 47 25. Step 1 Multiply by the ones. Regroup if necessary. TH H T
3
Print This 65 Page
RETEACH
Step 2 Multiply by the tens. O TH H T

2 3
Step 3 Add the products. TH H T

2 3
2 4 7
5 7 5
1 0
2 4 7 0
5 7 5 0
1 1
1 0 1
2 4 7 0 7
5 7 5 0 5
Complete. Find each product.

1.
2.
TH
T O
3.
TH
T O
1 4 6 0
5 5 5 0
3 8 2 6
2 7 4 0
5 9 7 1
9 3 7 0
4.
16 23
5.
$15 42
6.
23 39
7.
$0.27 51
8.
38 26
9.
46 44
10.
67 29
11.
59 31
12.
$31 28
13.
72 53
14.
85 43
15.
96 35
16.
$0.39 66
NS 3.2, 3.3
Print This Page

Name

Patterns for Eleven
Multiply 11 by a 1-digit number.
1. 2 11 5. 6 11 2. 3 11 6. 7 11 3. 4 11 7. 8 11
Print This 65 Page
ENRICH
4. 5 11 8. 9 11
What pattern do you see?
Multiply 11 by a 2-digit number.

9.
11 31 11 53
10.
11 32 11 62
11.
11 33 11 27
12.
11 34 11 18
13.
14.
15.
16.
What pattern do you see?
Use the pattern to find these products.

17.
11 41
18.
11 22
19.
11 38
20.
11 16
21. 44 11 23. 64 11
22. 55 11 24. 72 11
NS 3.2, 3.3
Print This Page

Name
Estimate Products
1.
Print This 66 Page
PRACTICE
49 59 41 52 98 402 61 $216 81 350 85 1,211 19 6,302
2.
55 65 18 29 71 874 42 605 23 999 71 2,118 29 7,907
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Algebra & Functions

15. 98 27 18. 498 16
Estimate to compare. Write or .

16. 37 196 19. 21 423 22. 49 188 25. 15 47
3,000 100,000 42,000 34 21
8,000 8,000 10,000 59 68
17. 42 84 20. 589 36 23. 224 41 26. 34 82
3,200 24,000 8,000 37 58
21. 59 689 24. 26 42
Problem Solving
27. The price of a bus ticket is $58. 28. An airline ticket costs $375.
About how much will tickets for a group of 62 passengers cost?
About how much will tickets cost for a group of 25 people?
NS 3.2, 3.3
Print This Page

Name
Estimate Products
You can round to estimate products. Round each number to its greatest place. Then multiply using patterns with zeros Estimate 42 59.
42 59 40 60 2,400 1 zero 1 zero 2 zeros
Print This 66 Page
RETEACH
Estimate 74 229.
227 74 200 70 14,000 2 zeros 1 zero 3 zeros
Estimate each product by rounding.

1. 2. 3.
54 19
$29 32
788 51

4. 37 49 5. 23 51
6. 69 19
7. 26 $72
8. 19 315
9. 85 263
10. 72 803
11. 48 1,056
12. 92 2,228
13. 57 $5,698
14. 76 6,419
15. 12 9,058
16. 55 4,830
17. 92 1,568
NS 3.2, 3.3
Print This Page

Name
Estimate Products
Estimation Maze
Estimate to find your way out of the maze. First, estimate to find the box in which the answer could be 858. Start in that box. Then, in order, estimate to find and go through the boxes in which the answers are: 3,060 7,308 78 11 I 26 34 B 172 24 R 953 48
Print This 66 Page
ENRICH
3,822
2,278
16,910 34 90
6,123
15,092 42 19
33,888
52,416 57 14
36,344
M 87 84 O 178 95 H 706 48 819 64 E 157 39 39 98
P 67 34 U 196 77 F 616 59 R
Write the letters from the boxes you go through in order. What message do you find?
NS 3.2, 3.3
Print This Page

Name

Multiply. Check that each answer is reasonable
1.
Print This 67 Page
PRACTICE
653 27
2.
908 43
3.
412 65
4.
714 36
5.
279 64
6.
309 32
7.
$1.26 98
8.
305 77
9.
4,084 43
10.
7,016 25
11.
9,148 16
12.
$50.09 31
13.
2,007 75
14. $39.85
15.
74
6,618 91
16.
$82.35 72
17.
21,107 42
18. 46,118
19.
27
92,306 31
20.
$123.95 18
21. 53 36,219 23. 36 19,962
22. 26 $591.05 24. 71 23,401
Algebra & Functions Given each set of digits, make the greatest and least product possible by multiplying by a 2-digit number. Use each digit one time.
25. 5, 2, 6, 1
26. 7, 9, 2, 0
Problem Solving
27. A box holds 250 ping pong balls. 28. Pencils are packaged with 144 pencils
How many ping pong balls can be packaged in 85 boxes?
in a box. How many pencils are there in 50 boxes?
NS 3.2, 3.3
Print This Page

Name
Multiply by Greater Numbers

You can use a place-value chart to multiply greater numbers. Multiply 25 3,188. Estimate: 30 3,000 90,000 Step 1 Multiply by the ones. Regroup if necessary.
Thousands 1. Ones
Print This 67 Page
RETEACH
Step 2 Multiply by the tens. Regroup if necessary.

Thousands Ones
Step 3 Add the products.

Thousands Ones
H T O H T O
H T O H T O
1 1 4
H T O H T O
1 3 1 4
3 1 7 8 2 5 1 5 8 9 0
3 1 7 8 2 5 1 5 8 9 0
3 1 7 8 2 5 1 5 8 9 0
6 3 5 6 0
6 3 5 6 0 7 9 4 5 0
Since 79,450 is close to the estimate of 90,000, the answer is reasonable. Multiply.
Thousands 1. Ones 2. Thousands Ones 3. Thousands Ones H T O H T O H T O H T O H T O H T O
1 4 5 7 2 5
1 2 9 3 1 8
2 0 0 6 1 3
4.
$3.69 18
5.
518 49
6.
6,735 37
7.
8,098 66
8.
4,484 72
9. 85
$116.95
10. 52
19,071
NS 3.2, 3.3
Print This Page

Name

Quick Check
Here is a quick way to check the product for 14 1,456. Step 1 Add the digits in each number. Add again if the sum has two digits. 1,456 1 4 5 6 16, 14 1 4 5 20,384 2 0 3 8 4 17,
167 178
Print This 67 Page
ENRICH
Step 2 Multiply the two numbers you got from adding the factors. Then add the digits in the product. 7 5 35 3 5 8
Step 3 Compare the sum you got from adding the digits in the product for 14 1,456 to the sum you got in Step 2. 8 8, so the product 20,384 is correct.
Use the method shown above to check each problem. Draw an X next to any incorrect product. Then find the correct product.
1.
314 57 17,896
2.
815 32 26,090
3.
742 68 50,456
4.
689 24 16,536
5.
537 49 26,213
6.
496 71 35,216
7.
2,214 88 193,832
8.
3,418 92 314,456
9.
4,372 15 65,480
10.
8,432 37 311,984
11.
7,498 45 337,410
12.
9,455 76 707,580
NS 3.2, 3.3
Print This Page

Name

Make a Graph
Make a graph for the data in the table. Use data from the graph to solve problems 1 and 2. Boat Rentals at Lake Willow in July and August Type of Boat Sailboats Rowboats Paddle boats Canoes
1. Which type of boat generated the
Print This 68 Page
PRACTICE
Income from Boat Rentals $1,300 $1,100 $800 $1,000

2. Which type of boat generated the
most income?
least income?
3. A beach sells 1,000 passes in 1998;
4. Suppose you make a graph for the
1,200 passes in 1999; and 1,100 passes in 2000. Suppose you make a pictograph in which each symbol stands for 200 passes. How many symbols would you make for each year?
data in problem 3 in which each symbol stands for 100 passes. How many symbols would you make for each year?

5. Time Elliot returns from the beach at
4:30 P.M. He spent 2 hours at the beach. It takes 15 minutes for Elliot to travel from his home to the beach. What time did Elliot leave home to go to the beach?
would make a graph to solve. Share it with others.
Strategy:
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 6, Lesson 8, pages 254255. (193) SDP 1.1; MR 2.3, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Make a Graph
Page 255, Problem 2
Print This 68 Page
RETEACH
Which contest had the most people? The least?
Sandcastle Building Contests

Location Port Aransas, TX Wenatchee, WA Seal Beach, CA Atlantic City, NJ Malibu, CA Number of People 1,250 1,675 1,775 1,525 1,375
Step 1
Read
Be sure you understand the problem. Read carefully. What do you know? You know how many . What do you need to find? You need to find .
Step 2
Plan
I
Make a plan.
Choose a strategy.
Find a Pattern Guess and Check Work Backward Make a Graph Make a Table or List Write a Number Sentence Draw a Diagram Solve a Simpler Problem Logical Reasoning Act it Out
A graph can help you compare data quickly. Make a bar graph to solve the problem.
SDP 1.1; MR 2.3, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Make a Graph
Step 3
Print This 68 Page
RETEACH
Solve
Carry out your plan. Make a bar graph.

Sandcastle Building Contest
Port Aransas,TK Wenatchee, WA Seal Beach, CA Atlantic City, NJ Malibu, CA

100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1,000 1,100 1,200 1,300 1,400 1,500 1,600 1,700 1,800
Location
Number of People
The contest at: has the most people. has the least people. Step 4
Look Back
Is the solution reasonable? Reread the problem. Does your answer match the data given in the problem? Yes No What other kind of graph could you use to compare the data?
Practice 1. The Lakefront Swim Club had 400 members in 1970, 250 members in 1980, 600 members in 1990, and 550 members in 2000. Make a graph that displays this data.
2. In which year did the Lakefront Swim
Club have the most members? the least members?
SDP 1.1; MR 2.3, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Multiply Using Mental Math

1. 12 30 4. 55 18 7. 44 22 10. 25 50 13. 44 15 16. 35 22 19. 30 19 22. 16 21 25. 50 14 28. 11 62 2. 40 21 5. 60 14 8. 80 51 11. 30 26 14. 52 11 17. 61 30 20. 65 40 23. 25 28 26. 35 21 29. 90 42 3. 34 11 6. 70 31 9. 90 9 12. 24 40 15. 15 16 18. 20 48 21. 48 40 24. 59 61 27. 70 49 30. 22 55
Print This 69 Page
PRACTICE
Algebra & Functions

31.
Complete each table.
Rule: Multiply by 35. Input Output 20 700 31 1,085 42 1,470 110 3,850 130 4,550
32.
Rule: Multiply by 16. Input Output 15 240 25 400 75 1,200 100 1,600 220 3,520
Problem Solving
33.
Teams of 16 students are helping clean the park. There are 21 teams. How many students in all are helping clean the park?
34.
Students are going on a field trip in 20 buses. Each bus carries 35 students. How many students are going on the field trip?
NS 3.2, 3.3
Print This Page

Name

You can multiply using mental math. Compensation Multiply one factor by a number. Divide another factor by the same number. 25 16 (25 2) (16 2) 50 8 400
Print This 69 Page
RETEACH
Compatible Numbers Break apart one number and multiply. Then add. 25 16 (25 10) (25 6) 250 150 400
Multiply mentally. Use compensation.

1. 35 40 (35
) (40
2. 60 25
(60
) (25
Multiply mentally. Use compatible numbers.

3. 15 16 (
16) (5
4. 22 30 (
30) (
30)

5. 20 45 8. 75 20 11. 44 25 14. 99 10 17. 53 11 20. 70 19 23. 25 25 26. 11 37 29. 62 10 6. 15 28 9. 36 40 12. 70 18 15. 60 73 18. 32 26 21. 65 16 24. 80 18 27. 55 27 30. 25 45 7. 11 72 10. 50 23 13. 59 71 16. 45 36 19. 80 61 22. 35 90 25. 26 23 28. 75 30 31. 50 88
NS 3.2, 3.3
Print This Page

Name

Circle Race
You will need: Play with a partner. Write each of these numbers on an index card: 12 15 18 25 30 35 50
10 index cards
Print This 69 Page
ENRICH
60
200
400
Mix up the cards and then place them facedown between you and your partner. Draw a card. Write the number in the center of your circle. Use mental math to multiply each number on the circle by the number in the center. The first person to complete the circle with correct answers scores 1 point. Erase the number in the center. Repeat the activity until all the cards have been drawn. The person with the greater number of points wins.
18 33 24
16
14 40
300 22
NS 3.2, 3.3
Print This Page

Name

Applying Multiplication
Record your data. Sailboats Rowboats Paddle boats
Print This Page
Canoes
Your Decision Which boat or boats will the family rent? How long will they ride? Explain.
NS 1.2, 3.3; MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page

Name

How many times does your heart beat each day?
Record your data in the table below. Time Each minute Estimate
Print This Page
Actual Heart Beats
Each hour
Each day
Each year
Show how you estimated the number of heart beats in each hour, each day, and each year.
Each hour
Each day
Each year
NS 3.2, 3.3; MR 1.1, 3.3
Print This Page

Name

How many times does your heart beat each day?
1. Why would it be difficult to count the number of heart beats in a
Print This Page
day? Explain how math made your job easier.
2. Round the number of beats for a day to the nearest 10,000. Collect
the data for the whole class. What was the range of heartbeats?
What number was most common?

3. Make a bar graph to display the data 4. Martys heart beats 70 times each
from the class.
minute. Tamaras heart beats 60 times each minute. How many more times does Martys heart beat each day? Show your work.
5. Explain how exercise can reduce the
number of times your heart beats each day.
NS 3.2, 3.3; MR 1.1, 3.3
Print This Page

Name
Division Patterns
Complete.
1. 48 6 2. 35 5 3. 16 4
Print This 71 Page
PRACTICE
480 6 4,800 6 Divide.

4. 3 620
350 5 3,500 5
160 4 1,600 4
206 R2 80 800 $600
5. 5 250
50
$70
6. 6 $420 10. 4 240
7. 7 560
80
$90
9. 3 $270 13. 5 3,500
8. 2 160
60 700
11. 8 560
70 $700
12. 9 7,200
700
14. 4 2,800
15. 6 $4,200
16. 7 $4,200 20. 120 2 23. $450 5 26. 3,000 6 29. 3,200 8
17. 9 3,600
400
18. 3 1,800
600
4,000
19. 2 8,000
21. $240 3 24. 630 7 27. $7,200 8 30. 5,600 7
22. 810 9 25. 540 9 28. 4,800 8 31. $3,600 4
Algebra & Functions Write the missing number.

32. 200
50 6 40 4 600
33. 450 5 36. 200 39. 1,500
34. 630
90 8 80
35. 38.
40 500
37.
40. 3,000 5
Problem Solving
41. There are 150 students in 3 buses. Each 42. A pet shop has 160 fish in
bus carries the same number of students. How many students are on each bus?
aquariums. Each aquarium has 40 fish. How many aquariums of fish are there?
NS 3.2, 3.4; MR 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Division Patterns
You can divide mentally by using basic division facts and looking for a pattern. Divide. Count the zeros. Think: The basic fact is 12 3 4. 12 3 4 120 3 40 1,200 3 400 Complete.
1. 15 3 2. 20 5
Print This 71 Page
RETEACH
Think: The basic fact is 40 8 5. 40 8 5 400 8 50 4,000 8 500
no zeros 1 zero 2 zeros
150 3 1,500 3
3. 32 4
200 5 2,000 5
4. 30 6
320 4 3,200 4
5. 35 5
300 6 3,000 6
6. 45 9
350 5 3,500 5
450 9 4,500 9
8. 64 8
7. 48 8
480 8 4,800 8
9. 180 2 1 2. 360 6 15. 4,200 7
640 8 6,400 8
10. 360 4 13. 540 9 16. 2,700 9 11. 700 7 14. 1,400 2 17. 4,900 7
no extra zeros 1 extra zero 2 extra zeros
NS 3.2, 3.4; MR 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Division Patterns
Geography Riddles
Find each missing number. Solve the riddles by placing the letter from each exercise in the blank above the matching answer number.
1. 140 7 3. 4,200 5. 3,500 7. 9. 2,800 11. 5,600 13. 5,400 15. 720 9 17. 150 3 19. 120 2 21.
Print This 71 Page
ENRICH
M
700 700
2.
9 40
U A N A I E R I N R
O H S S L
4. 6. 8. 320 10. 12. 240
2 800 4 30 80 9 90
3 700
400 700 600
80
14. 2,700 3 16. 800 18. 20.
I M S C
400 7 60
8 400
5 800
22. 810 9
What state reminds you of part of a lion?

20
120 420
What city likes to wander?
50
900
Which people are always in a hurry?
810 360 60
7 3,2001,600 90
What country is always cold?
4,000 5
80
2,100
NS 3.2, 3.4; MR 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Explore Division
Write a division sentence for each model.
1. 2. 3.
Print This 72 Page
PRACTICE
4.
5.
6.
Find each quotient. You may draw place-value models.

7. 6 20
3 R2
8. 8 29
3 R5
9. 4 37
9 R1
10. 9 33
3 R6
11. 4 51
12 R3 16 R3
12. 5 66
13 R1 14
20. 62 9 23. 73 5 26. 77 7
13. 6 78
13 27 R1
14. 7 83
11 R6 49 R1
15. 6 99
16. 7 98
17. 2 55
18. 2 99
19. 41 9 22. 88 3
21. 59 7 24. 58 4 27. 43 2
25. 67 6
Problem Solving
28. Books are packed in boxes of 9. 29. Ping pong balls are packed in boxes
If 67 books are packed, how many full boxes will there be? How many books will be left over?
of 6. If 59 ping pong balls are packed, how many full boxes will there be? How many ping pong balls will be left over?
NS 3.2, 3.4
Print This Page

Name
Explore Division
You can use models to help you divide. Divide 86 3. Show 86. Place 2 tens in each of 3 groups. Regroup the 2 tens that are left as 20 ones. You can divide the 26 ones into 3 groups of 8 with 2 left over. You can divide 86 cubes into 3 groups of 28 with 2 left over. So, 86 3 28 R2.
Print This 72 Page
RETEACH
Divide. You may use models to help you.

1. 2.
58 4
3.
37 2
4.
49 4 Divide.
5. 43 2 8. 82 5 6. 25 2 9. 48 4
68 3
7. 42 4 10. 78 9
NS 3.2, 3.4
Print This Page

Name
Explore Division
Remainder Rules
Print This 72 Page
ENRICH
You can use divisibility rules to find out if a number will have a remainder. Divisibility Rules A number is divisible by: 2 if the ones digit is 0, 2, 4, 6, or 8. 6 if it is divisible by both 2 and 3. 3 if the sum of its digits is divisible by 3. 9 if the sum of its digits is divisible by 9. 5 if the ones digit is 0 or 5. 10 if the ones digit is 0.
1. If you divide 315 by 5, will there be a remainder?
How do you know? Divide to prove your answers.
2. If you divide 691 by any 1-digit number, will there be a remainder?
How do you know?
Divide to prove your answer.
3. Think about dividing a 3-digit number by each of the following
1-digit numbers: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9. Which divisions will have remainders? Which divisions will not have remainders? Prove your answers.
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 7, Lesson 2, pages 278279. (207) NS 3.2, 3.4
Print This Page

Name
Divide 3-Digit Numbers

Divide. Check your work.
1. 2 698
Print This 73 Page
PRACTICE
349 111 R2 99 R2
2. 5 $675 6. 8 231
$135 28 R7
3. 3 391
130 R1 $0.67
4. 7 785 8. 8 995 12. 5 457
112 R1 124 R3 91 R2 93 R1
5. 5 557
7. 4 $2.68 11. 3 935 15. 7 836
9. 4 398
10. 6 $6.72
$1.12
311 R2
13. 7 903
129
14. 2 723
361 R1 62 R5
119 R3 $37
16. 8 745
17. 9 999
111
18. 6 377
19. 8 $296
20. 7 779 23. 467 2 26. 506 7
111 R2
21. 215 3 24. 593 4 27. Divide 726 by 7.
22. 367 5 25. 298 6 28. Divide 834 by 5.
29. Divide 909 by 8.

30. 1,065
n 213
31.
c 4 168 d 195
32. 690
m 345
33.
b 8 116 x 44
34. 585
35.
t 9 111
36. (250 + 14)
37. (700 + y) 7 106
38. 756 (r + 3) 126
Problem Solving
39. Morgan is planting 906 pine seedlings 40. The school bought 2,880 tickets to
in rows. She plants 8 pine seedlings in each row. How many rows are there? How many seedlings are left?
the circus. The tickets will be divided equally among 9 classes. How many tickets will each class get?
NS 3.2, 3.4
Print This Page

Name

Divide 8 425 . Step 1 Divide the hundreds. Think: 4 8. There arent enough hundreds. 8 425 Step 2 Divide the tens. Bring down the tens. Divide the tens. 5 8 425 40 Multiply: 8 5 40 2 Subtract: 42 40 2
Print This 73 Page
RETEACH
Step 3 Divide the ones. Bring down the ones. Divide the ones. 53 R1 8 425 40 25 24 Multiply: 8 3 24 1 Subtract: 25 24 1 The remainder is 1.
Check your answer: 53 8 1 425 Complete.

1.
2 2 8 36 8 4 6
2.
1 4 3 R 57 1 7 5
3.
8 9
76 2 4 5 6
8 6 2 4 2 4 0
2 1 2 0 1 7 1 5 2
6 4 6 3 1
Find each quotient.

4. 4 573
143 R1
5. 5 349
69 R4
6. 5 764
152 R4 94 R8
7. 7 293
41 R6
8. 3 745
248 R1
9. 7 973
139
10. 9 854
11. 3 866
288 R2
12. 662 5 15. 745 3
13. 571 8 16. 680 5
14. 927 4 17. 571 6
NS 3.2, 3.4
Print This Page

Name

Short Division
Short division is a quick way to divide. Here is how it works. Divide 6 892 .
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3
Print This 73 Page
ENRICH
Divide the hundreds. Multiply and subtract mentally. Write the difference in front of the digit in the tens place. 1 6 8292 Think: 6 1 6 862 Divide 8 653 .
Step 1
Divide the tens. Multiply and subtract mentally. Write the difference in front of the digit in the ones place. 14 6 82952 Think: 6 4 24 29 24 5
Divide the ones. Multiply and subtract mentally. Write the remainder as part of the quotient. 1 4 8 R4 6 82952 Think: 6 8 48 52 48 4
Step 2
Step 3
Divide the hundreds. 8 653 Think: 8 1 8, not enough hundreds. Use short division to divide.
1. 2 342
Divide the tens. 8 8 6513 Think: 8 8 64, 65 64 1.
Divide the ones. 8 1R5 8 6513 Think: 8 1 8, 13 8 5.
171
2. 3 761
253 R2
3. 4 623
155 R3
4. 5 823
164 R3 111 R6 72 65 R2
5. 6 942
157 96 R3 52 R1
6. 7 918
131 R1 73 R5 61 R4 61 R4
7. 8 894
8. 9 867
9. 6 443
10. 6 432
11. 7 365
12. 7 431
13. 5 327
14. 9 624
69 R3
15. 8 492
16. 8 944
118
17. 9 862
95 R7
18. 6 791
131 R5
NS 3.2, 3.4
Print This Page

Name
Zeros in the Quotient

Divide. Check your answer.
1.
Print This 74 Page
PRACTICE
3 620
5.
206 R2
2.
2 419
6.
209 R1
3.
9 92
7.
10 R2
4.
4 839
8.
209 R3
6 $630
9.
$105 109 R4 103 R2
8 $8.56
10.
$1.07 106 R6
7 $7.63
11.
$1.09 101 R4 70 R1
9 918
12.
102
5 549
13.
7 748
14.
8 812
15.
2 819
16.
409 R1 206 R3
6 620
17.
9 98
18.
10 R8 106 R7
3 211
19.
4 827
20.
5 544
21.
108 R4 490 R1
8 855
22.
6 657
23.
109 R3
3 917
24.
305 R2 50 R6
2 981
4 835
208 R3
7 727
103 R6
8 406
27. 981 2 30. 845 6 33. 965 6
25. 823 4 28. 920 3 31. 885 8
26. 704 5 29. 916 7 32. 954 5
Find only those quotients that are greater than 200.

34. 992 3
35. 920 9 37. 747 4 39. 540 2
36. 619 3 38. 818 2
Problem Solving 40. Jenna earns $636 in 6 months by babysitting. If divided evenly, how much is that a month?
41. A family of 4 spent $824 during their
vacation. If divided evenly, how much is that per person?
NS 3.2, 3.4
Print This Page

Name

Divide 3 629 . Follow the steps below. Step 1 Divide the hundreds. Think: 3 2 600 The first digit is in the hundreds place. 2 3 629 Multiply: 3 2 6 6 Subtract: 6 6 0 0 Compare: 0 6 Step 2 Divide the tens. Bring down the tens. There are not enough tens to divide. Trade 2 tens for 20 ones. 20 3 629 There are not enough 6 tens to divide. Write 02 a 0 in the quotient. Compare: 0 4
Print This 74 Page
RETEACH
Step 3 Divide the ones. Bring down the ones. Divide the ones.
209 R2 3 629 6 029 27 Multiply: 3 9 27 2 Subtract: 29 27 2
Check your answer: 209 3 2 629 Complete.

1.
3 0 8 R 39 2 6 9
2.
1 0 7 66 4 2 6
3.
2 0
71 4 3 1 4
2 6 2 4 2
4 2 4 2 0 105 R1 209 R1
Divide.
4. 4 $816
$204
5. 4 438
109 R2
6. 3 316
7. 7 765
109 R2 $70
8. 2 615
307 R1
9. 2 361
180 R1
10. 3 628
11. 3 $210 14. 662 3 17. 734 7
12. 912 9 15. 965 6
13. 452 5 16. 905 3
NS 3.2, 3.4
Print This Page

Name

Pick a Winner
Pick divisors from the list below to create 20 division exercises. Then complete the exercises. If you have a zero in the quotient, give yourself 2 points. If you do not have a zero in the quotient, give yourself 1 point. Divisors: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
Print This 74 Page
ENRICH
1.
302 2 604 110 R5
2.
390 R1 2 781 105 R3 4 423 120 R5 6 725 109 5 545
3.
106 R4 8 852 170
4.
101 R4
509
5.
103 R1 6 619 201R6 9 1,815 50 R4
6.
7 775
7.
8.
1 170
9.
8 875
109 R3
10.
11.
4 363
90 R3
12.
13.
3 211
70 R1
14.
2 321
160 R1
15.
7 354
16.
20 R4 5 104
17.
18.
40 R3 8 323
19.
302 3 906
20.
403 2 806
Total Points Earned:

21. Think about dividing a 3-digit number by a 1-digit number.
When will you get a quotient with a zero in the tens place? Give an example.
NS 3.2, 3.4
Print This Page

Name

Interpret the Remainders
Circle the correct word(s) or number(s) to make each statement true. 1. The Art Club sells T-shirts for $8. Ms. Demming has $92. Ms. Demming can buy 11 11 2
1
Print This 75 Page
PRACTICE
Reading Skill
12
T-shirts.
If Ms. Demming buys the greatest possible number of T-shirts, she will have $ 0 $4 $8 left. Explain your thinking:
2. There are 124 people at the Howard School Sports Dinner. They sit
at tables that have 8 seats each. The school needs There are 7 15 16 tables.
7 or 8
people at each table.
Explain your thinking:
3. Manny and two friends are paid $100 for setting up a new computer
in the schools math lab. They each do the same amount of work. Manny earns more than the same as his friends. $30.
Each friend earns Explain your thinking:

more than
less than
4. There are 75 students going to the art museum. They will ride in
vans that can hold 6 students. There will be 12 13 vans. students in each van.
There are 5 5 or 6 Explain your thinking:
NS 3.4; MR 1.1, 2.4, 2.6, 3.1, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Choose the correct answer. There are 94 people who volunteer to clean the park. They will form as many groups of 4 as possible. How many groups of 4 can they make?
Print This 75 Page
PRACTICE
2. How do you interpret the remainder
is true? A They will make 4 groups. B Everyone can be in a group of 4. C There are 94 volunteers.
to solve this problem? F Use only the quotient. G Use only the remainder H Add 1 to the quotient.
The after-school baseball league wants to buy 250 baseballs. The baseballs come in boxes of 6. How many boxes will the league need?
3. How do you interpret the remainder 4. How many boxes will the
to solve this problem? A Use only the quotient. B Use only the remainder. C Add 1 to the quotient.
league need? F 41 boxes G 42 boxes H 43 boxes
The Computer Club has $80 to buy disks. A box of disks costs $7. There is no sales tax. How many boxes of disks can the club buy?
is false? A Each box of disks costs $7. B All of the money will be spent. C The computer club has $80 to buy disks.
to solve this problem? F Add 1 to the quotient. G Use only the quotient. H Use only the remainder.
NS 3.4; MR 1.1, 2.4, 2.6, 3.1, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Choose the correct answer. The Art Club makes $4 on each T-shirt it sells. How many shirts does the club need to sell to raise $75?
Print This 75 Page
PRACTICE
8. How many shirts does the club need
to solve this problem? A Add 1 to the quotient. B Use only the quotient. C Use only the remainder. Solve.
9. There are 72 students in the Hockey
to sell to raise $75? F 3 shirts G 18 shirts H 19 shirts
10. The Hockey Club buys 128 ounces of
Club. How many teams of 5 can they make?
juice. How many 7-ounce cups can they pour?
11. Paint sets cost $6. The Art Club has
12. There are 132 students at a meeting.
$93. If the club buys as many paint sets as it can, how much money will be left over?
The seats are arranged in rows of 8. How many rows of seats are needed?
13. There are 64 members in the Science

14. There are 83 students. They will sit in
Club. They travel to the science fair in cars that can hold 5 members each. How many cars are needed?
rows of 6 seats each. They will start at the front row and fill as many rows as they can. How many students will be in the last row?
15. Each song played by a DJ is
16. The DJs assistant distributes neon
4 minutes long. How many songs does he play in a music set that is 30 minutes long?
sunglasses to 50 people at a party. There are 6 glasses in a box. How many boxes should she open?
NS 3.4; MR 1.1, 2.4, 2.6, 3.1, 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Estimate Quotients
Estimate. Choose compatible numbers.
1.
Print This 76 Page
PRACTICE
20
2 43
2.
20
4 71
3.
90
6 521
4.
70
7 501
5.
50
3 159
6.
40
4 171
7.
70
2 131
8.
30
9 286
9.
80
8 650
10.
40
5 209
11.
90
9 831
12.
300
7 2,011
13.
500
6 3,124
14.
800
4 3,105
15.
2,000
3 5,896
16.
5,000
9 46,999
19. 22 3
17. 65 3
18. 98 5
20. 381 8
21. 555 6
22. 640 7
23. 468 9
24. 309 5
25. 481 7
26. 281 3
27. 349 4
28. 412 5
29. 4,124 6
30. 1,912 9
31. 1,714 2
32. 2,186 4
33. 2,904 7
34. 4,711 8
Problem Solving
35. Marta travels a total of 850 miles every 36. Jeff went on a bike trip of
month to San Francisco for business. If she goes 3 times a month, about how many miles is each round trip?
173 miles to Austin. It took him 9 days. About how many miles did he travel each day?
NS 3.2, 3.4
Print This Page

Name
Estimate Quotients
Compatible numbers are numbers you can divide easily. You can use compatible numbers to estimate quotients. Estimate 351 4. Think: What basic division fact is close to 35 4? 36 4 9 360 4 90 So, 351 4 is about 90. Complete.
1. Estimate 430 9. 2. Estimate 279 3.
Print This 76 Page
RETEACH
Estimate 435 7. Think: What basic division fact is close to 43 7? 42 7 6 420 7 60 So, 435 7 is about 60.
Division fact: 45 9 Estimate: 450 9

3. Estimate 299 5
Division fact: 27 3 Estimate: 270 3

4. Estimate 319 4.
Division fact: Estimate:

5. Estimate 562 6.

6. Estimate 631 8.
Estimate. Circle the letter of the division sentence with the compatible number. Then complete the division.
7. 122 4
a. 120 4 a. 360 7 a. 270 9 a. 300 5 a. 480 9
b. 100 4 b. 350 7 b. 280 9 b. 290 5 b. 450 9
8. 349 7 9. 272 9 10. 292 5 11. 453 9
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 7, Lesson 6, pages 288289 (218)
NS 3.2, 3.4
Print This Page

Name
Estimate Quotients
The Treasure State
Rewrite each exercise using compatible numbers. Write the estimated quotient.
1.
Print This 76 Page
ENRICH
7 428
4.
60 420 900 8,100 600 3,600 10 90
2.
3 605
5.
200 600 1,000 5,000 100 200 90 720
3.
4 316
6.
80 320 500 4,000 20 80 1,100 5,500
9 8,140
7.
5 5,165
8.
8 3,999
9.
6 3,546
10.
2 196
11.
4 85
12.
9 98
8 725
5 5,620
13. Write the estimated quotient beside each exercise number
below. The first one is done for you. Then cross out the letters above quotients with two digits. Circle the letters above quotients with three or more digits.
H 11. I 9. 5. A 10. D 2. N 4. N
90
T
M 8. 7.
O 1.
B 3.
P 12.
6.
14. Rearrange the circled letters to spell the name of the Treasure State. 15. Show how to estimate 605 3.
NS 3.2, 3.4
Print This Page

Name

1.
Print This 77 Page
PRACTICE
5 7,435
5.
1,487 303
2.
2 $8,056
6.
$4,028 431
3.
4 5,227
7.
1,306 R3 901 R5
4.
3 6,083
8.
2,027 R2 $811
7 2,121
8 3,448
6 5,411
9 $7,299
9. 5,647 4 11. $6,456 8 13. 5,598 5 15. 9,049 7 17. Divide $4,032 by 8.
10. 3,409 2 12. 3,568 6 14. 1,841 2 16. $1,350 5 18. Divide 1,526 by 3. 19. Divide 5,732 by 9.
Compare. Write or .
20. 1,644 2
1,932 3
21. 2,814 7
2,418 6
22. 4,949 7
3,598 4
Problem Solving
23. The mountain bike club wants to 24. The Lets Grow club makes and sells
raise $4,464 for 9 new bicycles. If each bicycle costs the same amount, how much does each bicycle cost?
hot sauce. The club grows 1,083 peppers. Each jar of hot sauce contains 3 peppers. How many jars can the club make?
NS 3.2, 3.4
Print This Page

Name

When you divide 4-digit numbers, begin by deciding where to place the first digit in the quotient. Divide 3,154 6. Think: You cannot divide 3 by 6. Divide 31 by 6. Write 5 in the quotient above the 1. 5_ _ 6 3,154
Print This 77 Page
RETEACH
You can see the quotient will have 3 digits.
Complete.
1.
5 1 6
3 1, 5 4 9 1 5
2.
1 9 1 3
4 7, 6 5 3 4
3.
4 7 8 1
2 9, 5 6 3 8
4 3 1 9 1 8 1
3 6 3 6 0 5 4 1 3 1 2 1
6.
Divide.
4.
1 5 1 4 1 6 1 6 0 3 2 1
7.
5 3,472
8.
694 R2
5.
7 4,986
9.
712 R2
4 $2,624
10.
$656
3 1,373
11.
457 R2
8 9,275
1,159 R3
6 6,055
1,009 R1
2 5,117
2,558 R1
9 9,818
1,090 R8
12. 1,671 8 14. 3,393 4
13. 7,087 5 15. $6,426 3
NS 3.2, 3.4
Print This Page

Name

Greatest Remainder Game
Play with a partner. Take turns. Place your marker on START. Solve one of the exercises below. Then move your marker the same number of spaces as the remainder. The winner is the first player to reach END. 6 1,219
Print This 77 Page
ENRICH
203 R1 965 R3
8 6,947
868 R3 285 R7 606 R5
5 5,829
1,165 R4 863 R7 985 904 R3
7 4,574
653 R3
4 3,863
8 2,287
9 7,774
4 4,339
1,084 R3 451 R4 921 R4 665 R5
6 5,804
967 R2
6 3,641
7 6,895
5 2,259
4 2,697
674 R1 349 R3
6 7,337
1,222 R5 877 R1
4 3,619
9 8,293
5 1,748
3 2,632
8 5,674
709 R2
6 3,995
7 9,640
1,377 R1
5 5,757
1,151 R2
5 3,038
607 R3
4 1,723
430 R3
T AR ST
EN
NS 3.2, 3.4
Print This Page

Name

1.
Print This 78 Page
PRACTICE
5 65,840
13,168
2.
4 76,832
19,208
3.
2 53,988
26,994
4.
6 $90,384
$15,064
5.
8 33,767
4,220 R7
6.
7 45,131
6,447 R2
7.
3 $19,425
$6,475
8.
9 27,505
3,056 R1
9.
2 14,147
7,073 R1
10.
6 31,998
5,333
11.
5 23,079
4,615 R4
12.
7 65,213
9,316 R1
13. $19,328 4 15. 54,620 5 17. 16,697 6
14. 73,895 9 16. 41,183 2 18. 37,986 8

19. $26,480
n $5,296
20. 71,910
v 7,990
21. 44,356
r 11,089
Problem Solving
22. The King School held Junior Olympic
23. The King School raised $75,288 by
games in its sports stadium for 3 days. Each day, every seat in the stadium was full. A total of 17,748 people sat in the stadium. How many seats does the stadium have?
selling Junior Olympic banners. Each banner cost $6. How many banners did the school sell?
NS 3.2, 3.4
Print This Page

Name

Divide 19,834 4. Step 1: Decide where to place the first digit in the quotient. Think: You cannot divide 1 by 4. Divide 19 by 4. Write 4 in the quotient above the 9.
Print This 78 Page
RETEACH
The quotient will have 4 digits.
Step 2: Divide.
4,958 R2 4 19,834 16 38 36 23 20 34 32 2
Step 3: Check your work. 4,958 4 19,832; 19,832 2 19,834 Divide.

1. 2. 3. 4.
5 68,084
5.
3 94,391
6. 7.
4 52,273
8.
2 $26,856
7 23,042
9. 15,275 8 11. $45,222 3 13. 74,472 8
6 44,738
5 31,619
10. 39,021 9 12. 19,217 3 14. $33,496 4
9 82,445
NS 3.2, 3.4
Print This Page

Name

Crossnumber Puzzle
Divide to complete the crossnumber puzzle. Then create and solve your own Across and Down clues. Across
1. 37,351 6 31. 47,338 5 54. 65,829 3
Print This 78 Page
ENRICH
Down
1. 43,393 7 4. 20,150 4 6. 17,037 9
1. 11. 21. 31. 41. 51. 61. 71.

2. 12. 22. 32. 42. 52. 62. 72. 82. 92.
3. 13. 23. 33. 43. 53. 63. 73. 83. 93.
4. 14. 24. 34. 44. 54. 64. 74. 84. 94.
5. 15. 25. 35. 45. 55. 65. 75. 85. 95.
6. 16. 26. 36. 46. 56. 66. 76. 86. 96.
7. 17. 27. 37. 47. 57. 67. 77. 87. 97.
8. 18. 28. 38. 48. 58. 68. 78. 88. 98.
9. 19. 29. 39. 49. 59. 69. 79. 89. 99.
10. 20. 30. 40. 50. 60. 70. 80. 90. 100.
81. 91.
NS 3.2, 3.4
Print This Page

Name
Find the Better Buy

Find each unit price. Compare to find the better buy.
1. 2 ounces for $6.80 2. 3 gallons for $59.91
Print This 79 Page
PRACTICE
4 ounces for $14.00 Better buy:

3. 4 pounds for $10.92
5 gallons for $94.90 Better buy:

4. 6 pints for $7.14
7 pounds for $19.53 Better buy:

5. 3 yards for $157.44
9 pints for $14.31 Better buy:

6. 5 inches for $48.40
4 yards for $199.80 Better buy:

7. 2 quarts for $99.50
9 inches for $78.21 Better buy:

8. 4 feet for $2.08
6 quarts for $315.00 Better buy: Solve. Use the ad to answer exercises 912.
9. What is the unit price for a 2-pound
5 feet for $2.10 Better buy:
bag of wild bird seed?
10. What is the unit price for a 5-pound

bag of wild bird seed?
11. What is the unit price of a 9-pound bag
of wild bird seed?
Sa Wild le on Bird Seed ! 2-pou nd ba g $3.96 for 5-pou nd ba g for $9.4 5 9-pou nd ba g for $15.7 5
12. Which bag of wild bird seed is the best
buy?
NS 3.2, 3.4; MR 3.2, 3.3
Print This Page

Name
Find the Better Buy

Products often come in different sizes. You can find the better buy by comparing the unit price of each size. Find the better buy: a 6-ounce jar of pickles for $1.92, or an 8-ounce jar of pickles for $2.80. Step 1 Find the unit prices. Divide the price by the number of ounces. $0.32 6 $1.92 18 12 12 0 $0.35 8 $2.80 24 40 40 0 Think: Write the dollar sign and the decimal point in the quotient.
Print This 79 Page
RETEACH
Step 2 Compare the unit prices. $0.32 $0.35 So, the 6-ounce jar of pickles is the better buy.
Find each unit price. Compare to find the better buy.

1.
3 gallons of paint for $43.62
5 gallons of paint for $75.00
unit price: Better buy:

2. 2 pints for $2.98
unit price:
3. 3 gallons for $3.69
4 pints for $4.96

5 gallons for $6.60 Better buy:

5. 5 feet for $46.25
Better buy:
4. 4 yards for $12.72
6 yards for $20.70 Better buy:

6. 3 cups for $11.22
7 feet for $63.35 Better buy:

7. 6 quarts for $55.38
8 cups for $31.52 Better buy:

9 quarts for $80.01 Better buy:

NS 3.2, 3.4; MR 3.2, 3.3
Print This Page

Name
Find the Better Buy

Beat This Price!
Two grocery stores, the Food Barn and Best Foods, are across the street from each other. The Food Barn placed the ad below in the newspaper.
Print This 79 Page
ENRICH
Food Barn s Weekend Specials!

Greek olives $2.60 for a O lives 4-ounce jar Cheddar cheese $34.75 for a 5-pound wheel Six-pack of cranberry juice boxes $4.74
Ju ice Ju ice
$0.65/ounce
Dog food $10.88 for a 8-pound bag
$6.95/pound
Three cans of tuna $4.86
$0.79/box
T UNA T UNA
pa
Dog Food
T UNA
NEW! Fresh pasta $3.15 for 9 inches
st
$1.36/pound
$1.62/can
$0.35/inch
Best Foods says its prices are lower than the Food Barns prices. Find the unit price for each item in the Food Barn ad. Then create an ad for Best Foods. Use the same items, but different amounts; for example, a 7-ounce jar of Greek olives. Best FoodsOur Prices Are Always Lower! Item/Amount
Our Price oz pounds boxes pounds cans inches
Our Unit Price
Greek olives: Cheddar cheese: Cranberry juice: Dog food: Tuna: Fresh pasta:
NS 3.2, 3.4; MR 3.2, 3.3
Print This Page

Name

Guess and Check
Use the guess-and-check strategy to solve.
1. Teri is putting 57 dolls in a display
Print This 710 Page
PRACTICE
2. A group of friends choose cards
case. She puts the same number on each shelf and has 3 dolls left. The case has more than 7 shelves. How many shelves does the case have? How many dolls does each shelf hold?
equally from a deck of 52 cards. There are more than 6 friends. After they have chosen, 4 cards are left. How many friends are there? How many cards does each friend have?
3. Jamal buys 59 stickers. Stickers come
4. There are 36 students in an
in packs of 5 or 8. How many of each kind of pack does Jamal buy?
auditorium. There are twice as many girls as boys. How many girls are there? How many boys are there?

5. Warren is making a display. He puts 6. Social Studies Each of the 50
1 photo in the first row, 4 photos in the second row, 7 in the third row, and 10 in the fourth row. If the pattern continues, how many photos will Warren put in the fifth row?
states in the United States has a state flag. Evelyn wants to make a drawing of each state flag. She has 3 more flags to draw. How many flags has Evelyn drawn?
Strategy:
7. Sally wants to arrive 20 minutes early
Strategy:
for her job. She starts work at 4:15 P.M. It will take her about 20 minutes to walk from school to the job. When should Sally leave?
solved by using the guess-and-check strategy. Share it with others.
Strategy:
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 7, Lesson 10, pages 300301. (229) NS 3.4; MR 1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Guess and Check
Page 301, Problem 2
Print This 710 Page
RETEACH
Jenny is making sand art. A bottle holds 8 inches of sand. Jenny wants to have 2 inches more of red sand than blue sand. How many inches of sand will she pour?
Step 1
Read
Be sure you understand the problem. Read carefully. What do you know? A bottle holds There will be blue sand. What do you need to find? You need to find how many . inches of sand. of red sand than
Step 2
Plan
I I
Make a plan.
Choose a strategy.
Find a Pattern Work Backward Use Logical Reasoning Write a Number Sentence Make a Table or List Guess and Check Make a Graph Solve a Simpler Problem Draw a Diagram Act it Out
List the information you know. Use what you know to make a guess. Guess how many inches of each color sand can be used to make a total of 8 inches. Check your guess. Revise the guess and try again if it is wrong. Guess, check, and revise until you find the answer that makes sense.
NS 3.4; MR 1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Guess and Check
Step 3
Print This 710 Page
RETEACH
Solve
Carry out your plan. You know that the bottle holds You know that Jenny wants to have inches of sand than inches of sand. more sand.
Guess Start with two numbers that have a sum of 8. Try 6 and 2. Check 6 + 2 = 8 inches of red sand, There are inches of blue sand
more inches of red sand.
Does that answer fit the problem? Revise 5 + 3 = 8 inches of red sand, There are inches of blue sand
more inches of red sand.
Does that answer fit the problem? Step 4
Look Back
Is the solution reasonable? Reread the problem. Does your answer make all of the statements true?
Practice 1. A group of friends share 30 stickers equally, with 3 stickers left over. There are more than 5 friends. How many friends are there? How many stickers does each friend get?
2. Erica bought 9 pens. Each pen costs
either $2 or $3. If the total cost was $23, how many $2 and $3 pens did Erica buy?
NS 3.4; MR 1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Explore Finding the Mean

Use the connecting cubes to find the mean. Redraw the cubes so that the rows are all the same length.
1. 4, 9, 5 2. 7, 6, 3, 4
Print This 711 Page
PRACTICE
3. 5, 6, 4, 3, 2
Mean:
Mean:
Mean:
Find the mean. You may use connecting cubes.

4. 2, 2, 9, 9, 8 7. 5, 10, 15, 20, 0 10. 10, 10, 30, 30 13. 20, 15, 20, 25 16. 5, 10, 15, 20, 30 5. 15, 0, 6 8. 1, 9, 2, 8, 3, 7 11. 1, 1, 1, 9, 9, 9, 8, 2 14. 4, 3, 2, 5, 1, 6, 2, 9 17. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 6. 1, 9, 12, 5, 3 9. 4, 6, 3, 7, 2, 9, 1, 8 12. 24, 36 15. 5, 5, 6, 6, 9, 9, 2 18. 10, 8, 6, 4, 2
Problem Solving
19. The students in Homeroom 101 20. Alison played in a basketball
collected soup labels this week. The number of labels brought in to class each day were 8, 6, 10, 6, and 5. What was the mean number of labels brought in each day?
tournament this week. She scored the following numbers of points in 5 games: 20, 17, 12, 8, and 18. What was her average point total?
NS 3.4; SDP 1.2
Print This Page

Name

You can find the mean of a set of numbers by finding the sum of the numbers and then dividing the sum by the number of addends. Here is how to find the mean of 2, 3, 5, and 6 using connecting cubes. Connect cubes to represent each number.
Print This 711 Page
RETEACH
Connect the cubes into one long row. You should have 16 cubes connected together.
Divide the cubes into 4 equal groups. You should have 4 cubes in each group.
So, the mean of 2, 3, 5, and 6 is 4. Find the mean. You may draw cubes to help you.
1. 5, 6, 8, 1 4. 2, 9, 3, 5, 6 7. 7, 6, 3, 4 10. 5, 5, 0, 1, 4, 3
2. 4, 8, 5, 7 5. 11, 5, 2, 2, 10 8. 7, 8, 2, 4, 3, 6 11. 10, 20, 40, 2, 10, 20
3. 12, 10, 2 6. 5, 5, 3, 3, 9 9. 10, 15, 5
NS 3.4; SDP 1.2
Print This Page

Name

January in Los Angeles
In Los Angeles, California, from 1961 to 1990, the average, or mean, high temperature in January was 68 Fahrenheit.
Print This 711 Page
ENRICH
1. Imagine that the average high temperature for the month below is 68F.
Complete the calendar by writing different temperatures for the days. When you add the temperatures and divide by 31, you should have an average temperature of 68F. January Sunday 1 Monday 2 Tuesday 3 70 8 9 10 11 12 73 15 63 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 16 17 18 19 20 21 13 14 Wednesday Thursday 4 5 Friday 6 Saturday 7
29
30
31 68
2. Explain how you chose the temperatures.
NS 3.4; SDP 1.2
Print This Page

Name
Find the Mean

Find the mean.
1. 8, 4, 6, 7, 5 3. $25, $48, $77 5. $120, $308, $446, $506 7. Number of minutes Jason practiced 2. 11, 18, 13, 14 4. 33, 72, 67, 88 6. 823, 665, 482, 619, 781
Print This 712 Page
PRACTICE
8. Number of miles traveled each day:
violin this week: 30, 40, 20, 40, 20.
125, 85, 115, 100, 85, 90
9. Number of rolls of film used each day
10. Number of gallons of gas used
to take class pictures: 6, 4, 8, 3, 2, 1, 4
each day: 8, 6, 9, 11, 11, 9
11. Number of miles Dorothy ran each
12. Number of miles a pilot flew each
day: 6, 8, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12
day: 980, 760, 590, 910, 630
13. Number of books Emily read each
14. Height of six boys in inches: 60, 54,
month: 2, 3, 5, 6, 1, 1.
62, 64, 66, 60
15. Number of bottles of juice on
16. Number of boxes of cereal eaten by
each shelf: 60, 80, 120, 40, 70, 80, 90, 140
campers each week: 24, 14, 18, 26, 13
Problem Solving
17. Kathy trades baseball cards. 18. From Thursday through Sunday, Pizza
She traded 42, 38, and 40 cards the last three Saturdays. What is the mean number of cards she trades on a Saturday?
Guy sold 97, 116, 208, and 151 pizzas. What is the average number of pizzas sold each day?
NS 3.4; SDP 1.2
Print This Page

Name
Find the Mean

Find the mean of 7, 6, 3, and 4. Using Connecting Cubes Step 1 Build each number with connecting cubes.
Print This 712 Page
RETEACH
You can use connecting cubes to help you record the steps for finding a mean.
Using Pencil and Paper Step 1 Add the numbers. 7 6 3 4 20 Step 2 Divide the sum by the number of addends. 5 4 20 So, the mean of 7, 6, 3, and 4 is 5.
Connect the cubes into one long row. You should have 20 cubes connected together.
Step 2 Divide the cubes into 4 equal groups. You should have 5 cubes in each group.
So, the mean of 7, 6, 3, and 4 is 5. Find the mean.

1. 4, 5, 7, 4, 5
2. 12, 10, 2 5. 3, 14, 12, 11
3. 16, 13, 12, 15 6. 16, 15, 19, 13, 27
4. 21, 15, 12, 12, 20
7. Weight of five dogs in pounds: 42,
8. Number of miles Lance bicycled each
35, 21, 38, 54
day: 74, 69, 80, 57
9. Number of hawks the ranger saw
10. Number of cars that used the parking
each day: 19, 7, 22, 8, 9, 13, 13
garage each day: 563, 709, 661, 842, 805

NS 3.4; SDP 1.2
Print This Page

Name
Find the Mean

Missing Pins
The computer at the bowling alley is down, so teams have to keep track of their scores on cards. The scorecards below show the scores for the first five frames, or rounds. A cat with muddy paws ran across the cards. Complete the scorecards by writing the correct numbers in the paw prints. Then fill in the teams total score and mean score. Team A Jason 12 Deanna 21 Serena 6 4 22 9 4 Total:
Print This 712 Page
ENRICH
eric 6
13
10 7 8 50
5
18 16 5 Total:
19
30 15 10 Total:
Total: Mean:
45
Mean:
65 10
Mean: 13 Total Score: Annie 12 13 9 10 16 5 12 11 12
80 9
Mean: 16
Team As Team B Steven
Mean Score per Person: Chris 16 18 Lindsey 20
9
10 12 Total: Total:
17
18 15 15
Total:
60
Mean:
10
Total: Mean: 50
65 10
Mean: 13 Mean: Mean Score per Person:
85
17
12
Team Bs Total Score:
NS 3.4; SDP 1.2
Print This Page

Name

Applying Division
Record your data and notes. Cost Bus
Print This Page
Advantages and Disadvantages
Train
Car
Your Decision What is your recommendation for the club? Should they take a bus, train, or car to the aquarium? Explain.
NS 3.4; MR 1.1, 2.3, 3.1
Print This Page

Name

Do light or heavy objects fly farther?
Safety: Wear goggles to protect your eyes and work away from other people. Record your data in the table below. Distance Traveled Object Paper Clip Eraser 1 2 3 4 5
Print This Page
Mean
1. Show how you found the mean or average distance for
each object. Paper Clip Eraser
NS 1.2; SDP 1.2; MR 1.1, 2.3, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Do light or heavy objects fly farther?
2. Which object traveled farther? How do you know?
Print This Page
3. Use division to decide how many times farther one object
traveled than the other. Show your work.
Work Space
4. In your own words, explain what gravity is.
5. Explain the results of the activity in terms of gravity.
NS 1.2; SDP 1.2; MR 1.1, 2.3, 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Division Patterns
Complete.
1. 36 9 n 2. 64 8 s 3. 18 b 6
Print This 81 Page
PRACTICE
360 90 n 3,600 90 n 36,000 90 n 360,000 90 n Divide. Use mental math.

4.
640 80 s 6,400 80 s 64,000 80 s 640,000 80 s
b 30 6
1,800 30 b 18,000 30 b 180,000 30 b
60 120
8.
5.
40 2,800
9.
70
6.
70 35,000
10.
500 $50
7.
80 560,000
11.
7,000
10 $400
$40
70 $21,000
$300
40 $2,000
90 450,000
5,000
12. 150 30 14. 2,700 90 16. 1,200 20 18. 810 90 20. 3,600 40
13. 16,000 80 15. 18,000 20 17. 56,000 70 19. 42,000 70 21. 45,000 50

22. 140
a2
23.
d 70 7 b 400
24. 3,000 60
x y
25.
t 60 70
26. 28,000
27. 40,000 50
Problem Solving
28. A box of 400 stickers is to be divided 29. If 6,300 books are divided equally
equally among 80 students. How many stickers will each student receive?
among 90 libraries, how many books will each library get?
NS 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Division Patterns
To divide mentally, you can use basic division facts and look for a pattern. Find the basic division fact. Then count and subtract zeros. This will tell you how many zeros the quotient will have. The basic fact is 6 2 3. 60 20 3 600 20 30 6,000 20 300 1 zero 1 zero 0 zeros 2 zeros 1 zero 1 zero 3 zeros 1 zero 2 zeros
Print This 81 Page
RETEACH
The basic fact is 20 4 5. 200 40 5 1 extra zero 1 zero 0 zeros 2,000 40 50 2 extra zeros 1 zero 1 zero 20,000 40 500 3 extra zeros 1 zero 2 zeros Complete the pattern. Count and subtract the zeros.
1. 24 3 2. 12 4
240 30 2,400 30 24,000 30

3. 63 9
120 40 1,200 40 12,000 40

4. 30 5
630 90 6,300 90 63,000 90

300 50 3,000 50 30,000 50

6. 90 30 9. 180 30 12. 420 60 15. 400 80 7. 900 30 10. 1,800 30 13. 4,200 60 16. 4,000 80
5. 9 3 8. 18 3 11. 42 6 14. 40 8
NS 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Division Patterns
Move Along
Circle the correct answer for each exercise. Then use the remaining two answers to write the next division sentence. Repeat until you finish the page.
1. 8,000 10 = 800 2. 3,200 80 =
Print This 81 Page
ENRICH
a. 3,200
3.
b. 800
c. 80
4.
a. 40
b. 4,000
c. 50
a. 90
5.
b. 80
c. 4,500
6.
a. 4,200
b. 60
c. 50
a. 70
7.
b. 4,000
c. 80
8.
a. 50
b. 2,800
c. 40
a. 54,000
9.
b. 60
c. 70
10.
a. 900
b. 90
c. 81,000
a. 900,000
11.
b. 900
c. 90
12.
a. 10
b. 10,000
c. 100,000
a. 100,000
b. 10,000
c. 20
a. 5,000
b. 500
c. 50
13. Look at exercise 12. How did you decide how many zeros were in the quotient?
NS 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Explore Dividing by 2-Digit Numbers

Divide.
1. 2.
Print This 82 Page
PRACTICE
130 10
3. 4.
143 30
121 14 Divide. You may use place-value models.

5.
156 18
13 87
9.
6 R9
6.
15 137
10.
9 R2
7.
12 93
11.
7 R9
8.
14 125
12.
8 R13
16 293
18 R5
17 235
13 R14
19 258
13 R11
25 441
17 R16
13. 135 16 16. 282 18
14. 134 14 17. 230 19
15. 115 15 18. 269 24
Problem Solving
19. The dividend is 280. The divisor is 23. 20. The dividend is 160. The divisor is 12.
What are the quotient and remainder?
What are the quotient and remainder?
NS 3.2
Print This Page

Name

You can use estimation and models to help you divide. Find 148 12. Show 148 using place-value models. Think: How many groups of 12 are there in 148? Exchange 1 hundred for 10 tens. Divide the tens. Make as many groups of 12 as you can.
Print This 82 Page
RETEACH
Exchange tens for ones so you can keep grouping 1 ten and 2 ones. You can make 12 equal groups of 12 with 4 ones remaining.
So, 148 12 12 R4. Divide. You may use place-value models to help you.
1. 163 13
2. 158 10
3. 214 12
4. 285 14
5. 352 16
6. 385 15
7. 183 17
8. 268 11
9. 376 18
NS 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Stick Division
Print This 82 Page
ENRICH
What if we used a number system that used symbols instead of numerals? In this Chinese system, numbers are written using the symbols shown.
10
20
50
60
70
90
100
Using these symbols, 21 is shown as Example:
and 8,946 is shown as
21 8,946
426
Use the number system above to create four division exercises where the divisor is a 2-digit number. Then exchange exercises with a partner and find the quotient using symbols.
1. 2.
3.
4.
5. Is it easier or harder to divide using the number system above? Explain.
NS 3.2
Print This Page

Name
83 Page Divide 2-Digit Numbers by Multiples of 10 Print P This

PRACTICE
Divide.
1. 82 20 4. 94 30 7. 93 40 10. 74 20 13. 91 10 16. 2. 75 10 5. 88 20 8. 71 30 11. 52 10 14. 62 40 17. 3. 51 20 6. 87 10 9. 97 20 12. 67 30 15. 94 40
20 61
20.
3 R1 7 R6 9 R6
50 78
21.
1 R28 4 R15 1 R29
18.
40 81
22.
2 R1 1 R24 2 R4
19.
30 63
23.
2 R3 1 R9 1 R9
10 76
24.
20 95
25.
60 84
26.
40 49
27.
10 96
30 59
20 44
50 59
Algebra & Functions Find the missing number.

28. 27 30. 63 32. 71
m 2 R7 a 1 R13 y 3 R11
29. 51 31. 74 33. 90
k 1 R21 p 3 R14 r 2 R10
Problem Solving
34. Sam needs to put 76 pencils in 35. Kenya needs to put 84 cans of
packages. Each package should have 10 pencils. How many packages will there be? How many pencils will be left over?
tennis balls in boxes. Each box should have 20 cans. How many boxes will Kenya fill? How many cans will she have left over?
NS 3.2
Print This Page

Name
83 Page Divide 2-Digit Numbers by Multiples of 10 Print R This

RETEACH
You can use models to help you divide by multiples of 10. Find 74 20. Using Models Show 74 using place-value models. Then make as many groups of 20 as you can. Think: How many groups of 20 are in 74? Using Pencil and Paper Step 1: Divide 74 by 20. Think: 60 20 3. 3 20 74 60 Step 2: Subtract. Write the remainder in the quotient. 3 R14 20 74 60 14 You can make 3 equal groups of 20 with 14 remaining.
Divide. You can use place-value models.

1. 63 30 4. 48 20 7. 85 30 10. 51 30 13. 90 40 16. 27 10 2. 88 40 5. 74 10 8. 81 20 11. 63 50 14. 74 20 17. 59 50 3. 55 10 6. 93 30 9. 76 10 12. 84 60 15. 71 20 18. 59 30
NS 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Divide 2-Digit Numbers by Multiples of 10

Winning Start
Label the faces of a number cube 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, and 70. Place a marker on 72, the starting position. Take turns tossing the number cube. Divide the number your marker is on by the number tossed. Find the whole number quotient. Move forward that number of spaces. Continue moving forward until you have gone around the board once. After passing "Start", you may move forward or backward. The winner is the person who lands directly on "Start". Start 72
Print This 83 Page
ENRICH
85
97
100
115
120
260
138
253
149
250
150
235
164
226
219
205
197
186
173
NS 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Divide by 2-Digit Divisors

Divide.
1.
Print This 84 Page
PRACTICE
22 952
5.
43 R6
2.
31 784
6.
25 R9 17 R3
3.
66 $7.26
7.
$0.11 12 R2
4.
54 760
8.
14 R4 13 R9
81 891
9.
11
29 496
10.
44 530
11.
75 984
12.
26 1,954
13.
75 R4 96 R1
17 $11.39
14.
$0.67
39 2,381
15.
61 R2 $0.89
46 3,818
16.
83
93 8,929
51 3,621
71
62 $55.18
88 6,518
74 R6
17. 895 24 19. 367 14 21. 814 36 23. 1,467 24 25. 4,780 77 27. 7,900 84
18. 907 31 20. $7.08 59 22. 531 45 24. $37.76 64 26. $48.59 43 28. 8,930 92
Algebra & Functions Solve.

29. (1,700 53) 37
w v n c
30. (1,000 160) 46 32. (1,600 240) 83
d x
31. (1,900 100) 29
33. (2,300 70) (12 4)

34. (1,500 80) (11 5)
Problem Solving
35. Mrs. Tallos class made 234 ribbons for 36. Mr. Willows class wants to sell
the Sports Fair. Each student made the same number of ribbons. There are 18 students in the class. How many ribbons did each student make?
200 tickets to the Winter Sports Fair. There are 25 students in the class. How many tickets will each student need to sell?
NS 3.2
Print This Page

Name

You can use models to help you understand dividing by 2-digit numbers. Find 165 25. Using Models Use place-value models to show 165.
Print This 84 Page
RETEACH
Using Pencil and Paper Step 1: Divide, Think: 180 30 6 6 25 165
Exchange the one hundred for 10 tens.
Step 2: Multiply. 6 25 165 150 6 25 150
Then make as many groups of 25 as you can. Exchange tens for ones. You can make 6 equal groups of 25 with 15 remaining.
Step 3: Subtract. Write the remainder in the quotient. 6 R15 25 165 150 15 165 150 15
Divide. You can use place-value models.

1. 164 12 4. 135 14 7. 212 24 2. 174 18 5. 372 23 8. 435 16 3. 318 21 6. 243 17 9. 166 13
NS 3.2
Print This Page

Name

What Number Am I?
Solve. What number am I?
1. I am a number between 10 and 20.
Print This 84 Page
ENRICH
If you divide either 61 or 73 by me, the remainder is 1.
NS 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Estimate Quotients
Estimate the quotient. Choose compatible numbers.
1. 19 389 2. 17 211 3. 18 586
Print This 85 Page
PRACTICE
4. 16 789
5. 49 1,585
6. 72 6,280
7. 32 8,920
8. 61 3,256
9. 68 34,912
10. 2,806 38
11. 7,903 86
12. 1,113 31
13. 7,160 93
14. 2,806 56
15. 2,210 48
16. 21 1,732
17. 63 546
18. 53 2,612
19. 41 1,512
20. 78 4,106
21. 86 1,709
Algebra & Functions Estimate to compare. Write or .

22. 396 21
914 31 2,011 48 6,206 91
23. 492 68 25. 1,300 21 27. 3,100 82
556 71 2,300 13 4,700 71
24. 1,947 38 26. 5,106 82
Problem Solving
28. Karen drove 283 miles at a speed of 29. A jet flew 3,116 miles in 6 hours.
46 miles per hour. About how many hours did she drive?
About how many miles per hour did it fly?
NS 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Estimate Quotients
Compatible numbers are numbers you can divide easily. You can use compatible numbers to estimate quotients. Estimate 3,463 73. 3,463 73 Think: A basic fact that is close is 35 7. 3,500 70 50 So, 3,463 73 is about 50. Complete.
1. Estimate 1,785 31. 2. Estimate 2,880 29.
Print This 85 Page
RETEACH
Division fact: 18 3 Estimate: 1,800 30

3. Estimate 5,726 72.
Division fact: 27 3 Estimate: 2,700 30

4. Estimate 3,952 79.
Use compatible numbers to estimate each quotient.

5. 1,482 33 6. 6,512 78
7. 7,164 89
8. 2,207 68
9. 3,512 42
10. 2,587 53
11. 3,123 64
12. 4,132 71
13. 2,712 32
14. 1,789 27
15. 2,797 43
16. 6,432 92
NS 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Estimate Quotients
Box Estimation
Choose the best estimate from each box to complete the sentence. Then write the answer next to the letter of the box to make a code. Use the code to answer the question. Who was the first American in space?
A. 24
Print This 85 Page
ENRICH
33 51 is about 80. 44 38 is about 40. 72 91
D. 63
53 48 is about 70. 32 44
E. 82
75 92 is about 40. 42 28 is about 400. 81 64 is about 500.
42 2,430
H. 27
71 4,356
L. 24
64 3,575
N. 31
52 2,277
P. 68
58 12,250
R. 68
52
is about 600. 15,880 74 59 is about 500. 34,841 E N S

S. 7
84 25,370 A
47 is about 300. 29,790 D L R B.
72
H P
, JR.
72 52 92 84 33 59 63
33
24
33
42
Explain how you estimated the divisors.
NS 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Adjust the Quotient

Divide.
1.
Print This 86 Page
PRACTICE
34 249
5.
7 R11 2 R44 8 R74 8 R28 8 R19 5 R77
2.
26 189
6.
7 R7 7 R38 3 R70 7 R24 5 R9 8 R10
3.
56 469
7.
8 R21 4 R34 5 R35 5 R86 3 R52 8 R35
4.
41 367
8.
8 R39 3 R49 7 R11 3 R75 4 R56 8 R11
51 146
9.
84 626
10.
79 350
11.
63 238
12.
92 810
13.
75 295
14.
39 230
15.
25 186
16.
56 476
17.
69 507
18.
92 546
19.
88 339
20.
44 371
21.
24 129
22.
65 247
23.
57 284
24.
81 482
22 186
45 395
36 299
Algebra & Functions Divide only those with quotients between $5.00 and $8.00.
25.
18 $94.50
$5.25 $7.15
26.
16 $98.40
30.
$6.15 no
27.
14 $60.90
31.
no
28.
25 $93.75
32.
no
29.
13 $92.95
11 $99.11
15 $56.25
no
12 $93.12
$7.76
Problem Solving
33. Candy wants to walk 220 miles in 34. Jason wants to save $180 in
30 days. If she walks 7 miles every day, will she meet her goal?
12 months. How much should he save each month?
NS 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Adjust the Quotient

When you divide, sometimes your first estimate is too high or too low. Then you must adjust the quotient. Divide 125 43. Step 1: Estimate: 120 40 3 Step 2: Use your estimate to divide. 3 43 125 129 Multiply: 3 43 129 3 43 125
Print This 86 Page
RETEACH
Compare: 129 125. You cannot subtract. The estimate of 3 is too high. Step 3: Adjust your estimate and divide. Multiply to check the answer. 43 2 86 39 125
2 R39 43 125 86 Multiply: 2 43 86 39 Subtract: 125 86 39 Compare: 39 43 Divide. Check your answer.
1.
24 110
5.
4 R14 6 R8
2.
27 190
6.
7 R1 8 R1
3.
29 148
7.
5 R3 6 R1
4.
61 120
8.
1 R59 1 R61
57 350
16 129
37 223
63 124
9. 173 19
10. 293 44
11. 208 25
NS 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Adjust the Quotient

Hi Lo
Estimate each quotient. Write your estimate. Then divide. If your estimate was too high, circle "Too High. " If your estimate was too low, circle "Too Low." Use the circled answers to complete the maze below.
1.
Print This 86 Page
ENRICH
73 290
3 R71
2.
65 595
9 R10
3.
31 247
7 R30
4.
$3.25
21 $68.25
Too High Down Too Low Up

5.
Too High Left Too Low Right

6.

7.

8.
88 530
6 R2
$2.13
91 $25.56
48 343
7 R7
26 184
7 R2
Too High Right Too Low Left
Too High Up Too Low Down
What is the fastest fish, the tallest tree, the biggest dog, and the smallest bird? To find out, begin at Start. Move one space in the direction given next to each circled answer. Start
sailfish redwood St. Bernard hummingbird swordfish Maple greyhound parakeet

dolphin oak Great Dane sparrow

NS 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Print This 87 Page
PRACTICE
Reading Skill
Form a conclusion about whether you would overestimate or underestimate. Then solve the problem. 1. A group of 118 people have signed up for the 5-kilometer run. Each person will receive a special cap. Caps are sold in boxes of 36. How many boxes are needed? Should you overestimate or underestimate to solve this problem? Explain.
How many boxes are needed?

2. The Flying Disk Club has saved $90 to buy Disks for its
members. A package of 2 Disks costs $8. How many packages of Disks can the club buy? Should you overestimate or underestimate to solve this problem? Explain.
How many packages of Frisbees can the club buy?

3. Trophies cost $9 each. The tournament organizers have $60
budgeted for trophies. How many trophies can they buy? Should you overestimate or underestimate to solve this problem? Explain.
How many trophies can they buy?

4. A group of 24 students is playing catch. They share 7 softballs.
What is the least number of students who can share each softball? Should you overestimate or underestimate to solve this problem? Explain.
What is the least number of students who can share a softball?

Use with Grade 4, Chapter 8, Lesson 7, pages 338339. (259) MR 1.1, 2.1, 2.4, 2.5, 3.1, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Choose the correct answer. There are 95 volunteers working at the marathon. Each volunteer will get a water bottle. A box contains 24 water bottles. How many boxes are needed?
Print This 87 Page
PRACTICE
2. To be sure there are enough water
is true? A There are not enough water bottles for the volunteers. B A box contains 24 water bottles. C There are 95 water bottles. D Four water bottles are needed.
bottles for the volunteers, you should: F underestimate the number of volunteers. G overestimate the number of volunteers and underestimate the number of boxes needed. H underestimate the number of boxes needed. J overestimate the number of boxes needed.
At the game, there are 44 color guards. Each color guard will help carry flags. There are 21 flags on 6-foot poles. What is the greatest number of students that will have to share a flag?
3. Which of the following is not 4. To find the greatest number of students
important to solving the problem? A There are 44 students carrying flags.

who will share a flag, you should: F overestimate the number of students per flag. G underestimate the number of students per flag. H overestimate the number of flags and underestimate the number of students. J underestimate the number of flags per student.
B Each color guard will help carry a flag. C There are 21 flags. D The flags are on 6-foot poles.
MR 1.1, 2.1, 2.4, 2.5, 3.1, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Choose the correct answer. The sports committee buys a piece of fabric that is 60 feet long. Underestimate the number of 9-foot banners that can be made from the fabric.
5. To underestimate the number of
Print This 87 Page
PRACTICE
6. How many 9-foot banners can be
banners that can be made, you: A use 63 feet for the length of the fabric. B round down the length of the fabric to 50 feet. C round up the length of each banner to 10 feet. D use 6 feet for the length of each banner. Solve. 7. Travis is making first-place ribbons for Sports Day. He has 111 inches of blue ribbon. Each blue ribbon will be 8 inches long. Underestimate the number of ribbons he can make.
made from the fabric? F 5 G 6 H 7 J 8
8. The soccer club makes 100 cups of
fruit drink. There are 46 students in the soccer club. Is there enough fruit drink for each student to have 2 cups? Explain.
9. There are 152 people at the Sports

10. Mark wants to buy baseball shirts of
Night Dinner. There are 33 tables. What is the greatest number of people that can sit at a table? Explain.
different teams. Each shirt costs $18. Mark has $62. How many shirts can he buy? Explain.
11. A pack of 3 pennants costs $8.
12. A box of gold medals costs $56. The
Maryanne has $30. Is this enough to buy 4 packs of pennants? Explain.
Sports Committee has $185 to spend on medals. How many boxes can the committee buy? Explain.
MR 1.1, 2.1, 2.4, 2.5, 3.1, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Choose a Strategy
Choose a strategy. Use it to solve the problem.
1. The Sports Committee buys 30 yards
Print This 88 Page
PRACTICE
2. The Sand Trap Golf Shop has 132 golf
of material. The material will be cut into banners that are 5 feet long. How many banners can be made?
balls in stock. The golf balls are packed in tubes of 6. How many tubes of golf balls does the store have?
3. Liam is building a fence around his
4. There are 115 students who want to
backyard. The backyard is 24 feet wide and 60 feet long. If Liam uses sections of fencing that are 12 feet long, how many sections will he need?
go to the basketball tournament. One bus can carry 26 students. How many buses will be needed?
Mixed Strategy Review Solve. Use any strategy. 5. Art Tina makes a display of 36 autographed baseballs. She puts 12 baseballs in a large display case. Tina also has 4 smaller display cases. How can she arrange the baseballs in the smaller cases so that each smaller case has an equal number of baseballs?
6. Francine uses a pattern to make a
window display for a sneaker store. The first row has 2 sneakers, the second row has 6 sneakers, the third row has 10, and the fourth row has 14. How many sneakers will be in the fifth row?
Strategy:
Strategy:
7. The Stadium Store sells 450 team 8. Create a problem which you could
photos and 369 individual photos. How many photos does it sell in all?
solve by drawing a diagram or by writing a division sentence. Share it with others.
Strategy:
NS 3.2; MR 2.4
Print This Page

Name

Choose a Strategy
Page 343, Problem 1
Print This 88 Page
RETEACH
Camille wants to practice sharper turns. She uses the same 20-yard distance in the driveway and begins at the starting line. This time she places the cones 3 feet apart. How many cones will she use? Step 1
Read
Be sure you understand the problem. Read carefully. What do you know? The total distance is yards.
Camille will start at the starting line and place cones feet apart. What do you need to find? You need to find the number of feet in You need to find how many Step 2 yards. .
Plan
I I
Make a plan.
Choose a strategy.
Find a Pattern Work Backward Use Logical Reasoning Write a Number Sentence Make a Table or List Guess and Check Make a Graph Solve Simpler Problem
To find the answer, you may draw a diagram. Find the number of feet in 20 yards. Show a distance that is that many feet long. Count by 3s to see how many cones Camille will use if they are placed 3 feet apart. To find the answer, you can also write a number sentence. All the cones are the same distance apart. Use division to find how many cones Camille will use.
NS 3.2; MR 2.4
Print This Page

Name

Choose a Strategy
Step 3 Carry out your plan. How many feet are in 20 yards? 1 yard 3 feet 20 3 60 Draw a diagram. Show a 60-foot distance. Count by 3s to see how many cones Camille will use.
0 3 6 9
Print This 88 Page
RETEACH
Solve
12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60
Count. Camille will use a total of
cones. feet.
Write a number sentence. The distance is feet. There will be 1 cone every Write a division sentence. Camille will use a total of Step 4 cones
Look Back
Is the solution reasonable? Reread the problem. Does your answer make sense? Yes No Which method do you prefer? Explain.
Practice 1. The parks department builds stands next to a baseball field. There will be 5 rows of stands. Each row will be 20 feet long. How many 10-foot long boards will they need to build the stands?
2. Ed has 4 packs of sports stickers.
There are 24 stickers in each pack. He divides the stickers among 3 friends. How many stickers does each friend get?
NS 3.2; MR 2.4
Print This Page

Name
Order of Operations
Write which operation should be done first.
1. 2 8 7 2. 2 3 9
Print This 89 Page
PRACTICE
3. 4 10 2
4. 9 2 3
5. (3 2) 9
6. 8 (2 2)
7. 6 2 1
8. 1 3 5
9. 10 5 2
10. 7 8 2
11. (12 4) 2
12. 9 2 6
Simplify. Use order of operations.

13. 3 2 7 15. 9 6 2 17. (2 6) 7 19. (4 6) 5 21. 20 5 2 23. 2 8 4 25. 2 6 4 3 27. (2 9) (7 3)
14. 10 2 1 16. 24 2 8 18. 12 12 3 20. 12 3 9 22. 18 9 6 24. 20 5 4 26. 20 2 3 6 28. 4 (14 6) 2 5
29. 2 9 10 5 (3 2)
Problem Solving
30. Tamara buys 6 apples for $0.40 each. 31. Steven has 126 photos to put in an
She has a $0.50 off coupon. Write an expression and simplify to find her final cost.
album. He finds 18 more photos. Each page holds 12 photos. Write an expression and simplify to find how many pages Steven will fill.
AF 1.3
Print This Page

Name
Order of Operations
Always use the order of operations to simplify expressions. The rules for the order in which you should perform operations are given below. Simplify (20 8) 4 2. Step 1: Do the operations in parentheses first. (20 8) 4 2 28 4 2 Step 2: Multiply and divide from left to right. 28 4 2 72 Step 3:
Print This 89 Page
RETEACH
Add and subtract from left to right. 72 5
Which operation should you do first?

1. 12 4 2 2. 4 (10 2) 3. 2 8 4
4. (3 7) 2
5. 9 3 2
6. 8 2 4
7. 6 (8 5)
8. 8 4 2
9. 12 (2 2)
Simplify. Use the order of operations.

10. 3 (2 5) 12. 9 (6 2)
11. 14 7 2 13. 4 2 5 15. 10 8 4 17. (1 5) 4 19. (5 5) 2 21. 16 4 2
14. 8 2 2 16.12 3 2 18. 8 8 4 20. 14 10 2
AF 1.3
Print This Page

Name
Order of Operations
Order Counts
Rewrite each number sentence. Put in parentheses to make each number sentence true.
1. 3 8 2 1 21 2. 5 x 16 + 14 + 6 2 = 153 3. 6 9 8 = 6 4. 22 3 x 5 + 2 = 1 5. 18 2 + 1 + 1 = 7 6. 6 x 5 + 9 3 = 28 7. 5 x 10 + 1 11 = 5 8. 3 + 40 8 x 5 = 4 9. 10 6 4 = 1 10. 4 x 5 2 = 12 11. 40 10 2 = 5 12. 20 + 8 4 = 7 13. 6 + 2 x 7 = 56 14. 16 6 + 2 = 8
Print This 89 Page
ENRICH
In your own words describe the rules for the order of operations.
AF 1.3
Print This Page

Name

Applying Multiplication
Record your data. Cost to the club Profit per bar for the club at a sale price of $1
Print This Page
Sales needed to reach goal for $110 in profits
Home-made hiker bars
Boxed hiker bars
Your Decision
What is your recommendation for the hiking club? Explain.
NS 1.2, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4; MR 1.1, 2.4
Print This Page

Name

Does eating improve performance?
Safety: Wait at least 30 minutes after eating before doing vigorous exercise. Record your data. Number of Sit-ups Student Before Lunch
Print This Page
After Lunch
1. Did you do more sit-ups before or after lunch?
2. How many more sit-ups did you do? Show your work.
Work Space
NS 1.2, 3.4; MR 1.1, 2.3, 3.3
Print This Page

Name

Does eating improve performance?
3. How many times more sit-ups did you do? Round to the nearest
Print This Page
whole number. Show your work.
Work Space
4. Can you conclude that the food from lunch gave you more energy?
Why or why not?
5. In what ways could you improve this activity?
6. Explain the activity in terms of energy conversion.
NS 1.2, 3.4; MR 1.1, 2.3, 3.3
Print This Page

Name
Explore Customary Length

Estimate and then measure. Tell what unit and tool you use.
1. length of a pencil 2. height of a desk 3. width of the classroom 4. length of a book 5. distance you go in a stride
Print This 91 Page
PRACTICE
Circle the letter of the correct estimate.

6. distance you can ride your bike 7. length of a car 8. height of a fourth-grader 9. height of a tree 10. height of a cat 11. length of a worm 12. height of a refrigerator 13. length of a crayon
A. 2 mi A. 10 in. A. 4 in. A. 40 mi A. 1 yd A. 3 in. A. 2 ft A. 4 ft A. 100 ft
B. 2 ft B. 10 ft B. 4 ft B. 40 yd B. 1 mi B. 3 ft B. 2 yd B. 4 yd B. 100 yd
C. 2 yd C. 10 yd C. 4 yd C. 40 ft C. 1 ft C. 3 yd C. 2 mi C. 4 in. C. 100 mi
14. length of a football field
Problem Solving
15. Jane can walk a mile in about 16. Marta measures the length of her
15 minutes. About how long would it take her to walk 5 miles?
notebook. To the nearest quarter 3 inch, it is 12 4 in. What does it measure to the nearest inch?
MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page

Name

An inch (in.) is used to measure short lengths in the customary system. You can use a ruler to measure in inches.
0 1 2 3
Print This 91 Page
RETEACH
Customary Units of Length 1 foot (ft) 12 inches (in.) 1 yard (yd) 3 feet (ft) 1 mile (mi) 1,760 yards (yd) 1 mile (mi) 5,280 feet (ft)
31 4 in. The foot (ft) and yard (yd) are used to measure larger units in the customary system. 1 yd 1 ft Use an inch ruler to measure each object. Measure to the nearest 1 4 inch.
1. 2.
3.
4.

5. length of a persons foot 6. length of a bed
A. 8 in. A. 6 in.
B. 8 ft B. 6 ft
C. 8 yd C. 6 yd
MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page

Name

Early Measurements
In early times, distances were measured using fingers, hands, and arms.
digit
span
Print This 91 Page
ENRICH
cubit
digit: the width of a finger
span: the width of a stretched hand
cubit: the distance from fingertip to elbow
Choose digit, span, or cubit as the appropriate unit of measure. Then estimate.
1. width of your desk 2. thickness of your math book
3. length of your notebook
4. diameter of an apple
5. height of the classroom
6. length of a car
7. your friends height
8. length of your foot
9. What is an advantage of this system? What is a disadvantage?
10. What kinds of distance would be difficult to measure using this system
of measurement?
MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page

Name
Customary Capacity and Weight

Estimate and then measure the capacity of each object. 1. a water glass 2. a large pot
3. a cereal bowl 4. a milk carton
Print This 92 Page
PRACTICE
5. Order the objects above from least to greatest capacity.
Estimate and then measure the weight of each object. 6. an apple 7. four potatoes
8. two envelopes 9. a pencil
10. Order the objects above from least to greatest weight.

11.
A. 5 c
B. 5 pt
C. 5 gal
12.
A. 1 c
B. 1 pt
C. 1 qt
13.
A. 6 c
B. 6 qt
C. 6 gal
14.
A. 2 fl oz
B. 2 c
C. 2 pt
15.
A. 500 oz
B. 500 lb
C. 500 T
16.
A. 3 oz
B. 3 T
C. 3 lb
Problem Solving 17. A box of Krispy Krunch cereal holds 20 oz. Kyle pours 3 oz of cereal into his bowl. How much cereal is left in the box?
18. Sarah buys a 48 fl oz bottle of apple
juice. How many cups of juice can she pour from the bottle?
MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page

Name

Capacity is the measure of dry or liquid volume of a container. Pour water into empty milk cartons to model the equivalent units of capacity shown below.
Print This 92 Page
RETEACH
Customary Units of Capacity 8 fluid ounces (fl oz) 1 cup (c) 2 cups (c) 1 pint (pt) 2 pints (pt) 1 quart (qt) 4 quarts (qt) 1 gallon (gal)
2 cups 1 pint (c) (pt)
2 pints 1 quart (pt) (qt)
4 quarts 1 gallon (qt) (gal)
Weight is the measure that tells how heavy an object is.
Customary Units of Weight 16 ounces (oz) 1 pound (lb) 2,000 pounds (lb) 1 ton (T)
A card and envelope weigh about 1 ounce. Circle the letter of the correct estimate.
A book weighs about 1 pound.
1. weight of an apple 2. weight of a fourth grader 3. amount of water in a bathtub 4. weight of a refrigerator 5. amount of water in a pail
A. 5 oz A. 1 2 T A. 25 qt A. 100 oz A. 5 qt
B. 2 lb B. 20 oz B. 25 gal B. 100 lb B. 50 gal
C. 1 2 T C. 60 lb C. 25 pt C. 5 T C. 500 c
MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page

Name

Reasonable Measure Maze
Shade each box that contains a reasonable measure. The shaded boxes will form a path from start to finish. In an hour, an airplane flew 1,780 miles. An automobile might weigh 2,545 lb.
Print This 92 Page
ENRICH
Finish
A pizza weighs 144 oz.
A living room is 6 yards long.
Your smile is 1 yard wide.
A horse weighs 827 oz. The pitcher holds 3 qt of lemonade. Jen held her breath for 63 seconds. The movie lasted 107 minutes. A bathtub holds 18 pints of water.
A song is about 3 minutes long. A girls braid was 3 yards long. The gate is 40 inches high.
A goldfish bowl holds 18 cups of water. A football field
A frog can jump 475 feet.
1 is 4 mile
long. A gallon of paint is enough to paint a large wall. The climbing rope to the tree fort was 37 inches long. A light bulb weighs 2 ounces. Beth ran a distance of 10,525 ft.
A dog can jump 17 yards.
You could walk a mile in 20 seconds. The punch bowl holds 24 cups of punch. The diving pool was 4 yd deep. The newborn baby drank 7 oz of milk.
The kitten drank an ounce of milk. A TV commercial lasts about 600 seconds. It took about 3 yards of fabric to make a cape. A sneaker weighs 40 oz.
Pat rode his bike 12 mph.
The subway sandwich was 12 yd long.
The train was 125 yd long.
A banana is 9 inches long.
Start
How did you decide if running a distance of 10,525 feet was reasonable?
MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page

Name
Convert Customary Units

Complete.
1. 7 ft 4. 60 in. 7. 8 qt 10. 36 ft 13. 12 pt 16. 3 T 19. 3 gal 22. 1 lb 10 oz 25. 4 T 800 lb
Print This 93 Page
PRACTICE
in. ft gal yd qt lb qt
2. 21 ft 5. 13 yd 8. 144 in. 11. 4 ft 14. 2 lb 17. 10,000 lb 20. 2 qt
yd ft ft in. oz
3. 2 mi 6. 2 mi 9. 3 pt 12. 12 ft 15. 48 oz
yd ft c yd lb fl oz pt yd gal ft qt
T 18. 2 c pt
21. 10 c
oz 23. 1 gal 2 pt lb 26. 5 ft 8 in.
pt 24. 10 ft in. 27. 13 qt

28.
Gallons Quarts Pints Cups
1 12 16 64 Pounds
1 2 3 4
29.
Yards Feet Inches
1 9 72
30.
Ounces
31.
Tons Pounds
1 6,000
16
32 48 Problem Solving
32. Amy cuts a piece of ribbon 60 in. 33. The 6 members of the Brown family
long. How many feet long is the piece of ribbon?
drink a total of 3 gallons of milk each week. How much is that per person?
AF 1.3; MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page

Name
Print This 93 Page
RETEACH
You can use tables to help you convert customary units of measure. To convert a larger unit to a smaller unit, multiply. Think: 2 gallons 4 8 quarts Cups Pints Quarts To convert a smaller unit to a larger unit, 2 1 divide. Think: 8 quarts 4 2 gallons Inches 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 Feet 5,280 10,560 15,840
Gallons
Feet 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Yards 1,760 3,520 5,280
Yards
4 6 8
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Cups 1 2 3 4 5 6
10 12 14
16 Ounces 8
4 Pounds
3 Miles 1 2 3
16 24 32 40 48
Complete.
1. 3 ft 4. 5 yd 7. 12 qt 10. 3 pt
in. ft gal c
2. 24 in. 5. 8 c 8. 3 mi 11. 2 lb
ft pt yd oz
3. 6 ft 6. 12 pt 9. 2 qt 12. 48 oz
yd qt pt lb
AF 1.3; MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page

Name

Can You Convert?
Play with a partner. Take turns. For each turn, roll one number cube. Move that many spaces. Then roll two number cubes. Convert that number to a larger or smaller unit of measure. For example, you land on a qt square. You roll a 1 and a 7. You can convert 17 or 71 quarts to cups, pints, or gallons, or a combination of units. If your answer is correct, move ahead 1 space. If it is incorrect, move back 1 space. The player who reaches FINISH first wins.
Print This 93 Page
ENRICH
Start
qt
oz
in.
lb ft gal yd
pt qt
oz in. lb c ft gal yd pt Finish
AF 1.3; MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page

Name

Check for Reasonableness
Circle the statement that is reasonable.
1. Robert and Anthony ran 3 miles.
Print This 94 Page
PRACTICE
Reading Skill
Robert says, We ran about 30,000 feet. Anthony says, We ran about 15,000 feet. Explain your thinking:
2. The distance from Aprils home to the school is 10,560 feet.
April says Our home is about 3,500 yards from the school. Aprils sister says, Our home is about 30,000 yards from the school. Explain your thinking:
3. A running track is 3,600 yards.
Pablo says, The track is less than 2 miles long. John says, The track is more than 2 miles long. Explain your thinking:
4. A cooler holds 8 gallons of sports drink.
Brian says, The cooler holds 2 quarts. Rachel says, The cooler holds 32 quarts. Explain your thinking:
NS 1.2; MR 1.1, 2.3, 2.5, 3.1, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Choose the correct answer. The stage is 31 feet long. The director says the stage is more than 10 yards long. Is this statement reasonable?
Print This 94 Page
PRACTICE
2. The directors statement is
A The stage is 11 yards long. B The stage is 12 yards long. C The stage is 31 feet long. D The stage is 36 inches long.
reasonable because F 30 feet is less than 10 yards. G 30 feet equals 10 yards. H 31 feet equals 10 yards. J 31 feet equals 11 yards.
The television cabinet is 78 inches high. Mary says this is more than 7 feet high. Is this statement reasonable?
3. Which of these statements is true? 4. Marys statement is not reasonable
A The cabinet is 7 feet high. B The cabinet is 8 feet high. C The cabinet is more than 8 feet high. D None of the above
because F 78 inches is less than 7 feet. G 78 inches is equal to 7 feet. H 78 inches is greater than 7 feet. J 78 inches is greater than 8 feet.
The refreshment stand sells 36 quarts of punch. Ms. Spencer says the stand sells 9 gallons of punch. Is this statement reasonable?
5. Which of the following is important
6. Ms. Spencers statement is
to solving this problem? A There are 2 gallons in a quart. B There are 4 gallons in a quart. C There are 2 quarts in a gallon. D There are 4 quarts in a gallon.
reasonable because F You divide quarts by 2 to find gallons. G You divide quarts by 4 to find gallons. H You multiply quarts by 2 to find gallons. J You multiply quarts by 4 to find gallons.
NS 1.2; MR 1.1, 2.3, 2.5, 3.1, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Choose the correct answer. The theater is 75 feet wide. The theater is twice as long as it is wide. Ned says the theater is 225 yards wide. Is this statement reasonable?
7. Which of these statements is false?
Print This 94 Page
PRACTICE
8. Neds statement is not reasonable
A B C D
The theater is 75 feet wide. The theater is 75 feet long. The theater is 150 feet long. The theater is twice as long as it is wide.
because F You need to divide 75 by 3 to find the width in yards. G You need to multiply 75 by 3 to find the width in feet. H You need to divide 225 by 3 to find the width in yards. J You need to multiply 150 by 3 to find the width in feet.
10. A movie star is 6 feet tall. Meg says
Solve. Explain your answer. 9. Tyler walks 4 miles from his home to the movie theater. He says he walks more than 20,000 feet. Is his statement reasonable?
that the movie star is more than 80 inches tall. Is her statement reasonable?
11. Tammys sled is 65 inches long. She
12. Earls house is 1,200 yards from the
says the sled is more than 5 feet long. Is her statement reasonable?
bus stop. Earl says that is 3,600 feet. Is his statement reasonable?
13. The popcorn stand sells 100 ounces
14. The refreshment stand sells 144
of popcorn. Ben says this is 1,600 pounds of popcorn. Is his statement reasonable?
ounces of peanuts. The manager says that this is more than 10 pounds of peanuts. Is his statement reasonable?
NS 3.2; MR 1.1, 2.3, 2.5, 3.1, 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Explore Metric Length

Estimate and then measure. Tell what unit and tool you use.
1. the width of your classroom 2. the largest step you can take 3. the width of a window in your classroom 4. the distance from the tip of your hand
Print This 95 Page
PRACTICE
to the elbow
5. thickness of a nickel

6. the distance from Sues house to school 7. the length of a piece of chalk 8. the height of a fourth-grader 9. the height of a door 10. the length of a classroom 11. the distance from Chicago to New York 12. the thickness of a book
A. 2,000 mm B. 200 cm A. 6 cm A. 140 mm A. 30 cm A. 7 cm B. 6 dm B. 30 dm B. 3 m B. 7 m
C. 2 km C. 6 km C. 140 cm C. 300 mm C. 7 km C. 2,000 dm C. 3 mm C. 1 mm C. 20 m
A. 1,200 km B. 5,000 m A. 3 dm A. 1 dm A. 20 cm B. 3 cm B. 1 cm B. 20 dm
13. the width of a pencil point 14. the length of Bens foot
Problem Solving
15. Norma bicycles 1 km in 4 minutes. 16. One brick measures 92 mm. What is
About how many kilometers will she bicycle in 60 minutes?
its measurement to the nearest cm?
MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page

Name

A centimeter (cm), millimeter (mm), decimeter (dm), and kilometer (km) are used to measure lengths in the metric system.
1cm 1 mm
Print This 95 Page
RETEACH
Metric Units of Length 10 millimeters (mm) 1 centimeter (cm) 10 centimeters (cm) 1 decimeter (dm) 100 centimeters (cm) 1 meter (m) 1,000 meters (m) 1 kilometer (km)
1 dm
A kilometer measures large distances such as the distance from your school to a school in another town or city. Use a centimeter ruler to measure each object. Write the length.
1. 2.
3.
4.

5. the width of a button 6. the length of a dollar bill
A. 18 cm A. 15 dm
B. 18 mm B. 15 mm
C. 2 mm C. 15 cm
MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page

Name

Connect the Dots
Use a centimeter ruler to connect only those dots that are the given distance apart.
1. 4 cm 2. 2 cm
Print This 95 Page
ENRICH
3. 5 cm
4. 3 cm
MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page

Name
Metric Capacity and Mass

Estimate and then measure the capacity of each object.
1. a water glass 3. a cereal bowl 2. a large pot 4. a milk carton
Print This 96 Page
PRACTICE
5. Order the objects above from least to greatest capacity.
Estimate and then measure the mass of each object.

6. a box of crayons 8. a paper clip 7. a book 9. a pencil
10. Order the objects above from least to greatest mass.

11.
A. 15 mL
B. 15 L
C. 2 L
12.
A. 3 mL
B. 31 L
C. 310 mL
13.
A. 200 mL
B. 200 L
C. 2 mL
14.
A. 15 g
B. 150 g
C. 15 kg

15.
Liters Milliliters
1 1,000
3 4,000
Problem Solving 16. Sally buys 1 kg of grapes. She packs 200 g of grapes in her lunch. How many grams of grapes are left?
17. Jim buys 1 L of milk. He drinks
300 mL for breakfast. How many milliliters of milk are left?

MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page

Name

Milliliters and liters measure capacity in the metric system.
Print This 96 Page
RETEACH
Metric Units of Capacity 1,000 milliliters (mL) 1 liter (L)
1cm 1cm
1cm
1 Liter
A cube 1 centimeter (cm) long, 1 centimeter wide, and 1 centimeter high will hold 1 milliliter (mL) of water. Mass is the amount of matter that makes up an object.
This bottle holds 1 liter (L) or 1,000 milliliters (mL) of water.
Metric Units of Mass 1,000 grams (g) 1 kilogram (kg)
The mass of a paper clip is about 1 gram (g).
The mass of the book is about 1 kilogram (kg) or 1,000 grams (g).

1. mass of a bar of soap 2. mass of an iron 3. amount of water in a bathtub 4. mass of a horse 5. a bottle cap
A. 120 g A. 1 g A. 100 mL A. 500 g A. 3 mL
B. 120 kg B. 100 g B. 100 L B. 500 kg B. 300 mL
C. 12 kg C. 1 kg C. 1,000 mL C. 1,000 g C. 3 L
MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page

Name

Who Invented It?
Compare. Choose >, <, or .
1. 50 mL
Print This 96 Page
ENRICH
5L W 70 mL B T B
2. 4,000 mL
3L B C
3. 3 L
400 mL M N 11 L D
G
4. 1 L
A
5. 8 L
7,500 mL M C 80 L U 8L H M
6. 10,000 mL
L
7. 12 L
B
9. 5 kg
12,000 mL H 4 kg R 70 g I J 12 kg S T I E
8. 75,000 mL
5,000 g M A 6 kg S T
T
10. 400 g
I
11. 8,400 mL
R
12. 6,000 g
U
13. 1 kg
O
14. 7 kg
R
15. 5 kg
6,900 g F G
69,000 g R S
H
16. 10,000 g
Your backpack or windbreaker is probably made out of nylon. Who invented nylon? To find out, write the code letter for each answer. Write the letters in the order of the exercises. H. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page

Name
Convert Metric Units

Complete.
1. 5 m 4. 10 mm 7. 3,000 mL 10. 6,000 mL 13. 700 cm 16. 10,000 g 19. 20 cm 22. 10 m 24. 600 mm 26. 4,000 m 28. 20,000 mL
Print This 97 Page
PRACTICE
cm cm L
2. 2 L 5. 5 kg 8. 300 cm
mL g m g mL m mm
23. 5 cm
3. 7 kg 6. 2 m 9. 4,000 g 12. 40 cm 15. 2 km 18. 4 m 21. 5 L
g dm kg dm m mm mL
L 11. 40 kg m
14. 10 L
kg 17. 6,000 cm mm cm cm km L
20. 3 dm
mm cm L kg
25. 8,000 mm 27. 7,000 mL 29. 70,000 g
Compare. Write >, <, or .

30. 5,000 g 33. 60 cm 36. 3 km 39. 500 dm
5 kg 6m 300 m 5 dm
31. 20 L 34. 300 cm 37. 900 mm 40. 7 dm
200 mL 3m 9 cm 7,000 mm
32. 50 cm 35. 2,500 mL 38. 13 L
6 dm 2L 1,300 mL 18 L
41. 18,000 mL
Problem Solving
42. Dottie has 1 kg 200 g of food for her 43. A 1 L bottle of water is half full. How
cat. How many grams of cat food does she have?
many milliliters of water are in the bottle?
AF 1.3; MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page

Name

You can convert metric units to compare. Metric Units Length 1 centimeter (cm) 10 milliliters (mm) 10 centimeters (cm) 1 decimeter (dm) 10 decimeters (dm) 1 meter (m) 1,000 meters (m) 1 kilometer (km) Mass 1 kilogram (kg) 1,000 grams (g) 1 gram (g) 1,000 milligrams (mg) Capacity 1 liter (L) 1,000 milliliters (mL)
Print This 97 Page
RETEACH
Convert 9 dm to centimeters (cm). To convert a larger unit to a smaller unit, multiply. Think: 1 dm 10 cm 9 dm ? cm 9 dm 9 10 cm 9 dm 90 cm Complete.
1. 5 m
Convert 6,000 mg to grams (g). To convert a smaller unit to a larger unit, divide. Think: 1 g 1,000 mg 6,000 g ? mg 6,000 g 6,000 1,000 mg 6,000 g 6 mg
cm g cm L mm kg
2. 8 L 4. 70 mm 6. 2 m 8. 300 cm 10. 70 dm 12. 40 cm
mL cm dm m m dm
3. 6 kg 5. 8 dm 7. 2,000 mL 9. 9 cm 11. 5,000 g
AF 1.3; MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page

Name

Metric Match Game
Use index cards to make the cards shown below.
Print This 97 Page
ENRICH
10 mm
1 cm
5 km
500 cm
1,000 mm
1m
100 cm
1 km
10 cm
100 mm
1m
20 m
40 m
5m
200 dm
4 dm
5,000 m
1m
1,000 m
10 dm
20L
20,000 mL
5L
5,000 mL
500g
0.5 kg
59 kg
59,000 g
150,000 g
150 kg
Mix up the cards and place them facedown. Players take turns turning over two cards.
If all players agree that the measurements on the two cards are equivalent, the player that turned them over keeps the cards and takes another turn. If the cards are not equivalent, turn them facedown again. The next player turns over two cards. Play until there are no more cards left. The player with the most pairs of cards wins.
AF 1.3; MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page

Name

Logical Reasoning
Use logical reasoning to solve each problem. 1. An aquarium worker needs to fill a tank with 10 gallons of water. He has an 8-gallon pail and a 6-gallon pail. How can he use the pails to get exactly 10 gallons of water in the tank?
Print This 98 Page
PRACTICE
2. Simon needs to put 9 cups of sea
salt into a saltwater tank. He has a 10-cup container and a 7-cup container. How can Simon use the containers to measure 9 cups?
3. The parrot house has 2 times as
4. The parrots get food 20 minutes before
many birds as the toucan house. The toucan house has 3 more birds than the jay house. The jay house has 6 birds. How many birds do the other houses have?
the toucans. The toucans get food 15 minutes after the jays. The jays get food 30 minutes after Bird World opens. Bird World opens at 10:00 A.M. When does each kind of bird get food?
Mixed Strategy Review Solve. Use any strategy. 5. Language Arts Kenny writes a 740-word review of a play. The review needs to be cut so that it is 500 words. How many words have to be cut? Strategy: 7. A bandstand is 40 feet wide by 80 feet long. It is built from wood planks that are 5 feet wide by 10 feet long. How many planks wide will the platform be? How many planks long?
6. There are 24 cars in the theater
parking lot. There are 3 times as many 4-door cars as 2-door cars. How many of each kind of car are there? Strategy: 8. Create a problem which you could solve by using logical reasoning. Share it with others.
Strategy:
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 9, Lesson 8, pages 386387. (292) MR 1.1, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Logical Reasoning
Page 387, Problem 1
Print This 98 Page
RETEACH
Dan needs to put 6 cups of sea salt into the saltwater tank. He has a 7-cup container and a 5-cup container. How can he use the containers to measure 6 cups? Step 1
Read
Be sure you understand the problem. Read carefully. What do you know? Dan needs to put cups of sea salt in a saltwater tank. cups and cups.
Dan has containers that hold What do you need to find?
You need to find how to use the containers to measure cups. Step 2
Plan
I
Make a plan.
Choose a strategy.
Make a Table or List Write a Number Sentence Work Backward Act it Out Find a Pattern Make a Graph Guess and Check Logical Reasoning Solve a Simpler Problem Draw a Diagram
Use logical reasoning to solve the problem. You can use the difference in the amount each container can hold to measure exactly 6 cups.
MR 1.1, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Logical Reasoning
Step 3 Carry out your plan.
Print This 98 Page
RETEACH
Solve
Complete the table. It will show how to use the 7-cup container and the 5-cup container to measure exactly 6 cups. Steps
1. Fill the 7-cup container. 2. Fill the 5-cup container
Sea Salt in Sea Salt in 7-cup Container 5-cup Container 0 5 cups 0 0 0 5 cups 5 cups 5 cups
Sea Salt in Tank 0 0
from the 7-cup container.

3. Pour what is left in the
7-cup container into the tank. 4. Repeat steps 13. How much sea salt is in the tank now? 5. Repeat steps 13. How much sea salt is in the tank now? Step 4
Look Back
Is the solution reasonable? Reread the problem. How can you check your answers?
Practice 1. A worker has a 4-gallon pail and a 9-gallon pail. How can he use pails to fill a 10-gallon tank with water?
2. Marcia arrives at the theater
10 minutes before Sam. Sam arrives 25 minutes after Lynn. Paul arrives 10 minutes before Lynn. Lynn gets to the theater at 6:30 P.M. When do the others arrive at the theater?
MR 1.1, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Temperature: Fahrenheit and Celsius

Give a reasonable temperature for each. Then use Fahrenheit and Celsius thermometers to measure each temperature.
1. warm water 3. cool water 5. temperature outside 2. temperature in freezer 4. temperature in cafeteria 6. temperature in classroom
Print This 99 Page
PRACTICE

7. to go skiing 8. to swim in the swimming pool 9. to go to the beach 10. to sleep comfortably 11. to work in the garden 12. to shiver without a coat 13. to picnic in the park 14. to rake leaves 15. to go sledding in the snow
A. 20C A. 80C A. 30C A. 20C A. 70C A. 20C A. 25C A. 10C A. 30C A. 65C
B. 20F B. 80F B. 30F B. 20F B. 70F B. 20F B. 25F B. 10F B. 30F B. 65F
16. to walk your dog
Problem Solving
17. The temperature of a can of soup on 18. At noon the temperature of the
the shelf is 45F. Joy heats the soup to 25F above its shelf temperature. What is the soups temperature now?
water in a swimming pool was 25C. At 9:00 P.M. the temperature was 17C. By how much did the water temperature drop?
NS 1.8; MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page

Name

Temperature is measured in degrees Celsius (C) or in degrees Fahrenheit (F). Compare the two scales shown at the right.
Print This 99 Page
RETEACH
Write the temperature in degrees Celsius (C) and degrees Fahrenheit (F).
1.
20 10 30 0 40 50 10 60
230 220 210 200 190 180 170 160 150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 Fahrenheit Celsius 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110
2.
10 10 20 30 40 0 20
10
3.
10 20 20 10 10 20 0
4.
120 130 140 150 160 170
Circle the letter of the correct estimate. 5. the temperature of cold water
6. the temperature of warm water 7. the temperature of a fever 8. room temperature 9. temperature at an outdoor ice rink 10. temperature on a hot beach 11. comfortable outdoor temperature
20
A. 10C A. 100C A. 39C A. 70C A. 20C A. 30C A. 10C
50
60
70
B. 10F B. 100F B. 39F B. 70F B. 20F B. 30F B. 10F

NS 1.8; MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page

Name

Predicting Temperatures
Label the thermometers below with the following temperatures: 10C 20C 30C 40C 50F 68F 86F 104F
70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0C 0 10 20 20 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 20 150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 10 20
Print This 99 Page
ENRICH
100F
32F
Celsius
Fahrenheit
The thermometers are drawn so that equivalent measures are the same height on both scales. 1. Write the equivalent temperatures in degrees Fahrenheit. Use the thermometers above to help you.
10C 30C
20C 40C
2. When the Celsius temperature changes 10 degrees, how much
does the Fahrenheit temperature change?

3. What pattern do you see that will help you predict Fahrenheit
temperatures based on Celsius temperatures?
NS 1.8; MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page

Name

Applying Measurement
Record your data. Items Ingredients Amount of Each Cost of Each Ingredient Ingredient
Print This Page
Total Cost for Item
Sandwiches
Fruit Salad
Punch
Your Decision How much of each item should Mr. Martin make for the birthday party? Explain.
MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page

Name

Which color heats up the most?
Record the temperature of each thermometer. Start Temperature Finish Temperature Black Paper
Print This Page
Difference
White Paper
Aluminum Foil
1. Find the difference between each start and finish temperature.
Show your work.
Work Space
2. Which color heated up the most? The least?
NS 1.2; MR 1.2, 2.3, 2.6, 3.3
Print This Page

Name

Which color heats up the most?
3. Use subtraction to find how many more degrees the hottest
Print This Page
thermometer changed than the coolest. Show your work. Is this a big difference?
Work Space
4. Why did you have to put the thermometers under the sun or a lamp?
5. If you were playing outside on a sunny day, which color clothing
would you like to wear? Why?

6. Explain the results of the activity in terms of reflection or
absorption of light.
NS 1.2; MR 1.2, 2.3, 2.6, 3.3
Print This Page

Name
3-Dimensional Figures
Identify the 3-dimensional figure the object looks like. Tell how many faces, edges, and vertices it has.
1. 2. 3.
Print This 101 Page
PRACTICE
4.
5.
6.
Copy and fold. Identify the 3-dimensional shape.

7. 8.
9.
10.
Algebra & Functions 11. What could the next shape be?
MG 3.6
Print This Page

Name
Print This 101 Page
RETEACH
A 3-dimensional figure usually rests on one of its faces, which is called a base. Look at the cube below. Count the number of faces, vertices, and edges it has.
face
A cube has 6 faces. Complete the chart. Name 3Dimensional Figure
edge
A cube has 12 edges.
vertices
A cube has 8 vertices.
Shape of Base
Number of Flat Faces and Bases
Number of Straight Edges
Number of Vertices
1.
triangular prism rectangular prism triangular pyramid square pyramid cone
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
cylinder
7.
sphere
MG 3.6
Print This Page

Name
Polyhedrons
The 3-dimensional figures shown below are called polyhedrons. Each face of a polyhedron is the same size and shape. Each edge of a polyhedron is the same length. Each angle of each face is equal.
Print This 101 Page
ENRICH
Cube
Tetrahedron
Octahedron
Dodecahedron
Icosahedron
Look at the cube. It has 6 square faces. Each square face has 4 edges. Since 2 sides meet at each edge, a cube has (6 4) 2 12 edges. Use the information about polyhedrons to complete the sentences.
1. A tetrahedron has 4 triangular faces.
Each triangular face has edges. (4 A tetrahedron has edges.

)2
2. An octahedron has
Each triangular face has An octahedron has

3. A dodecahedron has
triangular faces. edges. edges. pentagonal faces. edges. edges. edges. edges.
MG 3.6
Each pentagonal face has A dodecahedron has Each triangular face has An icosahedron has
4. An icosahedron has 20 triangular faces.
Print This Page

Name
2-Dimensional Figures and Polygons

1. 2. 3.
Print This 102 Page
PRACTICE
Tell whether each figure is open or closed. Is it a polygon? If so, classify the figure.
4.
5.
6.
Draw the figure and identify it. Use a separate sheet of paper.
7. a 4-sided figure that is not a square 8. a 5-sided figure
9. a 6-sided figure
10. an 8-sided figure
Algebra & Functions Locate each set of points. Then connect the points to make a geometric figure. Identify the figure.
11. (2, 2), (4, 3), (3, 5)
12. (2, 2), (5, 2), (5, 3), (2, 3)
5 4 3 2 1 O 1 2 3 4 5
5 4 3 2 1 O 1 2 3 4 5
MG 3.8
Print This Page

Name

A polygon is a closed 2-dimensional figure that has straight sides. These figures are not polygons. Open Figures Closed Figures
Print This 102 Page
RETEACH
These figures are polygons.
square 4 straight sides
rectangle 4 straight sides
triangle 3 straight sides
pentagon 5 straight sides Identify each polygon.

1. 2.
hexagon 6 straight sides
octagon 8 straight sides
3.
4.
5.
6.
MG 3.8
Print This Page

Name

Tangrams
A tangram is a Chinese puzzle that is made of 2-dimensional figures. The figures can be put together to form different shapes sometimes even animal shapes! Cut out the five figures at the bottom of the page. Use all five figures to form each of the large polygons shown below.
Print This 102 Page
ENRICH
1. tangram 1
2. tangram 2
3. tangram 3
4. tangram 4
Tangrams:
MG 3.8
Print This Page

Name
Lines, Line Segments, and Rays

Identify each figure.
1.
A B
Print This 103 Page
PRACTICE
2. C
D
3.
S
Q R T
4. I
K
L
J
5.
6. M
Identify the parts of a circle.

7.
G O H K
8.
9.
S
T V
Algebra & Functions Locate the set of points. Then connect the points to draw line segments. Classify the lines as perpendicular or parallel.
10. Line segment OP:
6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6
MG 3.1, 3.2
(1, 4) (2, 4) (3, 4) (4, 4) Line segment QR: (1, 2) (2, 2) (3, 2) (4, 2)
Print This Page

Name

A line goes on forever in both directions A line segment is part of a line. It has two endpoints.
Print This 103 Page
RETEACH
A ray has one endpoint.
Parallel lines never meet.
Intersecting lines meet.
Perpendicular lines form square corners.
A chord is a line that connects two points on a circle.
A diameter is a chord that goes through the center of the circle.
A radius is the distance from the center of a circle to every point on a circle.
Identify each figure.

1. 2. 3.
4.
5.
6.
Identify the parts of a circle.

7. 8. 9.
MG 3.1, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

1. Look at Figure A and Figure B below. Can you trace each figure
Print This 103 Page
ENRICH
Can You Trace a Figure Without Lifting Your Pencil?

without lifting your pencil or retracing any line?
Vertex 2 E O Vertex 3 Vertex 1 O E Vertex 2 Vertex 1 E
E Vertex 4
Vertex 5 E
E Vertex 3
Vertex 4 E
Figure A
Figure B
2. Can you trace Figure B without lifting your pencil if you start at any vertex?
3. Can you trace Figure A without lifting your pencil if you start at any vertex?
4. In Figure A, Vertex 4 has an even number of lines that meet at that point.
This vertex can be called an even vertex. Vertex 3 has an odd number of lines meeting at that point. Vertex 3 can be called an odd vertex. Label each vertex in the figures. Write E for an even vertex and O for an odd vertex.
5. Can you trace the figures below without lifting your pencil or retracing any
line? Label each vertex even or odd.

O E
O O E E
Figure C
Figure D
Figure E
6. What conclusion can you draw about whether you can trace a figure
without lifting your pencil? Hint: Think about the types of vertices a figure has.
MG 3.1, 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Angles
Write acute, obtuse, or right for each angle.
1. 2. 3.
Print This 104 Page
PRACTICE
4.
5.
6.
Write the degree measure and fraction of a turn for each angle.
7. 8. 9.
Draw each figure.

10. a 4-sided figure with 1 right angle 11. a 3-sided figure with 3 acute angles
MG 3.5
Print This Page

Name
Angles
Angles are formed by two rays that have the same endpoint.
Print This 104 Page
RETEACH
A right angle forms a square corner.
An acute angle is less than a right angle.
An obtuse angle is greater than a right angle.
Identify each angle. Write acute, obtuse, or right. Use the corner of a sheet of paper to help you.
1. 2. 3. 4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Complete.
9.
10.
11.
This triangle has 3 angles.
This kite has 2 angles and 2 angles.
This pentagon has 2 2 1 angles, angles, and angle.

MG 3.5
Print This Page

Name
Angles
Angle Sums
What is the sum of the angles of a triangle? The sum will always be 180 or a straight line. Follow the steps below.
1 3 2 3 1 1 2 2
Print This 104 Page
ENRICH
Step 1:
Step 2:
Step 3
Draw a triangle. Then draw lines to show each angle. Shade and number the 3 angles.
Cut along the lines.
Place the corners of the pieces together to form a straight line.
Follow Steps 13 for each triangle below.

1.
2 1 3 2 1 3
2.
3. 1 3 2
Triangle 1
Triangle 2
Triangle 3
4. What do you think the sum of the angles of a quadrilateral is?

5. Draw a quadrilateral. Draw lines to show the 4 angles. Then shade
the corners, cut them out, and put them together to see if you are correct.
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 10, Lesson 4, pages 420-421. (312)
MG 3.5
Print This Page

Name
Triangles and Quadrilaterals

Classify each triangle as equilateral, isosceles, or scalene. Then classify each triangle as right, acute, or obtuse.
1. 2. 3.
Print This 105 Page
PRACTICE
Identify each quadrilateral.

4. 5. 6.
Tell if each statement is true or false. Explain why.

7. All rectangles are parallelograms.
8. All squares are rhombuses.
9. Some right triangles are also equilateral triangles.
Problem Solving
10. Sues desk has equal sides of 20
11. Mike makes a square out of wooden
inches and 4 right angles. Nancys desk has two sides of 20 inches, two sides of 30 inches, and 4 right angles. Both say their desks are rectangles. Who is correct?
sticks. He pushes one corner of the square and makes a rhombus. How are the square and rhombus alike? How are they different?
MG 3.7, 3.8
Print This Page

Name

You can classify a triangle by the lengths of its sides or the measures of its angles. An equilateral triangle has three sides of equal length. An acute triangle has three acute angles (less than 90). An isosceles triangle has at least two sides of equal length. An obtuse triangle has one obtuse angle (greater than 90 and less than 180).
Print This 105 Page
RETEACH
A scalene triangle has no sides of equal length. A right triangle has one right angle (exactly 90).
All quadrilaterals have 4 sides and 4 angles. A square has 4 equal sides and 4 right angles. A rhombus has 4 equal sides. Its opposite sides are parallel. A rectangle has 4 right angles. Its opposite sides are equal and parallel. A trapezoid has 1 pair of parallel sides. A parallelogram has opposite sides that are equal and parallel.
Classify each triangle by its sides and angles.

1. 2. 3.
Identify each quadrilateral in as many ways as you can.

4. 5. 6.
MG 3.7, 3.8
Print This Page

Name

Geometry Bingo
Play this bingo game with 23 players. Work together to make the bingo game. On an index card, write each of the names for geometric figures shown in the box below. Then draw each figure in one of the squares on the bingo card below. Be sure to mix up the names. Shuffle the index cards and place them face down. Players take turns drawing index cards. Each player places a game marker on the matching figure drawn on the bingo card.
Print This 105 Page
ENRICH
The first player to have markers that fill any row, column, or diagonal wins. parallel lines parallelogram radius rhombus hexagon isosceles triangle intersecting lines ray right angle octagon acute triangle obtuse triangle perpendicular lines chord acute angle cube equilateral triangle right triangle line segment diameter obtuse angle pentagon trapezoid scalene triangle
FREE
MG 3.7, 3.8
Print This Page

Name

Use a Diagram
Use the illustration to solve problems 12.
Print This 106 Page
PRACTICE
Reading Skill
1. Howie used the above figure in a painting. Describe the figure in
more than one way.
2. What shape could Howie add to the right side of the figure so that
the figure becomes a trapezoid? Add the shape to the figure.
Use the illustration below to solve problems 34.

4 ft 4 ft 6 ft 4 ft
4 ft
3. Phyllis designed this doorway. What two shapes make up
this doorway?
4. What is the length of the missing side of the doorway?
MG 3.1, 3.7, 3.8; MR 1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Use a Diagram
Choose the correct answer. This figure is composed of a parallelogram and an equilateral triangle. What is the length of Side A of the triangle?
Print This 106 Page
PRACTICE
6 in. 4 in. A
2. What is the length of Side A?
A All sides of the figure are the same length. B Side A has the same length as one side of parallelogram. C The length of Side A must be greater than 6 inches.
F 4 inches G 6 inches H 12 inches
4 in. B 4 in.
This figure is composed of a rhombus and a triangle. Can the length of side B be 8 inches long?
4. Can the length of side B be
A The length of side B must be greater than 8 inches. B The length of side B must be less than 8 inches. C The length of side B must be equal to 8 inches. This figure is composed of an isosceles triangle and a rectangle. What is the length of Side C?
5. You can find the length of Side C
8 inches long? F Yes G No H The answer cannot be found using the information in the diagram.
C 3 cm
10 cm
because A two sides of an isosceles triangle are equal. B the length of Side C is greater than the lengths of the other two sides of the triangle. C no two sides of the triangle have equal lengths.
6 cm
6. What is the length of Side C?
F 3 centimeters G 6 centimeters H 10 centimeters

MG 3.1, 3.7, 3.8; MR 1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Use a Diagram
Choose the correct answer. This figure is a parallelogram. Suppose you draw a line segment from point A to point C. The length of this segment is 5 cm. How would you describe the two new figures you made?
Print This 106 Page
PRACTICE
A 2 cm D 6 cm C
8. How would you describe the two
A You cannot tell the lengths of the unlabeled sides of the parallelogram. B Only two sides of the parallelogram have a length of 2 centimeters. C Each side of the parallelogram has the length of 2 centimeters.
new figures you made? F They are scalene triangles. G They are isosceles triangles. H They are equilateral triangles.
Solve. Use data from the illustration to answer problems 910.

9. Orson designed this picture frame.
What shapes make up the frame? What shape is made by the outer edge of the frame?
3 ft
3 ft
10. Suppose Robert added 2 feet to the
height of the frame, but kept the width the same. What shape would be made by the outer edge of the frame?
11. Wendy drew a triangle in which
three angles were less than 90. What kind of triangle did she draw?
12. Robert drew a square. Then he divided
13. Max draws a rectangle with sides of
the shape into two parts by drawing a line from one corner of the square, through the center, to the opposite corner. Name two ways to describe the two smaller shapes he created.
6 inches and 9 inches. He uses one of the short sides of the rectangle as a side of a scalene triangle. Can the lengths of the other two sides of the triangle be 6 inches? Explain.
MG 3.1, 3.7, 3.8; MR 1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Congruent and Similar

Write whether the figures are similar. Then write whether the figures are congruent.
1. 2.
Print This 107 Page
PRACTICE
3.
4.
Copy the figure on a separate piece of dot paper. Then draw one congruent figure and one similar figure.
5. 6. 7.
8.
9.
10.
Algebra & Functions Use separate grid paper.

11. Draw a figure on a coordinate grid. Then draw a similar figure
that is one half the size of the original. Write the ordered pairs for all vertices.
12. Draw a figure on a coordinate grid. Then draw a similar figure
that is two times the size of the original. Write the ordered pairs for all vertices.
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 10, Lesson 7, pages 430433. (319) MG 3.3, 3.4
Print This Page

Name

Similar Figures Congruent Figures
Print This 107 Page
RETEACH
Not congruent Not similar
same shape may be different sizes
same shape same size
not the same shape not the same size
To see if figures are congruent, trace one figure. If you can make it fit exactly on top of the other figure, the figures are congruent. Write whether the figures are similar. Then write whether the figures are congruent. You may trace the figures.
1. 2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
MG 3.3, 3.4
Print This Page

Name

Shape Detective
Can you find the similar and congruent figures in the drawings below? Each figure in the drawings can be named with one or more letters. Look at the first drawing. Figure A is the rectangle in the upper left corner. Figure AB is the top rectangle. Complete the sentences. The first one is done for you.
1. Figure B is similar to Figure ABCD. 2. Figure C is congruent to Figure 3. Figure BC is congruent to Figure 4. Figure EF is similar to Figure
Print This 107 Page
ENRICH
A
. . .
B C
F G
5. Figure F is congruent to Figure
E I
and Figure
6. Figure I is
. to Figure EF.
7. How many sets of congruent and similar
figures can you find in the drawing at the right? Name each pair or set of figures.
J O Q P M L
MG 3.3, 3.4
Print This Page

Name
Explore Translations, Reflections, and Rotations

Write translation, reflection, or rotation to describe how the figure was moved.
1. 2.
Print This 108 Page
PRACTICE
3.
4.
5.
6.
Draw the movement of each figure on the dot paper.

7. translation 8. reflection
9. translation, then rotation
10. rotation, then reflection
MG 3.4
Print This Page

Name

You can move figures in different ways.
Print This 108 Page
RETEACH
You can slide a figure across a line to show a translation.
You can flip a figure over a line to show a reflection.
You can turn a figure around a point to show a rotation.
Write translation, reflection, or rotation to tell how each figure was moved.
1. 2. 3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 10, Lesson 8, pages 434-435 (323)
MG 3.4
Print This Page

Name

Shape Art
Cut out the shape cards and turn them face down. Then cut out the movement cards. Place those cards face down in another pile. Choose one shape card. On another sheet of paper, trace that shape. Then choose a movement card. Follow the instructions on that card. Return the movement card to the bottom of the pile, and choose another movement card. Repeat until you have chosen 4 movement cards. Trade your artwork with a partner. Try to guess which movement cards your partner chose to create the drawing. Movement Cards Translation Slide your shape 1 inch to the right. Trace it again. Shape Cards Reflection Flip over your shape to the right. Trace it again. Rotation
Print This 108 Page
ENRICH
Turn your shape around a point. Trace it again.
Sample Artwork Which cards were chosen to draw this artwork?

Create another shape and another rule for a movement cards.
MG 3.4
Print This Page

Name
Symmetry
Is the dotted line a line of symmetry?
1. 2. 3.
Print This 109 Page
PRACTICE
4.
5.
6.
Is the figure symmetrical? If yes, draw its lines of symmetry.

7. 8. 9.
10. On a separate sheet of paper, draw a figure with rotational symmetry.

11. On a separate sheet of paper, draw a figure with bilateral symmetry.
Complete the drawing to make it symmetrical.

12. 13. 14.
MG 3.4
Print This Page

Name
Symmetry
Follow these steps to find out if a figure has bilateral symmetry.
Step 1: Trace Figure A and cut it out. Step 2: Fold it along one of the dashed lines.
Print This 109 Page
RETEACH
The two halves match. The dashed line is a line of symmetry. The figure has bilateral symmetry.
Step 3: Unfold the figure. Step 4: Fold the figure along the other
dashed lines. The halves match, so all the lines are lines of symmetry.
Figure A
Follow these steps to find out if Figure B has rotational symmetry.

Step 1: Trace Figure B and cut it out. Step 2: Place it on top of the original
Figure B. Put your pencil point on the dot in the center.

Step 3: Turn the top figure 90. The top
figure matches the original figure.

Step 4: Turn the top figure 180. The
figures match. Figure B has rotational symmetry.
Figure B
1. Place Figure A you traced on top of original Figure A.
Put your pencil point in the center. Turn the top of figure 180. Does the top figure match the original? Does Figure A have rotational symmetry?
2. Fold Figure B you traced to find its lines of symmetry.
How many lines of symmetry does Figure B have? Look at each figure. Is the dashed line a line of symmetry? Then trace each figure. Turn it to see if it has rotational symmetry.
3. 4. 5.
MG 3.4
Print This Page

Name
Symmetry
Circle each letter that has one or more lines of symmetry. Draw the line or lines of symmetry.
Print This 109 Page
ENRICH
G4_C10_L09_E01_MA01
MG 3.4
Print This Page

Name

Find a Pattern
Use data from this tessellation to solve problems 14. 1. What shapes do you see in a repeated pattern?
Print This 1010Page
PRACTICE
2. How are the shapes moved?
3. Complete the missing pieces of the
pattern.
4. Suppose you extend this design. You
have a total of 20 small right triangles. How many rhombuses will there be in all?
Mixed Strategy Review Solve. Use any strategy. 5. Aaron buys 5 Picasso T-shirts for his family. A large T-shirt costs $15 and a small T-shirt costs $12. Aaron spends $69. How many large T-shirts does he buy? How many small T-shirts does he buy?
6. Art On May 15, 1990, a painting by
Van Gogh sold for $75,000,000. Two days later, a painting by Renoir sold for $4,000,000 less than that amount. How much did Renoirs painting sell for?
Strategy:
7. Mr. Ervin has 32 jars of paint. He has
Strategy:
8. Create a problem which involves
small boxes that will hold 4 jars and a large box that will hold 6 jars. Which box should Mr. Ervin use if he wants to put an equal number of jars in each box? How many boxes will he need?
finding a pattern in a tessellation. Share it with others.
Strategy:
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 10, Lesson 10, pages 440441. (328) MG 3.8; MR 1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Find a Pattern
Page 441, Problem 1
Print This 1010Page
RETEACH
What shapes do you see in a repeated pattern? How are the figures moved?
Step 1
Read
Be sure you understand the problem. Read carefully. What do you know? The illustration shown is a tessellation. What do you need to find? You need to identify .
Step 2
Plan
I
Make a plan.
Choose a strategy.
Find a Pattern Guess and Check Work Backward Make a Graph Make a Table or List Write a Number Sentence Draw a Diagram Solve a Simpler Problem Logical Reasoning Act It Out
Looking for a pattern will help you solve the problem. Find shapes that look familiar. Look for a pattern to see how these shapes have been moved.
MG 3.8; MR 1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Find a Pattern
Step 3 Carry out your plan.
Print This 1010Page
RETEACH
Solve
Look for shapes you know. What shapes do you see?
To find how these shapes have been moved, look for examples of rotations, translations, and reflections. What is one way to describe how the figures moved?
Step 4
Look Back
Is the solution reasonable? Reread the problem. Did you answer the question? Yes No
Practice Use data from this tessellation to solve.
1. What shapes do you see in a repeated
2. Complete the missing pieces of the
pattern? How are they moved?
tessellation.
MG 3.8; MR 1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Perimeter
Find the perimeter of each figure.
1.
5 cm 4 cm 10 cm 7 cm
Print This 1011 Page
PRACTICE
2.
9 mm
10 mm 11 mm
3.
8 mm 11 mm
8 mm 8 mm 11 mm
6 mm
4.
5.
6.
Algebra & Functions Find the length of each missing side.

7.
8 in. 8 in.
8.
4 ft
8 ft
9.
11 yd
11 yd 11 yd 11 yd
perimeter 24 in.
perimeter 24 ft
perimeter 55 yd
Problem Solving
10. Gerry plans a rectangular garden
11. A fence around a rectangular corral
plot that is 30 ft long and 15 ft wide. What is the perimeter of the garden plot?
has a length of 180 ft and a width of 90 ft. What is the perimeter of the fence?
NS 3.1; MG 3.8
Print This Page

Name
Perimeter
Perimeter is the distance around a closed figure. To find the perimeter, add the lengths of all the sides. To find the perimeter of the rectangle, add the lengths of the sides. 10ft 15ft 10ft 15ft 50ft
15 ft 10 ft 15 ft 10 ft
RETEACH
The perimeter of the rectangle is 50 ft.
Find the perimeter of each figure.

1.
4 in. 4 in.
2.
5 in.
5 in.
5 in.
4 in.
5 in.
3.
4 ft 4 ft
4.
5m 7m 7m
5.
8 ft 8 ft 8 ft
5m
8 ft
3 ft
6.
6 dm 6 dm
6 dm 6 dm 6 dm 6 dm
7.
5 in.
4 in. 3 in. 6 in.
8.
5 cm 6 cm 7 cm
5 cm 6 cm
NS 3.1; MG 3.8
Print This Page

Name
Perimeter
Create a Perimeter
Each square at the right is divided into three regions. Each region has a perimeter of 8 units.
Print This 1011Page
ENRICH
The square at the right is divided into two regions. Each region has a perimeter of 10 units.
Divide each square below into the number of regions and the perimeter given. Try to do this in two different ways.
1. Number of regions: 4
Perimeter of each region: 10 units
NS 3.1; MG 3.8
Print This Page

Name
Area
Find the area of each figure.
1. 2. 3.
Print This 1012Page
PRACTICE
4.
4 ft 4 ft
5.
2 in.
6.
2 yd 5 yd
2 in.
Use graph paper to draw each figure. Tell what the figure is and find the area.
7. length: 5 cm 8. length:7 cm 9. length: 7 cm
width: 8 cm
width: 7 cm
width: 4 cm
Find the area and perimeter of each figure.

10.
10 cm
12 cm
11. 1 m
4m
12.
6 mm 25 mm
MG 1.2, 1.3; AF 1.4
Print This Page

Name
Area
Area is the number of square units needed to cover a region or figure. You can use these two ways to find the area of a rectangle or square. Count the number of square units. There are 25 square units. The area is 25 square units. Multiply the length times the width. 5 5 25 The area is 25 square units. Complete.
1. 2.
Print This 1012Page
RETEACH
length: width: area
units units square units
length: width: area
units units square units
Find the area of each figure.

3.
3 ft 8 ft
4.
4 in.
5.
2 in. 4 in. 7 in.
6.
6 ft 9 ft
7.
3 yd 5 yd
8.
4m 6m
MG 1.2, 1.3; AF 1.4
Print This Page

Name
Area
Picks Law
Picks law can be used to find the area of any polygon. Draw the polygon on dot paper. Use this formula:
Print This 1012Page
ENRICH
1 2 (number of dots on the polygon) 1 (number of dots inside the polygon)
Heres how to use the formula to find the area of this polygon below.
A (1 2 12) 1 3 A (6 1) 3 A53 A8
Find the area of each polygon.
1. 2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
MG 1.2, 1.3; AF 1.4
Print This Page

Name
Explore Volume
Find the volume of each rectangular prism.
1. 2. 3.
Print This 1013Page
PRACTICE
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13. length: 9 in.
14. length: 5 m
15. length: 7 cm
16. length: 10 ft
width: 5 in. height: 4 in.
width: 8 m height: 6 m
width: 2 cm height: 8 cm
width: 12 ft height: 5 ft
NS 3.1; MG 1.4
Print This Page

Name
Explore Volume
Volume is the amount of space a 3-dimensional figure encloses. Volume is measured in cubic units. You can use these two ways to find the volume of a rectangular or square prism. Count the number of cubes in one layer. The bottom layer has 12 cubes. There are 3 layers. 12 12 12 36 The volume of the cube is 36 cubic units. Multiply: length width height V length width height V 4 3 3 36 The volume is 36 cubic units. Find the volume of each rectangular prism.
1. 2. 3.
Print This 1013Page
RETEACH
3 4 3
length: width: height:

length: width: height: cm3 volume cm3
length: width: height: volume cm3
volume
4.
3 cm 2 cm
5.
2 cm 4 cm
6.
5 cm
2 cm 2 cm
4 cm
6 cm
NS 3.1; MG 1.4
Print This Page

Name
Explore Volume
Volume Patterns
1. What is the volume of Prism A?
3 cm 2 cm 4 cm
Print This 1013Page
ENRICH
Prism A
2. What do you think will happen to the
volume if you double the length, width, and height of Prism A?
6 cm
4 cm 8 cm
Prism A Doubled
3. Find the volume of Prism A doubled.
Was your answer to exercise 2 correct?
4. Complete the table.
Original Rectangular Prism

Doubled Rectangular Prism Length 4 cm 4 cm 2 cm 4 cm Width 4 cm 6 cm 4 cm 4 cm Height 2 cm 6 cm 6 cm 4 cm Volume
Length 2 cm 2 cm 1 cm 2 cm
Width 2 cm 3 cm 2 cm 2 cm
Height 1 cm 3 cm 3 cm 2 cm
Volume
5. Compare the volumes of the original and doubled prisms. What
pattern do you see?
NS 3.1; MG 1.4
Print This Page

Name

Analyze Data and Make Decisions
Record your data in the chart. Size of Garden Perimeter of Garden Cost of Fencing Material
Print This Page
Cost of Fencing and Installation
Your Decision What is your recommendation for Mr. Harriss garden? Explain.
MG 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4; MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page

Name

How well do you make patterns?
Record your ratings. Drawing of Structure
Print This Page
Rating: 1 (best)5 (worst)
1. How well did you follow directions? Do you have enough data to decide?
MG 3.3, 3.4, 3.7, 3.8; MR 1.1, 2.3, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

How well do you make patterns?
2. What was easy or hard when giving directions?
Print This Page
3. What was easy or hard when following directions?
4. Make a list of words that helped you give directions.
5. Describe how a camouflage pattern gives some animals a
survival advantage.
MG 3.3, 3.4, 3.7, 3.8; MR 1.1, 2.3, 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Parts of a Whole
Write a fraction for the part that is shaded.
1. 2. 3.
Print This 111 Page
PRACTICE
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Draw a rectangle with the fraction shaded.

9. 1 3 10. 4 5 11. 5 7
12. 4 8
13. 4 9
14. 5 6
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 11, Lesson 1, pages 470-471. (343)
NS 1.5, 1.7
Print This Page

Name
Parts of a Whole
A fraction can name parts of a whole.
Print This 111 Page
RETEACH
4 parts shaded 7 parts in all 4 7 shaded parts shaded 4 numerator parts in all 7 denominator
2 parts shaded 5 parts in all 2 5 shaded parts shaded 2 numerator parts in all 5 denominator
Complete to write a fraction for the part that is shaded.

1. 2. 3.
part shaded parts in all fraction

4. 5.
parts shaded parts in all fraction

6.
part shaded parts in all fraction
NS 1.5, 1.7
Print This Page

Name
Parts of a Whole
Fraction Design
Print This 111 Page
ENRICH
Design a quilt. Use red, white, blue, and purple crayons to color the squares below.
1. What part of your quilt is red?
white? .
blue?
purple?
Design a flag. Use red, yellow, green, and blue crayons.
2. What part of your flag is red?
yellow?
green?
blue?
NS 1.5, 1.7
Print This Page

Name
Parts of a Group
Write a fraction that names what part is shaded.
1. 2. 3.
Print This 112 Page
PRACTICE
4.
5.
6.
Draw a picture, and then write a fraction.

7. Six of eleven balloons are blue. 8. Four out of seven hats have stars.
9. All of five kittens are smiling.
10. One of four animals is a chimpanzee.
Problem Solving
11. Five of 12 students are in the school 12. Twenty of 25 students voted for class
chorus. What part of the students are in the chorus?
president. What part of the class did not vote for president?
NS 1.5, 1.7
Print This Page

Name
Parts of a Group
A fraction can name part of a group. There are 7 squares in all.
3 7
Print This 112 Page
RETEACH
are shaded.
4 7
are not shaded.
There are 8 circles in all.

5 8
are shaded.
3 8
are not shaded.
Complete.
1. 2.
shapes shaded shapes in all fraction that is shaded

shapes shaded shapes in all fraction that is shaded fraction that is not shaded
fraction that is not shaded
Write a fraction that names what part is shaded.

3. 4. 5.
NS 1.5, 1.7
Print This Page

Name
Parts of a Group
Draw the Group
Each fraction tells what part of a group the shaded figure or figures represent. Complete the group for each fractional part.
1. 2 5
4 2. 16
Print This 112 Page
ENRICH
3. 1 3
4. 5 6
5. 3 8
6. 1 2
7. 4 7
8. 2 8
9 9. 10
10. How did you decide how many triangles to draw in exercise 1?
NS 1.5, 1.7
Print This Page

Name
Find Equivalent Fractions and Fractions in Simplest Form

Draw an equivalent fraction for each.
1.
1 6 1 2 1 6 1 6
Print This 113 Page
PRACTICE
2.
1 4
1 4
1 4
3.
1 5
1 5
1 5
1 5
1 1 1 1 1 1 8 8 8 8 8 8
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Complete to find equivalent fractions.

4.
42 10
5.
1 28
16
6.
22 8
7.
1 54
20
8. 4
5
10
9. 1 6
2
10. 4 1
4
11. 9
12
Name an equivalent fraction for each.

12. 3
7
13. 4
5
14. 6
15
15. 4
12
Write each fraction in simplest form.

16. 4
10
17. 6
12
18. 3
18
19. 6
18
20. 8
12
21. 3
21
22. 10
30
23. 8
20
24. 5
15
25. 9
24
26. 12
24
27. 24
32
Complete the pattern of equivalent fractions.

28.
1 4 8 12 16 20 24
29.
1 3 6 9 12 15 18
Problem Solving
30. A box contains 6 red pencils and 8 31. Paul caught 9 bass and 3 trout. What
black pencils. What fraction of the pencils are red?
fraction of the fish were trout?
NS 1.5; AF 2.2
Print This Page

Name

Equivalent Fractions Equivalent fractions name the same part. To find an equivalent fraction, multiply the numerator and denominator by the same number.
12 32
Print This 113 Page
RETEACH
Simplest Form When a fraction is in simplest form, its numerator and denominator have only 1 as a common factor. Show
6 8
in simplest form.
2 6
13 33 4 12
3 9
14 34
4 12
1. Find the greatest common factor
So, 1 3,
2 3 6, 9,
and
are equivalent
fractions.
of the numerator and denominator. factors of 6: 1, 2, 3, 6 factors of 8: 1, 2, 4 The greatest common factor is 2. 2. Divide the numerator and denominator by the greatest common factor. So, the simplest 6 62 3 8 4 82 form of 6 is 3 . 8 4
Complete to find equivalent fractions.

1. 2. 3.
3 4
3 5
10
3 6
12
4. 3 3 4 4
5. 3 3 5 5
6. 3 3 6 6
Write each fraction in simplest form.

7. 8. 9.
4 8
2 10
4 12
NS 1.5; AF 2.2
Print This Page

Name

Which Does Not Belong?
Look at the fractions in each exercise. Cross out the fraction that does not belong. Then write a fraction that does belong.
1.
3 8 5 8
Print This 113 Page
ENRICH
2.
1 3
2 7
3.
1 2
5 9
6 7
7 8
5 6
11 2
4 8
3 6
4.
2 8
3 12
5.
2 3
6 9
6.
6 8
8 12
4 16
5 25
4 7
8 12
10 16
3 4
7.
5 9
3 5
8.
2 3
5 5
9.
1 3
3 7
5 12
5 6
8 8
1 1
4 6
5 8
Cross out each fraction in simplest form and the letter below it.
1 3 4 6 3 7 6 9 8 10 5 8 3 9 10 20 6 13 2 12 8 16 5 6 9 12 15 30 8 15
Write the letters that are left.

Use with Grade 4, Chapter 11, Lesson 3, pages 474477. (351) NS 1.5; AF 2.2
Print This Page

Name
Compare and Order Fractions

Complete. Write , , or .
1. 1 2 4. 2 5 7. 4 5
5 10. 12 7 13. 12 9 16. 10 1 3 3 4 12 15 1 4 5 6 4 5
Print This 114 Page
PRACTICE
2. 2 5
7 5. 10
2 7 4 5 4 20 13 16 4 9 5 16
3. 4 9 6. 3 4 9. 1 5 12. 8 9 15. 7 8 18. 3 5
2 3 2 3 2 15 7 8 3 4 7 10
8. 1 5 11. 3 4
3 14. 10
17. 1 4
Order from least to greatest.

1 1 19. 1 4, 2, 5 1 3 21. 5 7 , 7 , 20
, ,
, ,
3 3 20. 7 8, 4, 8 1 2 22. 4 9, 3, 3
, ,
, ,
Order from greatest to least.

2 3 23. 1 2, 3, 4 3 3 25. 1 4 , 4 , 16
, ,
, ,
2 5 24. 4 9, 9, 9 7 3 26. 5 6 , 12 , 4
, ,
, ,
Problem Solving
1 27. Sandra eats 1 6 of the cake. Pat eats 3 2 28. Karl eats 1 2 of a pizza. Tim eats 3 of a
of the cake. Who eats more cake? Explain.
pizza. Chris eats
3 4
of a pizza. Order
the amounts from greatest to least.
NS 1.5, 1.9
Print This Page

Name

You can use equivalent fractions to compare and order fractions.
2 3 Order the fractions from least to greatest: 1 6, 3, 6.
Print This 114 Page
RETEACH
Step 1 Write each fraction as an equivalent fraction with the same denominator.
1 6 2 3 3 6
Step 2 Compare the numerators. Put the fractions in order from least to greatest.
1 6 3 6 4 6
1 6 4 6 3 6
1 6 3 6 2 3
3 2 From least to greatest, the fractions are 1 6, 6, 3.
Complete. Write , , or .
1. 2. 3.
3 4
2 4
3 10
5 10
2 3
1 3
4.
5.
6.
4 8
1 2
5 6
2 3
1 4
3 8
Write the fractions in order from least to greatest.

2 5 7. 6 6, 6, 6 5 3 8. 3 4, 8, 8 1 1 9. 2 3 , 4 , 12
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 11, Lesson 4, pages 478 481. (353)
NS 1.5, 1.9
Print This Page

Name

Fraction War
Play this game with a partner. Cut out the cards below. Shuffle them and then place them facedown in a pile in front of you. Your partner will do the same thing. Each player draws a card at the same time from his or her pile. The player who draws the greater fraction takes both cards. If both fractions are equal, each player draws another card. The player with the greater fraction also takes the fraction cards that were equal. When the piles of cards are gone, the player with the greater number of cards wins.
1 2 1 3 1 4
Print This 114 Page
ENRICH
1 5
1 6
1 8
1 9
1 12
1 18
2 3
2 4
2 5
2 6
2 8
2 9
2 12
2 18
3 8
3 9
3 10
5 8
3 15
3 6
5 12
8 10
4 12
7 12
6 15
5 6
7 8
5 9
3 4
NS 1.5, 1.9
Print This Page

Name

Circle the statement that helps you solve the problem. Then solve the problem.
1 1. Jack spends 1 hour in an amusement park. He spends 4 of his time
Print This 115 Page
PRACTICE
Reading Skill
waiting in lines. How many minutes does Jack wait in lines? There are 24 hours in 1 day. Solution:
1 2. Two dozen students went to the amusement park. A group of 3 of
There are 60 minutes in 1 hour.
those students went on the roller coaster. How many students went on the roller coaster? A dozen is the same as 12. Solution:
3. At the amusement park, Vivian buys a bag of popcorn. The bag holds 1 4 pound of popcorn. How many ounces is that? 1 1 3 is greater than 4 .
Two thousand pounds equal 1 ton. Solution:
One pound equals 16 ounces.
4. A flag at the amusement park is 4 yards long. The width of the flag 2 is 3 of its length. How many feet wide is the flag?
One yard is the same as 3 feet. Solution:
A yard is a measure of length.
5. Leora buys a quart container of iced tea to share with her friends. 1 Each friend drinks 4 of the iced tea. How many ounces did
each friend drink? One quart equals 32 ounces. Solution:

Use with Grade 4, Chapter 11, Lesson 5, pages 482483. (355) MR 1.1, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2
One cup equals 8 ounces.
Print This Page

Name

Choose the correct answer. A group of 18 students goes to the amusement park. Of these students, 5 6 go on the bumper cars. How many students go on the bumper cars?
1. What prior knowledge do you need
Print This 115 Page
PRACTICE
2. A reasonable answer for this
in order to solve this problem? A 5 6 means 5 of 6 equal parts. B 5 6 is less than 1.

1 C 5 6 is greater than 6 .
problem would be F greater than 18. G less than 3. H greater than 3 but less than 9. J greater than 9 but less than 18.
D 18 is divisible by 9.
Fun Time International has 16 amusement parks. Of these amusement parks, 3 4 are in the United States. There is a Fun Time Amusement Park in France. How many Fun Time Amusement Parks are in the United States?
3. Which information is not needed in 4. A reasonable answer for this
order to solve the problem? A Fun Time has 16 amusement parks. B Of Fun Times amusement parks, 3 4 are in the United States. C Fun Time has an amusement park in France. D All of the above
problem would be that Fun Time has F 16 amusement parks in the United States. G 12 amusement parks in the United States. H 4 amusement parks in the U.S J no amusement parks in the U.S.
Nick spends 2 hours in the amusement park. He spends 2 3 of his time on rides. How many minutes does Nick spend on rides?
5. Which of the following information 6. A reasonable answer for this
is important to solve the problem? A There are 24 hours in 1 day. B Nick goes on 4 rides. C There are 60 minutes in an hour. D There are 36 rides in the amusement park.
problem would be F 2 hours. G more than 60 minutes but less than 120 minutes. H greater than 20 minutes but less than 1 hour. J less than 20 minutes.
MR 1.1, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Choose the correct answer. A group of 40 students goes to the amusement park. If 4 of the students go on the Water Slide and 2 of the students go on the 5 Space Shot, how many students go on the Space Shot?
7. What prior knowledge do you need 3
Print This 115 Page
PRACTICE
8. A reasonable answer for this
in order to solve this problem? A 20 25 B 4 means 3 4 C 5 means 2 of 5 equal groups D 4 1 Solve.

9. There are 32 rides at an amusement park. Norman goes on 3 8 of the rides. 3 2 3
problem would be F 40 students. G 24 students. H 20 students. J 16 students.
10. Donna took 18 rides. She went on the roller coaster 2 3 of the time.
How many rides does he go on?
How many roller-coaster rides did Donna take?
11. A dozen students go to the 1 amusement park. A group of 3 of
12. There were 25 students at the
these students goes on the Super Cycle. How many students go on the Super Cycle?
amusement park. Of these students, 2 5 were there for the first time. How many students were there for the first time?
13. Each car of the Sling Shot can hold 15 people. A car is 2 5 full. How many
14. An amusement park has 36 rides. Bobby goes on 1 2 of them. How
people are in the car?
many rides does he go on?
MR 1.1, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Explore Parts of a Group

Use the squares to help you find the fraction of each group.
1. 2. 3.
Print This 116 Page
PRACTICE
1 3
of 6
5.
3 4
of 16
6.
2 3
of 18
4.
3 4
of 20
2 3
of 24
4 5
of 15
Find the fraction of each number.

7. 2 of 18 10. 6 of 12 13. 9 of 18 16. 8 of 40 19. 5 of 30 22. 7 of 28
1 5 2 5 2 3
8. 3 of 15 11. 7 of 14 14. 10 of 40 17. 3 of 21 20. 6 of 36 23. 7 of 49

6 1 1 1 3
9. 5 of 30 12. 8 of 32 15. 7 of 21 18. 4 of 20 21. 8 of 16 24. 10 of 60

7 3 1 4 1
Problem Solving
25. Of the 24 fourth graders in Mrs. 26. Steven practices cello 15 hours a
Williams class, participate in sports. How many fourth-grade students participate in sports?
1 4
week. On Monday he practices 1 5 of that time. How many hours does Steven practice cello on Monday?
NS 1.5
Print This Page

Name

You can use counters to find a part of a group. Suppose you have 20 counters. You want to find 2 5 of 20 counters. The denominator tells you how many equal groups to make. Divide the 20 counters into 5 equal groups.
Print This 116 Page
RETEACH
There are 8 counters in 2 groups. So,

2 5
of 20 is 8.
Complete. Circle the part of each group.

1. 2 of 8
1
2. 5 of 10
3. 3 of 6
4. 3 of 15
5. 4 of 12
6. 4 of 20
7. 6 of 30
8. 6 of 18
9. 5 of 10
NS 1.5
Print This Page

Name

Cooking with Fractions
Use the grocery list to answer each question.
1. Barb adds salt and pepper to 4 of the
3
Print This 116 Page
ENRICH
ground beef. How much ground beef is that?
Grocery List 12 pounds of ground beef
2. Mark uses 3 of the ground turkey to
9 pounds of ground turkey 15 pounds of potatoes 36 eggs 16 loaves of bread
make meatballs. How many pounds does he use?
3. Melanie uses 5 of the potatoes for
18 pounds of chicken 20 pounds of sausage
potato salad. How many pounds does she use?
4. George boils 6 of the eggs. How many eggs does he boil? 5. Sam slices 4 of the bread. How much is that? 6. Sarah uses 8 of the bread for stuffing. How much is that?
7. Jon barbecues 4 of the sausage and uses the rest for appetizers.
How many pounds does he barbecue? How many pounds does he use for appetizers?
8. Jan grills 2 of the chicken. Bob cooks 6 of the chicken for chicken salad.
1 1
How much chicken is left?
NS 1.5
Print This Page

Name
Mixed Numbers
Rename as a mixed number or fraction in simplest form.
1. 7 5. 66 9. 10 13. 56 17. 6
40 2 22 2 8
Print This 117 Page
PRACTICE
2. 2 6. 38 10. 6 14. 28 18. 4

30 2 21 6
3. 2 7. 45 11. 2 15. 36 19. 6

64 2 13 1
4. 3 8. 17 12. 4 16. 84 20. 5

48 3 19 5
10
Algebra & Functions Use the number line to compare. Write , , or .
1 8
1 6
1 4
3 4
1 2
5 8
3 4
7 8
1 18
16
14
14
12 18 14 18
21. 1 1 6 24. 1 1 4
11 8 15 8
22. 1 25. 1 1 8
8 8
23. 2
17 8 17 8
11 2
26. 1 3 4
Problem Solving
27. Ben measures ten one-fourths of a 28. Claudia ran 43 miles on Monday. On
1
cup of water. What is this as a mixed

Tuesday she ran 41 2 miles. On which day did Claudia run a longer distance? Explain.
number?
29. Jared drank 7 cups of juice. Aida
drank
9 6
30. Mary worked 81 hours on Monday

2
cups. Who drank more juice?
Explain.
hours on Tuesday. On which and 83 5 day did she work longer? Explain.
NS 1.5, 1.9
Print This Page

Name
Mixed Numbers
You can use models to help you write
13 4
Print This 117 Page
RETEACH
as a mixed number.
13 4 13 4 13 4
4 4
4 4
4 4
1 31 4
1 4 1 4
You can also use multiplication and addition to write a mixed number as a fraction. Step 1. Multiply the whole number by the denominator. Step 2. Add the numerator to the product. 13 5 =
(5 1) 3 5
53 5
8 5
Write the fraction as a mixed number or whole number.

1. 7 4 2. 7 3 3. 31 8
4. 4
5. 3
11
6. 8
Write the mixed number as a fraction.

7. 1 1 4 11. 4 1 3 8.6 3 5 12.5 2 7 10. 8 2 3 13. 3 5 6
NS 1.5, 1.9
Print This Page

Name
Mixed Numbers
Fractions Between
Print This 117 Page
ENRICH
Shade the fraction bars to show a fraction between the two whole numbers given. Write both the fraction and the mixed number.
1. Shade the fraction bars to show a
fraction between 1 and 2. Fraction: Mixed number:

NS 1.5, 1.9
Print This Page

Name
Likely and Unlikely

Describe the probability of picking a certain shape from the bag. Use the words likely, equally likely, certain, unlikely, or impossible.
1. 2.
Print This 118 Page
PRACTICE
3.
or
4.
, ,or
Describe the probability of spinning the number.

5. spinning 2 6. spinning 3 7. spinning 6 8. spinning 1 9. spinning 3 or 4 10. spinning 1, 2, 3, or 4
2 4 2 2 2 2
3 2 1 2 4 3
Describe the probability.

11. The month after September will be November. 12. It will be sunny or rainy tomorrow. 13. It will snow in Alaska this year.
Problem Solving
14. A bag contains 3 red and 7 white 15. A box contains 6 red pencils and
balls. Is it unlikely, more likely, or equally likely you will pick a red ball?
6 black pencils. Is it unlikely, less likely, or equally likely you will pick a red pencil?
NS 1.5; MR 1.1; SDP 2.2
Print This Page

Name
Likely and Unlikely

The chance, or likelihood, that something will happen is called probability. Look at the spinner at the right. You could spin 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. There are 6 possible outcomes. The probability of spinning each
number is equally likely. It is impossible to spin an 8. It is certain that you will spin a number greater than 0.
Print This 118 Page
RETEACH
6 5 4
1 2 3
Look at the spinner at the right. The probability of spinning a 7

is unlikely. The probability of spinning an 8 is likely.
7 8
8 8
Look at the spinner at the right. Use the words likely, equally likely, certain, unlikely, or impossible to describe the probability.
1. The probability of spinning 12
2. It is
that you will land on a number greater than 2. that you will land on a number less than 2. that you will land on a number less than 9. that you will land on an odd or even number. to land on a
8 7 6 5
1 2 3 4
3. It is
4. It is
5. It is
6. It is
number greater than 8.
NS 1.5; MR 1.1; SDP 2.2
Print This Page

Name
Likely and Unlikely

Guess the Number
Play this game with a partner. Partner A chooses a secret 4-digit number and writes it on a sheet of paper. Player B guesses a 4-digit number and writes in the first row of the guess chart. Player A looks at the 4-digit number and then fills in the second chart. He or she writes the number of digits that are correct. Player A also writes the number of digits that are in the correct position. Example: The secret number is 1,093. The first guess is 6,198. The number of correct digits is 2. The number of digits in the correct position is 1. Based on that information, Player B makes a second guess. Continue playing until the secret 4-digit number is guessed, or until 10 guesses have been used. Players then switch roles. Guess
Number of Correct Numbers
Print This 118 Page
ENRICH
Number of Digits in the Correct Position
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
What strategy did you use in guessing the numbers?
NS 1.5; MR 1.1; SDP 2.2
Print This Page

Name
Explore Probability
Find the probability of spinning the number.
1
1. 3 2. 1
Print This 119 Page
P
3
PRACTICE
4 4 4
3 4 4
3. 4
4. 2
2 4 2
5. 3 or 4
6. 5
Find the probability of picking the shape.

7. circle 8. triangle
9. square
10. pentagon
11. hexagon
12. triangle or square
Find the probability of picking the color.

red blue blue blue green
13. blue
14. red
red red red
15. green
16. purple
17. red or blue
18. blue or green
Problem Solving
19. Greg has a coin in one of his closed 20. Karen turns over 5 paper cups. She
hands. What is the probability that Gregs friend will pick the hand the coin is in?
hides a coin under one of them. What is the probability that Steven will guess which cup the coin is under?
NS 1.5; SDP 1.1, 2.2
Print This Page

Name
Explore Probability
You can use a fraction to show a probability. Probability number of favorable outcomes number of possible outcomes You can use probability to predict an outcome. If you pick one of these counters without looking, there are 5 possible outcomes. The probability of picking a The probability of picking a The probability of picking a is 2 5. is 1 5. is 2 5.
Print This 119 Page
RETEACH
Find the probability of picking each shape.

1. 2.
3.
4.
Find the probability of picking each letter.

5. A 7. C 6. B 8. D
A B C C D B C C C B
Find the probability of picking each item.

9. a pencil
10. a pen
11. an eraser
12. a pair of scissors
13. a pad of paper
14. a crayon
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 11, Lesson 9, pages 492493. (368) NS 1.5; SDP 1.1, 2.2
Print This Page

Name
Explore Probability
Experimental Probability
1. What if you toss a number cube numbered 1 6 120 times?
Print This 119 Page
ENRICH
About how many times do you think you will toss the number 1? Explain.
2. Toss two number cubes numbered 16 120 times. Use tally
marks to record your results in the table below. Number Cube (120 tosses) 1 2 3 4 5 6
3. You get the sums 212 when you toss two number cubes
and add the numbers. What if you toss two number cubes 72 times? Record your sums in the table below. Sum of Numbers on Two Number Cubes (72 tosses) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
4. What if you toss 3 numbers cubes? What sums would
be least likely to come up? Explain.
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 11, Lesson 9, pages 492 493. (369)
NS 1.5; SDP 1.1, 2.2
Print This Page

Name

Draw a Tree Diagram
Use a tree diagram to solve.
1. You spin a spinner with 4 equal
PRACTICE
2. Karen throws a dart at a target with
sections marked 14. Then you spin another spinner with 3 equal sections colored red, blue, and yellow. What are all of the possible outcomes?
5 equal sections marked 15. She then throws a dart at a target with two equal sections colored green and blue. What are all of the possible outcomes?
3. The Boardwalk Shop sells souvenir
4. Boardwalk Burgers sells burgers made
shirts. The shirts come with long sleeves or short sleeves. The shirts come in white, gray, and blue. What are all of the different kinds of shirts?
from beef, turkey, chicken, or soy. Burgers can have no cheese, Swiss cheese, or American cheese. How many different choices are there?
Mixed Strategy Review Solve. Use any strategy. 5. The Target Toss Game has 6 rings. The first ring is worth 4 points, the second ring is worth 8 points, and the third ring is worth 12 points. If the pattern continues, what is the sixth ring worth?
11 6. Social Studies In a recent year, 100
of all U.S. vacations included time at 6 the beach, 100 included time at 8 included time sports events, and 100 at theme parks. Write these activities in order from least to most popular.
Strategy:
7. Marnie brought $75 to the
Strategy:
amusement park. She has $39 left. How much money did Marnie spend?
solved by drawing a tree diagram. Share it with others.
Strategy:
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 11, Lesson 10, pages 494495. (370) SDP 2.1, 2.2; MR 1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Draw a Tree Diagram
Page 495, Problem 1
RETEACH
What are all of the possible outcomes of tossing a number cube and flipping a coin?
Step 1
Read
Be sure you understand the problem. Read carefully. What do you know? When you toss a number cube, you can toss a , , , , . When you flip a coin, you can get What do you need to find? You need to find or ,
Step 2
Plan
I I
Make a plan.
Choose a strategy.
Find a Pattern Guess and Check Work Backward Make a Table or List Write a Number Sentence Use Logical Reasoning Solve a Simpler Problem Make a Graph Act it out Draw a Diagram
A tree diagram can show all of the possible outcomes.
SDP 2.1, 2.2; MR 1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Draw a Tree Diagram
Step 3 Carry out your plan. Number Cube Make branches to show all of the possible outcomes for tossing the number cube. Then make branches to show all of the possible outcomes for flipping the coin. List each outcome. 1 Coin heads tails 2 heads tails 4 heads tails 6
RETEACH
Solve
Outcome 1-heads 1-tails
Step 4
Look Back
Is the solution reasonable? Reread the problem. How can you check to make sure your answer is correct?
Practice 1. The amusement park offers discount tickets for 5 rides, 10 rides, or 20 rides. The tickets come as adult tickets or childs tickets. What are all of the possible discount tickets?
2. Pia wants a fruit drink. She can choose
strawberry, banana, orange, grapefruit, or mango. Drinks come in small, medium, or large. What are all of the possible combinations?
SDP 2.1, 2.2; MR 1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Explore Making Predictions

Use the spinner for exercises 16.
1. If you spin the spinner 100 times, what
PRACTICE
is the probability you will land on A?
is the probability you will land on B?
C A
B A B
is the probability you will land on C?
C C A A
4. If you spin the spinner 100 times,
what is the probability you will land on a shaded section?
is the probability you will land on an unshaded section?
is the probability you will land on an A or a B?
Use a number cube with the sides labeled 16 for problems 710.
7. Predict the number of times 3 will
8. If you toss the number cube 60 times,
come up if you toss the number cube 30 times.
how often might 4 come up?
9. Is it reasonable to predict that you will
10. Can you predict exactly how many
toss a 4 on the number cube 2 out 12 tosses?
times 5 will come up when you toss a number cube labeled 16?
NS 1.5; SDP 1.1, 2.1
Print This Page

Name

Suppose you toss a coin. There are 2 possible outcomes, heads or tails. You can predict that 1 out of 2 times you will toss heads. As an experiment, you can toss a coin 10 times and record your results. Compare the results with your prediction. Suppose you spin this spinner. You can predict that 2 out of 8 times the spinner will land on 5. There are 2 favorable outcomes and 8 possible outcomes. The probability of spinning a 5 is 2 1 8 , or 4 . You can spin a spinner for 10 or 20 times to check your prediction.
5 4 3 2 5 1
RETEACH
3 1
Use the spinner below to answer the questions. Write true or false. Explain.
1. Is it reasonable to predict that the
spinner will land on a shaded section 1 out of 5 times?
spinner will land on a dotted section 5 out of 15 times?
3. The probability of landing on a striped

section is 2 out of 5.
4. The probability of landing on a red
section is 1 out of 5.
spinner will land on a section that is not shaded 6 out of 30 times?
NS 1.5; SDP 1.1, 2.1
Print This Page

Name

Could It Happen?
ENRICH
The letters below have been sent to an advice column called Could It Happen? Write a response to each letter. Include information about probability in your response. Dear Could It Happen? My school is having a raffle for a computer. Each ticket costs $3.00. My friend says that if each student in our class buys a ticket our class has a great chance of winning the computer for our classroom. What do you think? Sincerely, Mouse Potato Could It Happen? Could It Happen? Dear Could It Happen? There are 30 people trying out for 15 parts in the school play. I dont want to try out unless I have a pretty good chance of getting a part. What do you think the chances are that I will get the part? Regards, Broadway Bound
Write your own probability letter to Could It Happen?
NS 1.5; SDP 1.1, 2.1
Print This Page

Name

Applying Probability
Record your data. Game Fair or unfair? Why?
Print This Page
If the game is unfair, how can you change it to make it fair?
Spinner A
Spinner B
Spinner C
Spinner D
Cards A
Cards B
Checkerboard A
Checkerboard B
Your Decision Describe three games you would recommend to Reggie and Bianca. Explain.
MR1.1; NS 1.5; SDP 1.1, 2.1
Print This Page

Name

How does size affect how fast a solid dissolves?
Make your own chart to record the dissolving time for each seltzer tablet.
Print This Page
1. Rank the seltzer tablets in order from fastest to slowest.
NS 1.5, 1.7; MR 1.1, 2.3, 3.3
Print This Page

Name

How does size affect how fast a solid dissolves?
2. What would happen if you broke the seltzer tablet into
Print This Page
eighths? Why?
3. Describe a plan to make the seltzer tablet dissolve as fast
as possible.
4. Did you collect enough data in this activity to make any strong
conclusions? Explain your answer.
5. Explain the results of the activity in terms of surface area.
NS 1.5, 1.7; MR 1.1, 2.3, 3.3
Print This Page

Name
Add Fractions with Like Denominators

Add. Write each sum in simplest form.
1.
1 3 1 3
Print This 121 Page
PRACTICE
2.
1 6 2 6
3.
2 7 2 7
4.
2 12 4 12
5.
3 15 3 15
6.
6 10 8 10
7.
3 9 2 9
8.
2 4 2 4
9.
2 8 4 8
10.
3 5 3 5
11.
7 9 6 9
12.
3 12 5 12
13. 2 2
16 16
14. 3 2
10 10
15. 3 3
18 18
16. 1 7
8 8
17. 3 3
9 9
18. 5 4
8 8
19. 3 3
4 4
20. 5 5
8 8
21. 13 12
16 16
22. 7 8
12 12
23. 5 7
11 11
24. 9 3
15 15
Algebra & Functions Compare. Write , , or .

3 25. 1 4 4 6 28. 2 9 9
1 1
2 26. 6 7 7 2 7 29. 10 10
1 1
3 27. 1 6 6 8 5 30. 12 12
1 1
Problem Solving
31. You need at least 1 4 yards of paper
1
32. You want to make some salt ceramic
for a mural. You tape together 2 pieces of paper that are 3 4 yard each. Do you have enough paper now? How long is your piece of paper?
dough. The recipe calls for 2 3 cup of salt. If you want to double the recipe, how much salt will you need?
NS 1.5, 3.1
Print This Page

Name

You can use fraction strips to add fractions with like denominators.
1 1 6 6 1 1 6 6 1 1 1 1 6 6 6 6 1 3
2 6
Print This 121 Page
RETEACH
1 3
2 6
4 6
2 3

1.
1 8
1 8
1 1 1 8 8 8
3 8
2.
1 4
1 4
1 1 4 4
2 4
3.
1 1 3 3
2 3
1 3
1 3
4.
1 1 1 1 6 6 6 6
4 6
1 6
5.
1 4
1 4
1 4
1 4
6.
1 1 10 10
2 10
1 1 1 10 10 10
1 6
3 10
7.
1 1 6 6
2 6
1 1 1 6 6 6
8.
1 1 1 1 1 10 10 10 10 10
5 10
1 1 1 1 10 10 10 10
3 6
8 8
4 10
11. 3 4
12 10 12 10
9. 1 2
5 5
10. 1 4
8 8
12. 2 5
12 12
13. 2 4
14. 2 6
NS 1.5, 3.1
Print This Page

Name

Hexagon Roll Game
Play with a partner to form hexagons. You will need two number cubes and triangle and hexagon pattern blocks.
Print This 121 Page
ENRICH
2 6
2 6
5 6
5 6
Write the following fractions on each side of two number cubes: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5. 6 6 6 6 6 Each triangle pattern block stands for stands for 1.
1 6
and each hexagon
The first player rolls the two number cubes and shows the fractions with the triangle pattern blocks. Then he or she finds the sum of the fractions by combining the pattern blocks. That player should also write a number sentence that shows the addition.
If the triangle pattern blocks form a whole hexagon, call out Hexagon! to score 1 point. Take turns and continue playing for 5 rounds. The player with more points wins the game. Which fractions would you like to roll each time? Explain.
NS 1.5, 3.1
Print This Page

Name
Subtract Fractions with Like Denominators

Subtract. Write each difference in simplest form.
1.
4 5 2 5
Print This 122 Page
P
4 9 1 9
PRACTICE
2.
5 7 3 7
3.
5 8 1 8
4.
8 9 2 9
5.
5 6 1 6
6.
7.
7 10 2 10
8.
6 10 4 10
9.
7 12 1 12
10.
4 15 1 15
11.
8 11 4 11
12.
11 12 8 12
13. 7 2
9 9
14. 5 1
16 16
15. 7 3
8 8
16. 5 4
7 7
17. 8 1
9 9
18. 4 3
5 5
19. 7 5
12 12
20. 7 4
12 12
21. 10 5
11 11
22. 11 8
12 12
23. 9 5
10 10
24. 7 3
8 8
25. 2 2
3 3
26. 8 2
9 9
27. 9 8
11 11

28. 5 2
9 9 6 9
7 12 7 11
3 9
29. 7 3
10 5 12 5 11
10
8 10 14 15 9 13
2 10 13 15 2 13
30. 5 1
12
12
31. 11 10
15 15
32. 7 6
11
11
33. 12 5
13
13
Problem Solving
34. At lunch you cut a sandwich into
4 parts and eat 3 of the parts. What fraction of the sandwich is left?
35. For breakfast and lunch you drink 2 3
of a quart of milk. How much of the quart is left?
NS 1.5, 3.1
Print This Page

Name

You can use fraction strips to subtract fractions with like denominators.
1 5
4 5
Print This 122 Page
RETEACH
1 5
1 5
1 5
1 5
3 5

1.
1 1 1 4 4 4
3 4
2.
1 3
2 3
1 3
1 3
3.
1 1 1 1 1 6 6 6 6 6
5 6
1 4
4 6
4.
1 1 1 1 1 8 8 8 8 8
5 8
5.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
7 8
6.
1 1 1 1 1 10 10 10 10 10
5 10
2 8
1 8
1 10
7.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
7 8
8.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
9 12
3 8
1 12

1 9. 3 4 4 7 1 12. 12 12 2 10. 3 3 3 7 3 13. 16 16 3 11. 5 5 5 8 5 14. 10 10
NS 1.5, 3.1
Print This Page

Name

Fraction Subtraction Riddle
When is it bad luck to have a black cat follow you? Subtract. Write each difference in simplest form. To solve the riddle, find the letter that goes with each difference. Write the letters on the lines below.
Print This 122 Page
ENRICH
A
5 8
R
5 16
O
9 10
2 8
4 16
5 10
23 24
2 24
Y
7 10
E
15 16
W
7 16
4 10
3 16
5 16
6 10
5 10
E
11 16
S
7 8
M
13 24
7 16
2 8
1 24
18 20
2 20
N
7 12
A
13 16
U
13 15
3 12
4 16
4 15
11 12
6 12
1 10
5 8
1 4
1 3
3 10
7 8
5 12
3 5
2 5
1 16
3 8
4 5
9 16
3 4
1 2
1 8
NS 1.5, 3.1
Print This Page

Name

Choose an Operation
Solve. Tell how you chose the operation.
1. Kerstin cuts a pie into a dozen
Print This 123 Page
PRACTICE
Reading Skill
pieces. Her friends eat 7 pieces. What part of the pie is left?
2. A recipe calls for 3 cup of raisins and 4 1 cup of nuts. How many more cups 4
of raisins than nuts are needed?
3. A recipe calls for 3 cup of 8 macadamia nuts and 5 cup of 8
cashew nuts. What is the total amount of nuts in the recipe?
4. Kevin uses 1 stick of butter for 8 one recipe and 5 stick of butter for 8
another recipe. How much butter does he use altogether?
5. Mary makes a batch of 16 muffins.
She sells 9 of them. What part of the batch is left?
6. Nick buys 3 pound of roast beef and 4 1 4 pound of ham. How many pounds
of meat does Nick buy?
7. Nicole drinks 1 quart of orange juice 8 and 3 quart of water. How much did 8
8. Michael fills 10 bowls with fruit salad.
she drink in all?
He serves 8 bowls to his guests. What part of the bowls is left?
MR 1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Choose an Operation
Choose the correct answer. A recipe calls for 8 cup of beef broth and 8 cup of water. How much liquid does it call for in all?
1. Which of these statements is true? 3 1
Print This 123 Page
PRACTICE
2. Which of the following can you use
A The recipe uses more water than beef broth. B The recipe uses 8 cup of beef broth. C The recipe uses 8 cup of water
1 1
to solve the problem? F 88 G 88 H 88

1 3 1 3 1 3 1
Tim buys 4 pound of provolone cheese and 4 pound of Swiss cheese. How much more provolone cheese than Swiss cheese does Ted buy?
3. What do you have to do to solve 4. How much more provolone cheese
this problem? A Find the difference between two amounts. B Find the total of two equal amounts. C Find the total of two unequal amounts.
than Swiss cheese does Ted buy? F 1 pound G 4 pound H 2 pound

1 3
Ashley cuts a cake into 16 squares. Her family eats 10 squares. What part of the cake is left?
5. Which statement is true? 6. Which of the following can you use
A There is a total of 10 squares of cake. B There is a total of 16 squares of cake. C Ashleys family eats 16 squares of cake.
to solve the problem? F 16 16 G 16 16 H 16 16

10 6 16 16 10 10
MR 1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Choose an Operation
Choose the correct answer. Janell uses 8 cup of pine nuts and 8 cup of peanuts. What is the total amount of nuts she uses?
7. What operation would you use to 5 7
Print This 123 Page
PRACTICE
8. What is the total amount of nuts
solve this problem? A addition B subtraction C multiplication Solve.

7 9. Max buys 8 pound of apples and 3 pound of grapes. What is the total 8
she uses? F 1 2 cups G 2 cup H 4 cup

1 1 1
10. Adela makes 20 cookies. She gives
amount of fruit he buys?
15 cookies to her friends. What part of the 20 cookies is left?
5 11. Chen buys 8 pound of American cheese and 7 pound of Swiss cheese. 8
How much more Swiss cheese than American cheese does he buy?
12. Kathryn uses 3 tablespoon of nutmeg 4 and 3 tablespoon of cocoa. How 4
many tablespoons of nutmeg and cocoa does she use altogether?
13. Amy buys 1 pound of turkey and 4 1 pound of honey-roasted ham. How 4
14. Marge cuts a cherry pie into 8 slices.
much meat did she buy altogether?
She eats one slice. What part of the pie is left?
15. A recipe for pudding uses 7 cup 8
of milk. A recipe for custard uses 3 cup of milk. How much more milk 8 does the pudding use than the custard recipe?
3 16. Patrick bought 4 pound of cookies. He ate 1 pound of the cookies. How 4
much of the cookies is left?
MR 1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Explore Adding Fractions with Unlike Denominators

1. 1 2 1 1 4 4
1 2 2 4
Print This 124 Page
PRACTICE
1 4 1 4
2. 1 6 1 6
1 6
1 3 1 1 6 6
3. 1 6 1 6
1 6
1 2 1 1 1 6 6 6
1 2 3 6

1 2
1 4 1 4
1 3 2 6

1 4
111 888 111 888
1 6
1 5 1 5 6.
1 6
1 4 111 888 111 888
4.
5. 1 1 1 10 10 10 111 10 10 10
3 10
1 4
1111 8888
1 2 4 8
1111 10 10 10 10
2 5 4 10
111111 888888
3 4
3 8 3 8
3 8 3 8
3 10
6 8
7. 3 5
12 6
8. 7 1
9 3
9. 2 2
3 9
10. 5 1
12 4
11. 1 5
4 8
12. 1 1
3 12
13. 1 3
5 10
14. 1 2
6 3
15. 1 1
2 8
16. 2 5
3 6
17. 2 7
3 12
18. 3 1
8 4
19. 2 1
3 6
20. 1 3
10 5
21. 3 7
4 8
1 22. 3 3 2 5 10
23. 1 1 1
8 4 2
24. 1 1 1
3 2 4
NS 1.5, 3.1
Print This Page

Name

You can use fraction strips to find equivalent fractions before you add. Add
3 4
Print This 124 Page
RETEACH
1 12 .
1 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 12
Compare fourths to twelfths:

9 12
is equivalent to
3 4.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 1 6 1 6 1 6 1 6
10 12
1 6
5 6
Add the twelfths. So,

3 4
9 12
1 12
1 12
is 5 6.
Add. You may use fraction strips to help you. Write each answer in simplest form.
1. 3 2
5 10
2. 1 2
6 3
3. 1 1
6 2
4. 3 2
12 6
5. 2 1
12 2
6. 1 1
4 2
7. 3 1
4 8
8. 4 1
10 2
9. 1 5
2 12
10. 2 2
9 3
11. 3 1
8 2
12. 1 3
10 5
13. 1 1
6 3
14. 5 1
8 4
15. 2 1
3 9
NS 1.5, 3.1
Print This Page

Name

Hidden Sentences
The squares contain hidden addition sentences. Look from left to right and top to bottom to find the hidden addition sentences. Circle each addition sentence you find. Each sum is in simplest form.
1.
1 3 2 8 5 8 7 8
Print This 124 Page
ENRICH
2.
2 8 3 8 5 10 1 4
1 3
3 5
3 5
2 5
4 8
1 8
2 10
1 3
2 3
1 5
1 5
2 5
3 4
1 2
7 10
3 5
1 5
4 5
2 5
4 5
3 10
2 10
1 2
4 10
3.
3 4 5 12 2 3 1 4
4.
1 3 3 10 1 10 2 5
3 8
1 12
1 8
1 3
1 6
1 3
3 4
1 4
11 8
3 4
1 2
1 2
2 3
1 2
1 4
3 4
3 8
3 4
11 2
1 4
3 4
5 8
NS 1.5, 3.1
Print This Page

Name
Add Fractions with Unlike Denominators

1.
1 4 1 8
Print This 125 Page
P
1 6 1 4
PRACTICE
2.
2 3 1 2
3.
2 3 3 4
4.
5 6 1 3
5.
1 5 2 15
6.
7.
1 6 2 3
8.
1 3 2 5
9.
1 2 3 5
10.
1 2 5 6
11.
1 2 7 8
12.
3 5 7 10
13. 1 1
2 4
14. 3 1
10 2
15. 1 5
6 12
16. 1 3
4 8
17. 1 2
4 3
18. 2 1
5 3
19. 3 3
4 8
20. 7 1
9 3
21. 1 5
4 12
22. 10 3
12 4
23. 1 5 1
2 6 3
24. 1 1 3
8 2 4

9 25. 1 4 12 2 27. 12 1 4 1 4
2 3 1 6
1 26. 2 6 6 4 28. 3 5 10
1 2
1 2
1 4 1 3
3 12
Problem Solving
29. Your family ate 2 of a box of cereal
1
30. At 6:00 P.M., 6 of the passengers
one day and 3 4 the next. Did you eat more or less than 1 box of cereal? Explain.
boarded the plane. At 6:10 P.M., 2 3 of the passengers boarded. What fraction of the passengers are on the plane?
NS 1.5, 3.1
Print This Page

Name

You can use fraction strips to help you record the steps when you add unlike fractions. Add
2 3
Print This 125 Page
RETEACH
1 6. Using Pencil and Paper Find equivalent fractions.

2 3
Using Fraction Strips

1 3 1 3 1 6 1 6
Add the numerators. Use the common denominator.

4 6 1 6 5 6
1 1 1 1 6 6 6 6
4 6
2 3 4 6
1 6 1 6
Write the answer in simplest form if necessary.

5 6
Find each equivalent fraction. Then add. Write the sum in simplest form. You may use fraction strips to help you add.
1.
1 8
2.
1 3
12
3.
4 5
10
4.
1 2
3 4 8
7 12 12
2 10 10
1 3 6
5.
6 10
10
6.
3 4
7.
7 8
8.
9 10
1 5 10
2 1 6
3 4
3 5
9.
7 12 2 6
10.
1 3 1 6
11.
1 4 1 2
12.
5 12 1 4
NS 1.5, 3.1
Print This Page

Name

Fraction Magic Squares
In a magic square, the sum of each row, column, and diagonal is the same. Complete each magic square.
4 1. The magic sum is 1 11 . 8 11
Print This 125 Page
ENRICH
2. The magic sum is 15 16 .

1 4
9 11
1 16
7 11
6 11
7 16
1 8
3. What is the magic sum?
4. What is the magic sum?
1 6 1 2
3 5
1 3
7 18
1 9
2 5
1 5
5. How did you find the magic sum in exercise 3?
NS 1.5, 3.1
Print This Page

Name

Solve a Simpler Problem
Solve using a simpler problem.
1. Sandwiches cost $4.95. Drinks cost
Print This 126 Page
PRACTICE
2. A customer pays $3.95 for 5 pounds
$0.99. How much does it cost to buy 2 sandwiches and 3 drinks?

1 3. Recipe A uses 2 cup of chicken broth 1 cup of water. Recipe B uses and 4 1 1 3 cup of chicken broth and 3 cup of
of apples. What is the price for 1 pound of apples?
water. Which recipe uses more liquid?
4. Tracy buys 3 pound of roast beef, 4 1 pound of turkey, and 3 pound of 2 8 1 ham. Ken buys 4 pound of roast beef, 1 pound of turkey, and 3 pound of 2 8
ham. Who buys more meat? How much more does that person buy?

5. There are 24 plants in a garden. 6. The Yogurt Cart has the following 3
There are 4 more tomato plants than red pepper plants. There are twice as many red pepper plants as green pepper plants. How many of each kind of plant is in the garden?
flavors: chocolate, vanilla, and strawberry. Yogurt comes in a cup or a cone. You can have no sprinkles, chocolate sprinkles, or rainbow sprinkles. How many different choices are there?
Strategy:
7. Health An ounce of cheddar cheese
Strategy:
has 114 calories. An ounce of brie cheese has 95 calories. How many more calories does an ounce of cheddar cheese have than an ounce of brie cheese?
could use a simpler problem to help you find the answer. Share it with others.
Strategy:
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 12, Lesson 6, pages 530531. (394) NS 1.5; MS 1.1, 1.2, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Page 531, Problem 1
Print This 126 Page
RETEACH
Josh buys a 5-pound watermelon at $0.49 per pound and 2 pounds of grapes at $1.29 per pound. Sabrina buys an 8-pound watermelon at $0.29 per pound and 3 pounds of grapes at $0.99 per pound. Who spends more money? How much more? Step 1
Read
Be sure you understand the problem. Read carefully.
What do you know? Josh buys He also buys Sabrina buys She also buys What do you need to find? You need to find Step 2 Make a plan.
Choose a strategy.
pounds of watermelon at pounds of grapes at pounds of watermelon at pounds of grapes at
per pound. per pound. per pound. per pound.
Plan
I I
Make a Table Write a Number Sentence Work Backward Act It Out Find a Pattern Make a Graph Guess and Check Choose a Strategy Make a Graph Logical Reasoning Draw a Tree Diagram Solve a Simpler Problem Draw a Diagram
Use simpler numbers to make up a problem similar to the one you need to solve. Then solve the real problem the same way.
NS 1.5; MS 1.1, 1.2, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Step 3
Print This 126 Page
RETEACH
Solve
Carry out your plan. Josh: watermelon: $0.50 per lb
grapes: $1.30 per lb 2 $1.30 $2.60 grapes: $1.00 per lb 3 $1.00 $3.00
5 $0.50 $2.50 $2.50 $2.60 $5.10 Sabrina: watermelon: $0.30 per lb 8 $0.30 $2.40 $2.40 $3.00 $5.40
Now solve the real problem the same way. Josh: 5 lb $0.49 $2.45 2 lb $1.29 $2.58
$2.45 $2.58 $5.03 Sabrina: 8 lb $0.29 $2.32 3 lb $0.99 $2.97
$2.32 $2.97 $5.29 $5.29 $5.03 $0.26 Step 4 Sabrina spends $0.26 more.
Look Back
Is the solution reasonable? Reread the problem. Does your answer make sense? Explain.
Practice 1. Robert buys 4 pounds of apples for $0.89 per pounds and 3 pounds of grapes for $1.09 per pounds. Which fruit does he spend more on? How much more?
7 2. Kostas buys 8 pound of cashew nuts, 5 1 pound 8 pound of walnuts, and 2 of peanuts. Jane buys 3 pound of 8 1 cashew nuts, 2 pound of walnuts, 3 and 8 pound of peanuts. Who buys
more nuts? How much more?
NS 1.5; MS 1.1, 1.2, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Explore Subtracting Fractions with Unlike Denominators

1. 1 4 11 88 2. 1 3 1 3 3. 1 2 1 1 1 6 6 6
Print This 127 Page
PRACTICE
1 1 1 1 6 6 6 6 1 2
1 4 2 8
1 8 1 8
2 3

1 5
1 6 1 6
1 2

1 6
1 3 2 6
5.
4 6
6.
3 6
4.
1 2 111111 12 12 12 12 12 12 1 3
1 2
11 10 10
11 12 12
2 12 2 12
1 5
1 10 1 10
1 6
1 12
6 12
2 10
2 1 12 12
1 7. 1 4 6
1 8. 1 2 5
1 9. 1 4 12
10. 7 1
12 3
2 11. 7 9 3
5 12. 12 1 4
1 13. 5 6 3
1 14. 3 4 3
1 15. 1 2 12
3 16. 1 2 10
1 17. 5 6 12
3 18. 1 2 8
1 19. 2 3 6
1 20. 4 5 10
1 21. 3 4 8
NS 1.5, 3.1
Print This Page

Name

You can use fraction strips to find equivalent fractions before you subtract fractions with unlike denominators. Subtract
1 4
Print This 127 Page
RETEACH
1 8.
1 4 1 1 8 8 1 1 8 8
Compare fourths to eighths:

2 8
is equivalent to
1 4.
Subtract the eighths.

2 8
1 8 1 8
1 8
So,
1 4
1 8.
Subtract. You may use fraction strips to help you. Write each difference in simplest form.
2 1. 1 2 12 1 2. 1 5 10 1 3. 3 4 2
4. 7 1
12 3
5 5. 10 1 2
1 6. 5 6 3
3 7. 1 2 10
5 8. 5 6 12
3 9. 1 2 8
1 10. 2 3 6
1 11. 4 5 10
1 12. 7 9 3
5 13. 3 4 8
3 14. 4 5 10
5 15. 11 12 6
7 16. 10 3 5
1 17. 2 3 6
5 18. 5 6 12
NS 1.5, 3.1
Print This Page

Name

Fraction Wheels
Subtract the fraction in the center from each fraction in the inner circle. Write the difference in simplest form in the outer circle.
1. 1 12 7 12 5 9 5 6 2 3 1 3 1 2 2. 5 12 1 2 1 4 1 12 5 6 2 3 3 4
Print This 127 Page
ENRICH
1 18
1 6
1 6
7 12
3. 7 10 9 10 7 10 1 5 3 10 4 5 1 10
4. 1 4 1 2 3 8 1 4 7 8 7 12 5 8
1 2
3 5
1 8
1 3
5. 1 2 2 3 7 12 1 6 1 3 1 2 1 6
6. 1 4 3 4 5 6 1 2 5 8 11 12 1 8
5 12
1 3
1 3
5 12
NS 1.5, 3.1
Print This Page

Name
Print This Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators P 128 Page

PRACTICE

1.
1 3 1 12
2.
3 4 5 12
3.
1 5 2 15
4.
7 10 1 5
5.
11 12 5 6
6.
5 6 2 3
7.
9 10 3 5
8.
3 4 1 2
9.
3 5 3 10
10.
5 9 1 3
11.
2 3 2 9
12.
3 4 1 8
1 13. 5 8 4 7 16. 4 5 10 1 19. 1 2 6 7 22. 12 1 6 7 25. 12 1 2
1 14. 2 3 6 1 17. 4 9 3 1 20. 3 8 4 1 23. 1 2 4 7 26. 10 2 5
1 15. 1 4 12 3 18. 4 5 10 1 21. 7 9 3 5 24. 2 3 12 1 27. 1 2 5

1 28. 7 8 2
1 29. 5 2 6 3
2 30. 3 4 12 3
1 31. 1 1 2 3
1 32. 2 3 6 2
1 33. 5 2 9 9
Problem Solving
34. Pam has 7 yard of ribbon. She uses
8 1 2
35. Joe has 5 yard of fabric. He uses

6 2 3
yard. How much ribbon does Pam
yard to make a kite. How much
have left?
fabric does Joe have left?
NS 1.5, 3.1
Print This Page

Name
Print This Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators R 128 Page

RETEACH
You can use fraction strips to help you record the steps when you subtract unlike fractions. Subtract
7 10
2 5. Using Pencil and Paper Find equivalent fractions.

7 10 2 5
Using Fraction Strips

1111111 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 1 5 5 1111 10 10 10 10 1111111 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
7 10 7 10
7 10
Subtract the numerators. Use the common 7 10 denominator. 4 10

3 10
4 10
2 5 4 10
Write the answer in simplest form if necessary.

3 10
Find each equivalent fraction. Then subtract. Write the difference in simplest form. You may use fraction strips to help you subtract.
1.
7 8
2.
7 12
12
3.
1 2
4.
2 3
3 4 8
2 6 12
1 8 8
1 6 6
5.
4 5
10 10
6.
3 4
7.
7 9
8.
2 3
3 10
2 1 6
1 3
4 12
9.
1 2 1 5
10.
1 2 1 3
11.
6 10 1 5
12.
4 5 1 2
NS 1.5, 3.1
Print This Page

Name
Print This Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators E 128 Page

ENRICH
Fraction Memory Game

How good is your memory? Play this memory game with a partner. Make up 12 subtraction sentences with unlike denominators on cards like the sample below. Write each subtraction sentence on a separate index card. Also write each difference, in simplest form, on a separate index card. You should have 24 cards.
3 4
1 8
5 8
Place the 24 cards facedown. Mix them up. Then arrange the cards in 4 rows of 6 cards each. Take turns turning over two cards. If a player turns over a subtraction sentence and its matching difference, then he or she keeps the cards and takes another turn. If there is no match, the player turns over both cards. The other player takes a turn. Continue taking turns until all the cards have been matched. The player with more pairs of cards wins.
NS 1.5, 3.1
Print This Page

Name
Properties of Fractions
Use properties to find each missing number.
7 1. 10
Print This 129 Page
PRACTICE
7 10
1 1 1 2. ( 1 2 3) 4 2 (
1 4)
3 4 4 3. 10 17 17 5 3 4 (4 7 9) (4 7) 5 9
4.
2 3 1 2
5. 7. 1 3
6. 8 9
8 9
3 5
1 3
1 2 4 8. ( 4 5 2) 3 5 (
2 3)
Add. Then use the property to write a different number sentence.

9. 1 3
4 8 1 10. 1 ( 1 3 2) 3
Commutative
Associative
11. 2 1
9 3
1 12. 1 ( 1 3 4) 2
Commutative
Associative
13. 2 3
5 10
14. 1 2
4 3
Identity
Identity
15. 1 ( 1 1 )
12 6 2
16. 3 1
8 2
Associative
Commutative
NS 1.5, 3.1; MR 1.1; AF 1.2, 1.3
Print This Page

Name
You can use the Commutative, Identity, and Associative properties to help you add fractions. Commutative Property The order of the addends does not change the sum.
1 4 1 4 1 4 1 8 1 8 1 8 1 8
1 8
Print This 129 Page
RETEACH
1 4
1 4
1 4
11 11 11 88 88 88
3 4
11 11 11 88 88 88
1 8
7 8
3 4
7 8
Identity Property The sum of 0 and any fraction is that fraction.

4 5
Associative Property The way you group the fraction addends does not change the sum. (3 1)
8 8 4 8
4 5
3 8
(1 4) 1
8 8
Add. Then use the property to write a different number sentence.

1 1. 1 ( 1 4 2) 8
2. 3 1
8 2
Associative
Commutative
3. 3 3
5 10
1 3 4. ( 1 3 6 ) 12
Identity
Associative
Use the properties to find each missing number.

5. 4 7 7. 1 8
3 9. 12
4 7 3 4
1 1 1 6. ( 1 3 6) 2 3 (
1 2)
1 2
1 8 3 12
8.
9 10
1 1 2 10. ( 2 5 2) 3 5 (
1 3)
NS 1.5, 3.1; MR 1.1; AF 1.2, 1.3
Print This Page

Name
Crossword Property Puzzle
Print This 129 Page
ENRICH
Identify the property in each clue. Write it in proper place in the crossword puzzle. Then write a fraction as an example for each property in each clue.
2
S S O I D V E N T I T Y
6
S O C S M I 1 C O M M U T A T C I A T I V E
Across
U T A T I V E
T I V E
D E N T I T Y
1. b d d b
Down
2. ( b d ) f b ( d f ) 3. s ( u w ) ( s u ) w 4. n p p n 5. h 0 h
c t
m
6. y 0 y
NS 1.5, 3.1; MR 1.1; AF 1.2, 1.3
Print This Page

Name

Analyze and Make Decisions
Record your data. Add Other Juices to This Juice Orange Juice Pineapple Juice Grapefruit Juice Cranberry Juice Grape Juice Apple Juice Mixed Berry Juice Mixed Citrus Juice
Print This Page
Possible Combinations and Total Amounts of Juice
Your Decision
What combinations of juices can Joseph and his sisters use to make exactly one quart of fruit punch?
MR 1.1, 2.3, 3.1; NS 1.5, 3.1
Print This Page

Name

Which objects can hold a static charge?
Safety Be careful when working with scissors. Wear goggles in case the balloon bursts. Record your observations. Material Balloon Observations
Print This Page
Cubes
Crayons
Sock
Hand
1. What happened to the string when a charged object came near it?
2. Which objects held a static charge? How do you know?
MR 1.1, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Which objects can hold a static charge?
display your results.
Print This Page
3. What fraction of the objects held a static charge? Construct a circle graph to
4. What fraction of all the objects in the world do you think hold a static charge?
Think about how the objects you used represent all things in the world.
5. Explain the results of the activity in terms of static electricity.
MR 1.1, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Explore Fractions and Decimals

Write a fraction and a decimal for each shaded part. Then write the fraction in simplest form.
1. 2. 3. 4.
Print This 131 Page
PRACTICE
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Write each as a decimal.

13. 100
8 17. 10
70
14. 100 18. 10 22. 100 26. 2 30. 50

10 1 66 5
78
15. 100 19. 100 23. 10 27. 25 31. 4

3 10 7 1
13
16. 100 20. 100 24. 100 28. 20 32. 5

NS 1.6
27 4
21. 10 25. 10 29. 5

4 4
90
Print This Page

Name

You can use models to show decimals.
Print This 131 Page
RETEACH
This model shows 1.
This model shows 1 divided into 10 equal parts. You can shade the model to 1 1 show 10 . You can write 10 as a decimal: 0.1.
This model shows 1 divided into 100 equal parts. You can shade the model to 1 1 show 100 . You can write 100 as a decimal: 0.01.
Look at each model. Circle the fraction and the decimal for the shaded part.
1.
4 10 4 100
2.
3.
4.
0.4 0.04
7 10
7 100
0.7 0.07
52 100
5 10
0.5 0.52
8 10
8 100
0.8 0.08
Look at each model. Write a decimal for each shaded part.

5.
6.
7.
8.
NS 1.6
Print This Page

Name

Riddle Fun
Match each of the ten fractions and decimals below with its word name at the right. Write the number of the exercise on the blank.
1. 10 2. 0.5 3. 100 4.
90 100 2 63 7
Print This 131 Page
ENRICH
C three hundredths A eleven hundredths O ninety-nine hundredths I five tenths A twenty-two hundredths T eight tenths P sixty-three hundredths T eighty-nine hundredths N ninety hundredths O seven tenths F two tenths A seventeen hundredths
5. 10 6. 0.89
11 7. 100
8. 0.03 9. 0.22 10. 0.99 11. 0.17 12. 0.8
To solve the riddle below, write the letters above the numbers. The first one is done for you. What kind of coat can be put on only when wet?
A 7
10
11
12
13. Write the decimals in the left-hand column above as fractions.
14. Write the fractions in the left-hand column above as decimals.
NS 1.6
Print This Page

Name
Tenths and Hundredths

Write a fraction and a decimal for each part that is shaded. Then write the fraction in simple form.
1. 2. 3. 4.
Print This 132 Page
PRACTICE

5. 5 9. 2 13. two tenths 15. six hundredths 17. five tenths 19. ninety-nine hundredths
1 2
6. 10 10. 10
1
7. 4 11. 100
2
8. 100 12. 100

96
14. fifteen hundredths 16. three tenths 18. seventeen hundredths 20. two tenths
Write a fraction and a decimal for each point. Tell if it is close to 0, 1 2, or 1.
A 0
B
1 2 22. B 24. D
D 1
21. A 23. C
Problem Solving
25.
Peters house is 0.78 mile from school. Write the number in words.
26.
Lora walks for five tenths of an hour. Write the number as a decimal.
NS 1.6, 1.7
Print This Page

Name

You can use a model and a place-value chart to read and write decimals. A model and a place-value chart can also help you write a fraction for a decimal. Using Models Using Paper and Pencil Ones 0 Think:
5 10
Print This 132 Page
RETEACH
Tenths 5
5 10
Hundredths
1 2
Think: 0.5 Ones 0
1 2 Hundredths 0
6 10
Tenths 6
6 100
Think: 0.60 Think:

60 100
3 5
6 10
3 5
Write a fraction and a decimal for each shaded part. Then write the fraction in simplest form.
1. 2. 3. 4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
NS 1.6, 1.7
Print This Page

Name

Decimal History
Other symbols for decimals were used in England and Europe before the eighteenth century. Here are some examples of different ways to show 0.45.
A. 0.4 .5" B.
Print This 132 Page
ENRICH
0|45 0,45
(1) (2) C. 0.4 .5
D.
Write the decimals using each of the notations shown above. A B C (1)
1.
0.6 (1) 0.4 (1) 0.9 (1) 0.5 (1) (2) (2) (2) (2) 0.61 (1) 0.95 (1) 0.78 (1) 0.67
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9. Which notation is most like the one we use today? Which notation
did you find the most difficult to use? Explain.
NS 1.6, 1.7
Print This Page

Name
Thousandths
1. 1,000
123
Print This 133 Page
PRACTICE
2. 1,000
370
3. 1,000
25
4. 1,000
5. 1,000
17
6. 1,000
225
7. 1,000
36
8. 1,000
9.
6 1,000
10. 1,000
24
11. 1,000
12. 1,000
12
13. 1,000
120
14. 1,000
999
15. 1,000
16. 1,000
60
17. sixteen thousandths 19. nine thousandths 21. five hundred thousandths 23. ninety-five thousandths 25. eleven thousandths 27. seventy-two thousandths
18. twenty-five thousandths 20. three hundred twenty-nine thousandths 22. six hundred ninety thousandths 24. two thousandths 26. four thousandths 28. one hundred ninety-nine thousandths
Algebra & Functions Complete.

29.
meters
decimeters 0.06
centimeters 0.6
millimeters 6
0.009 14 Problem Solving

30. Joe weighs 0.625 g of rice. Write 31. Jaime bats three hundred one
this in words.
thousandths for the season. Write this as a decimal.
NS 1.6
Print This Page

Name
Thousandths
You can use models and a place-value chart to read and write decimals. Using Models
Print This 133 Page
RETEACH
The first decimal square is divided into hundredths. Think of dividing each hundredth into 10 equal parts. The second decimal square shows thousandths. Think:
7 1,000
The first decimal square is divided into hundredths. Think of dividing each hundredth into 10 equal parts. The second decimal square shows thousandths. Think:
513 1,000
0.007
= 0.513
Using Paper and Pencil

Ones
Tenths Hundredths Thousandths
Ones
Tenths Hundredths Thousandths
0 Think:
7 1,000
0 0.007
0 Think:
513 1,000
5 0.513
Write each as a decimal and a fraction.

1. 2.
3.
4.
NS 1.6
Print This Page

Name
Thousandths
Decimal Memory Game
Play this memory game with a partner. Cut out the cards below. Mix them up and place them facedown in six rows of six. The first player turns over two cards. If the cards show an equivalent fraction and decimal, he or she keeps the cards. If the cards do not match, the cards are turned over again and left in the same position. Try to remember which fractions and decimals have been turned over. Players take turns until all the cards have been matched. The player with more cards wins.
Print This 133 Page
ENRICH
0.5
0.3
0.2
0.7
0.8
0.9
1 2
3 10
1 5
7 10
4 5
9 10
0.35
0.85
0.25
0.75
0.40
0.50
35 100
85 100
1 4
3 4
2 5
1 2
5 1,000
255 1,000
10 1,000
600 1,000
345 1,000
850 1,000
0.005
0.255
0.01
0.600
0.345
0.850
NS 1.6
Print This Page

Name

Choose a Representation
Circle the word fraction or decimal to tell how you will represent the numbers in the problem. Write both numbers in that form. Then compare the data to solve the problem.
1. A survey question asked people how they got to work most often. 4 Of those who answered, 0.3 said bus and 10 said subway. Do more
Print This 134 Page
PRACTICE
Reading Skill
riders take the bus or the subway? fraction

4 10
decimal 0.3
Answer:
2. A survey question asked bus riders how often they took the bus. Of 1 said 5 or more times per week and 0.75 those who answered, 4
said fewer than 5 times per week. Which answer got the greater number of responses? fraction
1 4
decimal 0.75
Answer:
4 3. Ashley takes the subway to work 5 of the time. Lauren takes the
subway to work 0.7 of the time. Who takes the subway to work the greater part of the time? fraction
4 5
decimal 0.7
Answer:
NS 1.2; MR 1.1, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Choose the correct answer. In a survey, 10 out of 20 people say they ride the subway at least once a week. Is it reasonable to say that 0.5 of the people surveyed ride the subway?
Print This 134 Page
PRACTICE
2. The statement is reasonable because
A Twenty people say they ride the subway at least once a week. B Ten out of 20 people say they ride the subway at least once a week. C Ten percent of the people ride the subway at least once a week.
F 10 20. G 1 2 2 , and 2 0.5. H 20 2 , and 2 0.5.

10 1 1 1 1 1
Tonya takes the subway 8 out of 10 days. Max takes the subway 0.7 of the time. Max says he takes the subway a greater part of the time than Tonya does. Is his statement reasonable?
3. Which of the following plans can 4. Maxs statement is not reasonable
help you solve this problem? A Write a decimal for 10 , and compare it to 0.7. B Write a fraction for 0.7 and 2 compare it to 10 . C Subtract 10 7.
because F 10 0.7. G 10 0.8, and 0.8 0.7. H 0.7 10 , and 10 10 .

7 7 8 8 8
In a survey, 10 out of 40 people say they never walk to work. Is it reasonable to say that 0.4 of the people never walk to work?
5. Which statement is true? 6. The statement is not reasonable
A Ten out of 40 people say they never walk to work. B Four out of 10 people never walk to work. C Thirty out of 40 people say they never walk to work.
because F 40 4 , and 4 0.25, not 0.4. G 1 4 4 , and 4 0.75, not 0.4. H 40 10 , and 10 0.4.
10 4 4 1 3 3 10 1 1
NS 1.2; MR 1.1, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Choose the correct answer. A survey question asks people which is faster, the train or the bus. Of the people surveyed, 3 4 said the train and 0.1 said the bus. The rest of the people said that neither was faster. Which answer got more responses, the train or the bus?
Print This 134 Page
PRACTICE
8. Which of the following plans can
A Of the people surveyed, 1 4 said neither was faster. B Of the people surveyed, 0.1 said the train was faster. C Of the people surveyed, 0.1 said the bus was faster. Solve.
9. George walks to work 6 out of 10
help you solve this problem? F Write a decimal for 4 , and compare it to 0.1. G Write a fraction for 0.1 and 3 compare it to 4 . H Subtract 4 from 1, and write it as a decimal.
1 1
days. Janice walks to work 0.7 of 10 days. Who walks to work a greater part of the time?
10. Train Q is on time or early 0.4 of the 1 time. Train Y is on time or early 2 of
the time. Which train is on time or early a lesser part of time?
11. In a survey, 0.5 of the people who
answer say that they are very satisfied with subway service. Four tenths of the people say that they are somewhat satisfied. Are more people very satisfied or somewhat satisfied?
12. Colleen takes the bus 18 of the days 7 in June. Rita takes the bus 10 of the
days in June. Who takes the bus more days? [HINT: June has 30 days.]
13. Alfredo walks to work 15 out of 20
14. The express bus is late 0.2 of the
days. He says he walks to work 0.9 of those days. Is his statement reasonable?
time. A reporter says that the express 2 bus is late 10 of the time. Is the reporters statement reasonable?
NS 1.2; MR 1.1, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Decimals Greater Than 1

1. 2. 3.
Print This 135 Page
PRACTICE
Write as a mixed number in simplest form and a decimal to tell how much is shaded.
Write as a decimal.
4. 7 10
3
5. 1 100
25
6. 9 100
7. 8 1,000
125
8. 6 100
9. 17 10
10. 8 1,000
11. 3 1,000
37
12. 9 10
13. 2 10
14. 27 100
21
15. 25 1,000
16
16. 18 100
98
17. 13 1,000
18. 10 1,000
12
19. 11 100
20. 6 100
21. 19 1,000
375
22. 23 10
23. 76 1,000
60
24. 24 100
25. 11 100
26. 9 100
19
27. 6 100
26
28. eight and three tenths
29. seven and seventy hundredths
Problem Solving
30. Out of 100 pairs of shoes in a sporting 31. Out of 1,000 backpacks, 25 are red
goods store, 53 are running shoes. What decimal shows the number of running shoes?
and the rest are green. What decimal shows the number of red backpacks?
NS 1.6
Print This Page

Name

A mixed number is made up of a whole and a part of a whole. You can use models to help you write mixed numbers as decimals. Mixed Number: 1 10 Decimal: 1.7 Read: one and seven tenths
7
Print This 135 Page
RETEACH
36 Mixed Number: 2 100 Decimal: 2.36 Read: two and thirty-six hundredths
Look at each model. Write a mixed number and a decimal to tell how much is shaded.
1. 2.
3.
4.
Write a decimal and the word name.

5. 1 9
10
6. 3 5
100
NS 1.6
Print This Page

Name

Decimal Crossword
Print This 135 Page
ENRICH
Complete the decimal crossword puzzle. Write the decimal for the fraction or word name given in the ACROSS and DOWN clues below. Each decimal point has a space of its own.
1.
5 3 . 4 8
2.
6 .
3.
3 4
4.
8 0 .
5.
2 7 . 5
9.
6. 7. 10.
4 3
4 .
12.
. 5
11.
9
8.
. 3 7
13.
5 7
3 6 . 2 . .
18.
2
14.
1 5 . 8 2
. 2 8
7
17.
15.
3 3 .
3 5
16.
7 . 2 1 1 .
21.
19.
1 9
6 9 . 6 3
Down
20.
Across
1.
6 5 10 28 17. 3 100
1. 53 100 2.
43 6 100 51 37
48
12. two and thirty- five
8 3. 37 10
18. thirty-five
hundredths
13. fifteen and eight
9 6. 44 10
and twenty-one hundredths

19. eleven and
3. 34 100 4. 80 100 5. 27 9. 57 100 10. 36 10

8 28
tenths
15. thirty-three and
7.
5 3 10
5 8. 3 100 7 11. 12 10
six tenths
20. seventy-eight and
seven tenths
16. seven and nineteen
14. 6 100
37 15. 38 100
75
seventy-nine hundredths
21. ninety-nine and sixty-
hundredths
three hundredths
NS 1.6
Print This Page

Name
Compare and Order Decimals

1.
Print This 136 Page
PRACTICE
0.2
0.02
2.
0.7
0.70 5.107 5.9
3.
1.78
1.87 12.1 0.2
4.
12.16
12.160 10.1 10.300 9.09 10.0 18.99
5. 0.106 9. 9.06 13. 16.75 17. 21.12 21. 9.01
0.160 6. 5.117 9.16

10. 6.5
7. 11.99 11. 2.1
8. 11.1 12. 10.3
16.57 14. 14.44 22.13 18. 16.06 9.10

22. 14.03
14.54 15. 18.01 16.6

19. 1.1
18.11 16. 9.1 1.11 2.11

20. 9.9 24. 19.99
13.99 23. 2.22
Write in order from greatest to least.

25. 1.78, 1.08, 1.87 26. 0.88, 0.08, 0.98 27. 1.11, 1.21, 0.22
28. 10.02, 9.9, 10.12
29. 7.7, 8.8, 7.07
30. 1.001, 1.011, 1.111
Write in order from least to greatest.

31. 0.01, 0.1, 0.001 32. 2.22, 2.02, 2.12 33. 6.07, 5.99, 6.17
34. 1.06, 1.16, 0.99

35. 11.17, 10.99, 9.99
36. 16.6, 16.61, 16.1
Problem Solving
37. On Monday Ken ran 100 meters in 38. Jadwin Bridge is 1.6 km long.
11.2 seconds. On Tuesday he ran 100 meters in 10.9 seconds. On which day did Ken run faster?
Seely Bridge is 1.06 km long. Which bridge is longer?
NS 1.2, 1.6, 1.7, 1.9
Print This Page

Name

You can use models to compare and order decimals. Order the numbers from least to greatest.
Print This 136 Page
RETEACH
3.63 Compare the decimals. Since 2 3, 2.75 3.63 and 3.68. Since
63 100 68 100 , 3.63 3.68.
3.68
2.75 Order the decimals. Think: 2.75 3.63 3.68. The order from least to greatest is 2.75 3.63 3.68.
1. 2. 3.
0.75
0.7
0.66
0.77
0.06
0.60
4.
5.
6.
0.29
0.25
0.24
0.33
0.03
0.30
Write the decimals in order from least to greatest.

7. 0.75, 0.66, 0.7 9. 0.29, 0.25, 0.24 8. 0.06, 0.77, 0.60 10. 0.33, 0.03, 0.30
NS 1.2, 1.6, 1.7, 1.9
Print This Page

Name

Puzzles
Choose the decimal from the box that solves each puzzle. Use a decimal only once.
Print This 136 Page
ENRICH
10.79
8.08
0.84
8.01
0.89
10.25
8.43
10.33
10.8
Puzzle 1 The decimal is greater than 0. It is less than 0.85
Puzzle 2 The decimal is less than 10.8. It is greater than 10.75.
Puzzle 3 The decimal is greater than 8.02. It is less than 8.1.
Puzzle 4 The decimal is less than 10.30. It is greater than 10.
Puzzle 6 The decimal is greater than 10. It is less than 10.85.
Puzzle 7 The decimal is greater than 8. It is less than 8.07.
Puzzle 8 The decimal is less than 10.4. It is greater than 10.25.
1. Arrange the decimals in the box in order from least to greatest.
2. Explain how you found the answer to Puzzle 3.
NS 1.2, 1.6, 1.7, 1.9
Print This Page

Name

Draw a Diagram
Draw a diagram to solve.
1. CD World is 1.8 miles east of the
Print This 137 Page
PRACTICE
2. Silver Hills is 3.9 miles north of Bay
school. William lives 1.4 miles west of the school. Sound City is 2.9 miles east of William. Is William closer to CD World or to Sound City?
Edge. East Ridge is 1.3 miles south of Silver Hills. East Ridge is 2.8 miles north of Hightown. How far is Bay Edge from Hightown?
3. Ed walks up 2 floors from his office to
4. A cab driver leaves his garage. He
the storeroom. He walks down 6 floors to the cafeteria. How many floors away is the cafeteria from Eds office?
goes north 9 blocks, south 6 blocks, and north 8 blocks. How many blocks is he from his garage?

5. The City Sports Center offers season 6. Social Studies In 1996, Abilene,
tickets, 20-game tickets, or single game tickets. Seats are available for the lower deck, middle deck, or upper deck. You can buy an individual seat or a pair of seats. How many choices do you have?
Texas, had a population of 122,130. Amarillo, Texas has a population that was 83,885 greater than the population of Abilene. What was the population of Amarillo?
Strategy: Strategy:
7. There are 48 people at a dinner at
City Hall. You want to use small tables that seat 5 people and large tables that seat 8 people. To have full tables, which tables should be used? How many of these tables will be needed?
solve by drawing a diagram. Share it with others.
Strategy:
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 13, Lesson 7, pages 574575. (427) NS 1.2; MR 1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Draw a Diagram
Page 575, Problem 1
Print This 137 Page
RETEACH
Kendra wants to go to a mall. The Loews Mall is 3.9 miles east of her town. The Bergen Mall is 1.8 miles west of the Loews Mall. Kings Mall is 2.9 miles east of Bergen Mall. Which mall is the closest to Kendras town? the farthest from her town? Step 1 Be sure you understand the problem. Read carefully. What do you know? Loews Mall is Bergen Mall is Kings Mall is What do you need to find? You need to find . Step 2 Make a plan.
Choose a strategy.
Read
miles east of Kendras town. miles west of the Loews Mall. miles east of Bergen Mall.
Plan
I I
Make a Table Write a Number Sentence Work Backward Act It Out Find a Pattern Make a Graph Guess and Check Choose a Stategy Logical Reasoning Draw a Tree Diagram Solve Simpler Problem Draw a Diagram
Drawing a diagram can help you see the solution to a problem. Draw a line segment to show the distance between Kendras town and Loews Mall. Along that line, show the distance between Bergen Mall and Loews Mall. Then show the distance between Bergen Mall and Kings Mall. Extend the line in either direction if you need to. Use your drawing to solve the problem.
NS 1.2; MR 1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Draw a Diagram
Step 3
Print This 137 Page
RETEACH
Solve
Carry out your plan. Draw a diagram. Use 1 cm to show 1 mile. Loews Mall Bergen Mall Kings Mall 3.9 miles 3.9 cm 1.8 miles 1.8 cm 2.9 miles 2.9 cm
N Kendras Town Bergen Mall Loews Mall Kings Mall W S 3.9 cm 1.8 cm 2.9 cm E
Mall is closest to Kendras town. Mall is farthest from her town. Step 4
Look Back
Is the solution reasonable? Reread the problem. Does your answer make sense? Did you check your answer?
Practice 1. Allison lives 2.6 miles west of the beach. Jerry lives 1.2 miles east of Allison. Phil lives 1.7 miles west of Jerry. Who is farthest from the beach?
2. Norma goes up 4 floors from her
office to her managers office. She then goes down 7 floors to the copy room. Randi is in the copy room. Randi goes up 1 floor to her office. How many floors away is Randis office from Normas?
NS 1.2; MR 1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Round Decimals
Round to the nearest whole number.
1. 9.47 5. 1.1 9. 13.61 13. 93.56 2. 2.8 6. 3.51 10. 25.09 14. 88.48 3. 6.01 7. 4.62 11. 37.8 15. 19.71
Print This 138 Page
PRACTICE
4. 9.09 8. 1.5 12. 52.4 16. 63.44
Round to the nearest tenth.

17. 7.24 21. 3.25 25. 31.26 29. 47.96 33. 53.84 18. 9.43 22. 1.27 26. 71.64 30. 87.54 34. 19.46 19. 6.58 23. 3.98 27. 12.55 31. 29.69 35. 61.07 20. 8.89 24. 7.24 28. 64.93 32. 36.97 36. 78.85
Round to the nearest hundredth.

37. 8.236 41. 6.008 45. 17.246
38. 4.186 42. 2.055 46. 26.981 50. 66.666 54. 51.277
39. 9.275 43. 7.266 47. 78.006 51. 32.333 55. 90.409
40. 1.123 44. 3.199 48. 91.115 52. 45.999 56. 45.555
49. 53.102 53. 13.462
Problem Solving
57. A vitamin pill weighs 2.346 g. What is 58. Jason weighs 152.6 lb. What is his
its weight to the nearest hundredth of a gram?
weight to the nearest pound?
NS 1.2, 1.3
Print This Page

Name
Round Decimals
You can use a number line to help you round decimals. To round a decimal to the nearest whole number, look at the digit in the tenths place. If the ones digit is 5 or greater, round up to the nearest one. If the ones digit is less than 5, round down to the nearest one.
Print This 138 Page
RETEACH
8.0 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 8.6 8.7 8.8 8.9 9.0 9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 9.6 9.7 9.8 9.9 10.0
Round 8.3 to the nearest whole number. Think: 8.3 is closer to 8 than 9. So, 8.3 rounds down to 8.
Round 9.8 to the nearest whole number. Think: 9.8 is closer to 10 than 9. So, 9.8 rounds up to 10.
To round to the nearest tenth, look at the digit in the hundredths place. If the hundredths digit is 5 or greater, round up to the nearest tenth. If the hundredths digit is less than 5, round down to the nearest tenth.
1.50 1.51 1.52 1.53 1.54 1.55 1.56 1.57 1.58 1.59 1.601.61 1.62 1.63 1.64 1.65 1.66 1.67 1.68 1.69 1.70
Think: 1.56 is closer to 1.6 than 1.5. So, 1.56 rounds up to 1.6.
Think: 1.61 is closer to 1.6 than 1.7. So, 1.61 rounds down to 1.6.
Round each decimal to the nearest whole number. Use the number line above to help you.
1. 8.6 5. 9.8 2. 9.1 6. 8.4 3. 8.2 7. 9.5 4. 9.3 8. 8.7
Round to the nearest tenth. Use the number line above to help you.
9. 1.52 13. 1.55 10. 1.64 14. 1.68 11. 1.59 15. 1.51 12. 1.63 16. 1.66
NS 1.2, 1.3
Print This Page

Name
Round Decimals
Decimal Detective
Use the clues to solve each riddle. Circle the mystery number.
1. Round me to the nearest whole number. You get 5.
Print This 138 Page
ENRICH
Round me to the nearest tenth. You get 5.3. Round me to the nearest hundredth. You get 5.32. What number am I? 5.316 5.295 5.334
Round me to the nearest tenth. You get 124.4. Round me to the nearest hundredth. You get 124.45.
What number am I?
124.456
124.444
124.446
Round me to the nearest tenth. You get 203.5. The sum of my digits is 20. What number am I? 203.456 203.458 203.566
7. Create you own mystery number puzzle.
Exchange your puzzle with a friend to solve.
NS 1.2, 1.3
Print This Page

Name

Applying Decimals
Record your data. Name of Item Items for Business District Number Bought
Print This Page
Total Cost
Items for Area Where People Live
Your Decision What models should Kit and Rammel buy for the area where people live? What models should they buy for the business district? Explain.
NS 1.2; MR 1.1, 2.3
Print This Page

Name

How does distance affect how many strikes you throw?
Record your data. Distance Attempts Strikes
Print This Page
Strikes Thrown (as a decimal)
1.5 m
10
3m
10
4.5 m
10
6m
10
1. At which distance was it easiest to make strikes? Explain your answer.
In ten tries, how many strikes do you think you will be able to throw from 1.5 meters away?
NS 1.2, 1.6; MR 1.1, 2.3, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

How does distance affect how many strikes you throw?
2. How did the results compare to what you thought the
Print This Page
results would be?
3. Order the decimals in the table from least to greatest. If you
made a lot of strikes, was the decimal bigger or smaller than the other numbers?
4. What fraction of all throws are strikes? Write the fraction
as a decimal.
5. Use your answer in number 3 to compare your ability to
throw strikes with Major League Baseball pitchers.
NS 1.2, 1.6; MR 1.1, 2.3, 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Explore Adding Decimals

Use the models to find each sum.
1. 2. 3.
Print This 141 Page
PRACTICE
1.56 0.43 Find each sum.

4.
1.7 1.2
0.76 0.45
0.3 0.4 0.99 0.88 2.7 3.8
5.
0.5 0.4 0.62 0.53 0.5 1.9
6.
0.6 0.7 0.71 0.59 2.6 1.8
7.
0.8 0.9 0.44 0.79 1.7 2.8
8.
0.4 0.6 0.86 0.13 0.4 0.9
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19. 0.85 2.17 22. 2.96 2.23

20. 2.76 1.32 23. 0.67 2.98 26. 2.14 1.9
21. 3.46 1.78 24. 0.12 2.2 27. 2.3 1.92
25. 1.5 2.49
Problem Solving
28. Two strips of paper, 3.6 cm long and 29. One apple weighs 0.26 kg. Another
2.8 cm long, are taped together. How long is the entire strip of paper?
apple weighs 0.87 kg. How much do the two apples weigh together?
NS 2.1
Print This Page

Name

You can use models to help you add decimals. Add 1.7 0.85.
Print This 141 Page
RETEACH
Write a decimal to show the total number of shaded squares. 2.55 Color 1.7 dark gray. So, 1.7 0.85 2.55. Add. Draw 10 by 10 grids to help you.
1. 0.65 0.34 2. 1.3 1.5 3. 2.4 1.36
Color 0.85 with stripes.
4. 1.52 0.31
5. 0.77 0.24
6. 0.84 0.39
7. 1.8 0.5
8. 2.5 0.62
9. 2.75 0.45
NS 2.1
Print This Page

Name

Magic Boxes and Mazes
Fill in the boxes so that each row, column, and diagonal adds up to the same sum.
1. 2.
Print This 141 Page
ENRICH
0.9 0.6 0.7

3. 4.
1.0 0.7
0.8
0.8
0.4
0.5 0.7 0.9 1.3
1.0
0.1 1.2 0.6 1.1 1.3 0.3 0.5 1.6
Move through the maze from start to finish by adding numbers that will give you the finish number. You may move across, down, up, or diagonally. Start
5. 6.
Start 3.1 4.1 1.7 0.6 1.2 8.2 Finish 0.9 2.4 7.9 Finish
NS 2.1
2.3 0.7 2.8
1.4 0.3 0.6
1.2 2.1 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Add Decimals
Add.
1.
Print This 142 Page
PRACTICE
0.36 0.25 4.2 6.4
2.
0.29 0.44 1.2 8.3
3.
0.60 0.70 0.697 9.262
4.
1.67 1.45
5.
2.67 1.38 32.75 12.30 6.373 5.602 3.187 6.975
6.
7.
8.
9.
23.604 10. 5.408 21.151 15. 4.774 0.254 20. 12.259
11.
25.97 12. 0.12 2.874 17. 8.129 11.3 22. 6.7 21.6
12.32 13. 1.74 36.215 18. 9.759 8.25 23. 4.30 9.20
13.407 14. 26.708 12.948 19. 7.267 4.142 24. 8.167 2.94
16.
21.
4.567 25. 7.0 13.621 9.288 21.984 12.6
26. 12.5 11.35 29. 3.869 9.3 7.76 31. 12.42 7.687 19.3
27. 2.7 2.73
28. 3.36 5.031
30. 7.35 8.2 17.314 32. 8.0 4.343 10.5
Find the number you need to add to complete the pattern.

33. 1.3, 1.9, 2.5, 34. 4.12, 4.125,
, , 4.135,
, ,
Add Add
Problem Solving
35. Lora spends $2.64 on stamps and 36. Ben buys packing tape for $2.97 and
$1.39 on envelopes. How much does she spend?
boxes for $6.99. How much does he spend?
NS 2.1
Print This Page

Name
Add Decimals
You can use models to help you add decimals. Add 1.34 1.28. Using Models Regroup Color 1.34 dark gray. Color 1.28 with stripes. Count the number of squares you shaded.
Print This 142 Page
RETEACH
Using Paper and Pencil Add each place. Regroup if needed.

1
1.34 1.28 2.62
Find each sum. Draw 10 by 10 grids to help you.

1. 1.7 1.4 2. 0.5 0.8 3. 2.25 1.03
4. 0.9 0.8
5. 0.85 0.15
6. 1.24 0.38
7. 1.5 1.35
8. 1.52 0.35
9. 0.6 1.85
NS 2.1
Print This Page

Name
Add Decimals
Digit Detective
Find the missing digits.
1.
Print This 142 Page
ENRICH
. 2 5.
6 9
2.
. 2 9. 6
2 5
3.
4 .6 .3 3 6 . 8 .5 1 . 9 9 1 . 6 5
4. $ 6
2 . 7 . 1 3 9 . 2 . 4 5
1. 4
1 .
1 $
8.
5. 4
.7 3 .6 4
6. $
4. 7 8. 8 3 5
7. $ 8
1 3 .9
. 3 7
$ 6 2.
10. 8 .
1 8 . 4
12. 6 .
9.
9. 2 7. . 1
11. 7 7 .
1 0
. 0
. 4 7 . 8 5
. 5
1 4 . 9
14.
1 5 . 8 7
16.
13. 5 9 .
$7 6 . 2 3 1 . 2 $10 . 1 6
15.
3. 8 6 3. 3 7 7. 1 4 6
2 3
. 3 4 . 7 . 7 6 . 2 7 .
2 4
. 6 7 6 9 . 2
17. 6 9 .
18.
6 . 6 3 . 1 3 2 . 3 . 4
19.
$2 . 1 3 . . 4 0 . 4 7 . 0 3 . 4 8 6 .
20.
1
. 9 7
22.
4 3 $
23. 4
8 9 3
2 2 . 1 1 0 . 3
2
24.
3 . 2 6 0 . . 1 8 6 . 8 . 9
21.
1 . 1 . 6 . 5 . 3
. 1 8 2 . 9 8 . 6
4 3
1 . 2 1
NS 2.1
Print This Page

Name
Estimate Sums
Estimate. Round to the nearest whole number.
1. 5.1 9.4 4. $6.35 $5.95 7. 9.3 2.6 10. 45.92 4.18 2. 6.7 8.4 5. 7.45 8.56 8. 22.63 3.46 11. $33.19 $9.50 3. 1.9 3.8 6. 4.32 7.59
Print This 143 Page
PRACTICE
9. 31.06 9.98 12. 6.67 21.15
Add. Estimate to check for reasonableness.

13. 19.76 9.55 15. 19.67 9.94 17. 4.1 9.6 1.9 19. $3.75 $9.90 $8.75 21. 8.12 4.79 7.15 23. 7.75 8.90 9.90 14. $10.25 $3.25 16. 3.7 5.2 4.6 18. 2.9 6.7 7.3 20. 4.76 9.15 8.95 22. $6.30 $7.95 $8.10 24. 2.178 6.472 8.015
Algebra & Functions Compare. Write or .

25. 3.7 2.5 28. 9.2 3.6 31. 1.6 2.9
1.9 4.2 26. 4.9 1.6 2.6 9.1 29. 5.5 6.3 3.1 1.1 32. 7.7 7.2
5.1 3.1 27. 6.9 7.1 8.2 5.2 30. 9.4 2.7 8.1 9.1 33. 8.7 9.6
3.8 8.3 6.8 6.1 9.1 8.6
Problem Solving
34. The odometer on a new car shows 35. Lenny buys one CD for $12.75 and
17.7 miles. Sean drives the car 12.9 miles. About what does the odometer show now?
another CD for $18.90. About how much does Lenny pay for the two CDs?
NS 2.1, 2.2, 3.1; MR 2.1
Print This Page

Name
Estimate Sums
To estimate the sums of decimals, round each decimal to the nearest whole number. Then add the rounded numbers. Estimate 22.52 4.49. Round each number 23 4 to the nearest whole number. Add. 23 4 27
Print This 143 Page
RETEACH
Estimate $7.95 $9.25 Round each number $8.00 $9.00 to the nearest dollar. Add. $8.00 $9.00 = $17.00
So, 22.52 4.49 is about 27.
So, $7.95 $9.25 is about $17.00.
Circle the digits in the place to which you will round each number. Estimate each sum. Show how you rounded.
1. $ 5 . 8 9 $ 4 . 2 9 2. 1 7 . 3 5 . 6 7
3. 8 . 4 8 3 . 0 7
4.
6. 7 3.2
5. $ 1 5 . 9 5 $ 2 . 5 9
6. 2 5 . 7 8 . 9
7. 1 5 . 7 5 1 2 . 3 4
8.
9.9 7 8.4
9.
5.6 3 1 8.4 7
10. $ 6 . 5 2 $ 1 . 7 5
11.
4.4 7 6.7 4
12. $ 8 . 5 0 $2 4 . 3 8
NS 2.1, 2.2, 3.1; MR 2.1
Print This Page

Name
Estimate Sums
Four for 16
Use estimation to try to choose four numbers that will have a sum close to 16. Player 1 chooses a number from below and writes it in the first box for that round. He or she crosses out the number below. Player 2 chooses any number that is not crossed out and follows the same steps. Players take turns until each player has four numbers. Add the numbers. Then find the difference between each sum and 16. You may check your results with a calculator. The player with the sum closer to 16 wins that round. Round 1 Players Player 1 Player 2 2 Player 1 Player 2 3 Player 1 Player 2 4 Player 1 Player 2
Print This 143 Page
ENRICH
Numbers
Sum
How Close to 16?
Player 1 Player 2
3.38 2.47 1.77 3.69
3.56 4.19 2.63 3.31
1.08 8.48 5.72 4.16
4.5 3.96 5.63 6.89
6.75 4.91 4.24 7.81
2.03 5.57 3.27 7.35
2.58 7.59 5.13 8.74
4.61 2.19 3.76 0.99
3.23 2.64 2.30 3.49
4.89 1.18 4.55 3.98
NS 2.1, 2.2, 3.1; MR 2.1
Print This Page

Name

Choose the Operation
Circle the number sentence you would use to solve the problem. Then tell how you decided whether to use addition or subtraction.
1. Chico bikes 4.6 miles. Tom bikes 3.7 miles. How much farther does
Print This 144 Page
PRACTICE
Reading Skill
Chico bike than Tom? 4.6 3.7 8.3 4.6 3.7 0.9 Explain:
2. Keiko rode her bike 8.4 miles last week. This week, she rode
4.35 miles more than last week. How far did Keiko ride this week? 8.4 4.35 12.75 8.4 4.35 4.05 Explain:
3. Rachel bikes 3.2 miles to the mall. Then she bikes 2.7 miles to the
park. How many miles does she bike? 3.2 2.7 5.9 3.2 2.7 0.5 Explain:
4. Mark is biking around a 9.2-mile loop. He has biked 4.5 miles so far.
How many miles does Mark have left to finish the loop? 9.3 4.5 13.8 9.3 4.5 4.8 Explain:
NS 2.1; MR 1.1, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Choose the correct answer. Mikio rides his bike 4.25 miles from home to school. Then he rides 2.9 miles to the park. How far does Mikio ride?
Print This 144 Page
PRACTICE
2. Which number sentence can you use
is true? A Hiroshi walks to school. B Hiroshi rides 4.25 miles in all. C The ride from school to the park is 2.9 miles.
to solve this problem? F 4.25 2.9 7.15 G 2.9 2.9 5.8 H 4.25 2.9 1.35
It is 5.6 miles from Sarahs house to the museum. She has completed 1.75 miles of the trip so far. How many miles does Sarah have left?
3. What do you have to do to solve 4. Which number sentence can you use
this problem? A Add to find the total amount of miles that Sarah travels to the museum. B Subtract to find the number of miles Sarah has left. C Add to find the total number of miles in the round trip.
Michael takes the train for 8.4 miles. Then he walks 0.6 miles. How many miles does Michael travel?
5. Which could you use to solve 6. How many miles does Michael
the problem? A 8.4 0.6 B 8.4 0.6 C 8.4 8.4
travel? F 16.8 miles G 9 miles H 8.4 miles
NS 2.1; MR 1.1, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Choose the correct answer. Roland bikes 8.24 miles. Paul bikes 4.62 miles. How much farther does Roland bike than Paul?
Print This 144 Page
PRACTICE
8. Which number sentence can you use
is true? A Paul bikes farther than Roland. B Roland bikes 4.62 miles. C Paul bikes 4.62 miles.
Solve.
9. The train trip from Springfield to 10.The train trip from Point Dume to
Morris Hill is 6.2 miles. The next stop, Peapack, is 3.2 miles from Morris Hills. How long is the train trip from Springfield to Peapack?
Snug Harbor is 8.31 miles. The road from Point Dume to Snug Harbor is 9.6 miles. How much longer is the train trip than the road?
11. Daniel biked 6.24 miles last week.
12. Myra bikes 3.25 miles from home
This week he biked 1.65 miles less than last week. How far did he bike this week?
to the record store. Then she bikes 1.1 miles to the movie theater. How many miles does she bike altogether?
13. Eddie rode 1.9 miles more today
14. Shore Road is 6.3 miles long. Nicole
than he did yesterday. He rode 5.75 miles yesterday. How far did Eddie ride today?
has biked 2.2 miles along Shore Road so far. How many miles does she have left?
NS 2.1; MR 1.1, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Explore Subtracting Decimals

Use the models to find each difference.
1. 2. 3.
Print This 145 Page
PRACTICE
0.68 0.35 Find each difference.

4.
1.12 0.7
1.8 1.1
0.9 0.3 1.67 0.48 3.6 1.47 1.7 0.35
5.
1.2 0.6 1.6 1.48 2.02 1.79 2.04 1.69
6.
2.7 0.9 3.11 1.12 0.95 0.67 1.03 0.6
7.
2.5 1.6 3.7 2.91 0.8 0.25 0.80 0.54
8.
2.1 1.7 1.2 1.13 0.74 0.59 2.0 1.06
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24. 2.7 1.6 27. 1.52 0.57 30. 0.8 0.07
25. 0.8 0.5 28. 0.73 0.57 31. 0.4 0.14
26. 7.66 2.34 29. 0.70 0.34 32. 3.7 0.16
Problem Solving
33. A board is 2.12 m long. A piece 34. A piece of wire is 2.6 cm long. A
1.55 m long is cut from it. How much of the board is left?
piece 1.9 cm long is cut from it. How much of the wire is left?
NS 2.1
Print This Page

Name

You can use models to help you subtract decimals. Subtract 1.85 0.9.
Print This 145 Page
RETEACH
Write a decimal to show how many squares are not crossed out. 0.95 Shade 1.85. So, 1.85 0.9 0.95. Subtract. Draw 10 by 10 grids to help you.
1. 1.6 1.3 2. 0.8 0.3 3. 1.22 0.55
Cross out 0.9.
4. 1.9 0.56
5. 0.80 0.57
6. 1.35 1.07
7. 0.8 0.09
8. 1.85 1.49
9. 1.7 0.45
NS 2.1
Print This Page

Name

Magic Triangles
In a magic triangle, each side of the triangle has the same sum. Choose numbers from the box so each side of the triangle has a sum of 22.4.
3.8
Print This 145 Page
ENRICH
4 4.9 7.22
4.3 6.88 5.19
5.19
7.22
2.67
4.9
4.3
5.84
3.6
6.88
2.08
Choose numbers from the box so each side of the triangle has a sum of 24.5.
5.8
0.73 2.48 4.85
1.6 4 5.35
0.73
4.85
5.05
5.35
8.92
2.48
1.6
6.5
NS 2.1
Print This Page

Name
Subtract Decimals
Subtract. Check each answer.
1.
Print This 146 Page
PRACTICE
0.7 0.4 0.44 0.22 9.04 7.50
2.
6.3 0.7 7.04 3.66
3.
9.1 2.3
4.
4.5 2.7
5.
1.2 0.7
6.
0.43 0.26 7.17 2.70 19.83 3.60
7.
8.
9.
15.03 10. 4.12 11. 3.12 1.27
9.00 12. 0.09 1.67 18. 0.50
13.
14.
6.00 15. 8.20 16. 5.34 17. 4.70 4.96 4.67
19.
8.154 20. 2.075
17.076 21. 5.258 22. 8.000 23. 1.755 24. 6.024 0.027 3.129 2.974 0.896 2.402
25. 6.7 2.4 27. 8.5 3.08 29. 7.44 3.867 31. 3.6 2.79 33. 4.556 0.93
26. 7.6 2.07 28. 9.03 3.775 30. 4.627 2.88 32. 8.36 3.248 34. 34.0 2.097

35. 7.97 n 0.52 37. 5.25 b 10.46
36. h 4.64 2.31 38. a 7.08 18.5
Problem Solving
39. Christine buys a pair of socks for 40. Matt buys a pencil for $0.35, a pen
$8.35. What is her change from a $10 bill?
for $2.75, and a ruler for $4.36. What is his change from a $20 bill?
NS 3.1; MR 2.2
Print This Page

Name
Subtract Decimals
You can use models to help you subtract decimals. Subtract 1.7 1.59. Using Models Color 1.7. Cross out 1.59. Count the number of squares not crossed out.
Print This 146 Page
RETEACH
Using Paper and Pencil Subtract each place. Regroup if necessary. Write zero as a 1.70 placeholder. 1.59 0.11
6 10
Find each difference. Draw 10 by 10 grids to help you.

1. 1.8 1.2 2. 0.9 0.5 3. 1.25 0.18
4. 0.8 0.25
5. 1.35 1.08
6. 1.7 0.48
7. 0.5 0.05
8. 1.65 1.3
9. 1.06 0.88
NS 3.1; MR 2.2
Print This Page

Name
Subtract Decimals
Problem Generator

a.
Print This 146 Page
ENRICH
Cut out the numbered cards below. Mix them up and place them face down. Turn over 8 cards and place them into a. and b. Then solve. Record your work. Repeat several times.
b.
1. Turn over all the cards. Using b., what is the greatest possible
sum you can make?
2. Using a., what is the greatest possible difference you can make
without using the zeros?
3. What method did you use to find the answer in exercise 2?
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MR 2.2; NS 3.1
0 1
Print This Page

Name
Estimate. Round to the nearest whole number.
1. 6.3 2.6 4. 9.0 3.9 7. 8.57 3.52 10. $34.95 $12.20 2. 7.1 4.8 5. 4.6 1.5 8. 17.26 13.78 11. 25.60 11.55 3. 8.7 5.2
Print This 147 Page
PRACTICE
6. 7.34 5.78 9. 26.14 12.95 12. 47.15 17.11
Subtract. Estimate to check for reasonableness.

13. 7.1 2.70 16. 5.6 1.75 19. 77.36 15.93 21. 94.32 22.80 23. 13.4 6.79 25. $14.75 $6.90 14. 9.8 4.6 17. 36.62 23.13 15. 8.5 6.3 18. 24.35 10.4
20. $16.12 $12.80 22. $54.10 $34.89 24. 47.65 17.93 26. 63.5 18.27
Algebra & Functions Compare. Write or .

27. 7.2 3.5 30. 8.3 6.6 33. 5.2 2.3
8.8 5.4 28. 9.9 4.8 4.2 2.3 31. 9.1 8.7 9.7 7.9 34. 9.3 3.8
6.4 1.7 29. 7.6 2.2 2.1 1.1 32. 7.2 4.5 9.9 3.1 35. 8.1 4.6
5.6 1.3 6.8 5.8 7.2 5.1
Problem Solving
36. Jake has $25.75. He spends $13.15 37. Nancy ran a total of 5.7 miles today.
on magazines. About how much money does Jake have left?
She ran 3.2 miles this morning. About how many miles did Nancy run this afternoon?
NS 2.1, 2.2, 3.1; MR 2.1
Print This Page

Name
To estimate differences of decimals, round each decimal to the nearest whole number. Then subtract the rounded numbers. Estimate 12.25 5.79. Round each number 12 6 to the nearest whole number. Subtract. 12 6 = 6
Print This 147 Page
RETEACH
Estimate $6.25 $4.79. Round each number $6.00 $5.00 to the nearest dollar. Subtract. $6.00 $5.00 $1.00
So, 12.25 5.79 is about 6.
So, $6.25 $4.79 is about $1.00.
Circle the digits in the place to which you will round each number. Estimate each difference. Show how you rounded.
1. $ 7 . 2 4 $ 3 . 6 9 2. 2 7 . 3 1 5 . 7 6
3. 1 2 . 4 3 . 7
4. 1 2 . 7 4 . 8
5. $ 2 5 . 7 5 $ 7 . 8 0
6. 2 5 . 8 7 7 . 2
7. 1 4 . 2 5 7 . 8 4
8. 1 0 . 9 7 7 . 4
9. 3 . 6 2 1 . 8 7
10. $1 0 . 2 5 $ 3 . 4 5
11. $1 0 . 5 4 $ 7 . 8 1
12. 4 3 . 7 2 0 . 4 8
NS 2.1, 2.2, 3.1; MR 2.1
Print This Page

Name
Dollars and Sense
scissors markers notebook jeans paper
Print This 147 Page
ENRICH
$7.49 $2.89 $3.29 $14.95 $0.89
T-Shirt sweatshirt backpack sneakers radio
$8.98 $12.98 $11.99 $29.99 $14.98
ruler glue pencils clock pen
$0.99 $1.59 $1.29 $5.98 $1.19
About how much more would Group A cost than Group B? Group A
1. paper, glue
Group B notebook, ruler
Difference
2. sweatshirt, jeans
T-Shirt, jeans
3. backpack, pencils
clock, pen
4. markers, sneakers
radio, scissors
5. clothing and shoes

everything but clothing and shoes
Estimate to solve.
6. Andy buys a box of markers. He gives 7. Heidi buys a clock. She gives the clerk
the clerk $20. He receives $18.11 in change. Is the amount of change reasonable? Explain.
$10. She receives $4.02 in change. Is the amount of change reasonable? Explain.
NS 2.1, 2.2, 3.1; MR 2.1
Print This Page

Name

Solve Simpler Problems
Solve using a simpler problem.
1. The tennis team travels to a statewide
Print This 148 Page
PRACTICE
2. A bus ticket costs $8.75. A train
contest. They buy 8 student bus tickets at $6.95 each and 2 adult bus tickets at $9.50 each. How much does the team spend for tickets?
ticket for the same ride costs $12.50. Suppose you buy 4 tickets. How much money would you save by taking the bus instead of the train?
3. A bus driver earns $16.40 per hour
4. The Silver Eagle Express has a dining
for the first 7 hours of work each day. She earns $24.60 per hour for each hour over 7 hours. How much does she earn in a 9-hour day?
car. Sandwiches cost $5.95. Drinks cost $1.49. How much does a family pay for 3 sandwiches and 4 drinks?

5. Sam spends $18.40 on a train ticket, 6. Science The first steam-powered
$5.90 on a cab, and $11.20 on dinner. He has $30 left. How much money did Sam have when he started?
railroad engine was built in England 1804. Thomas Edison tested an electricpowered railroad engine 76 years later. When did Edison test his engine?
Strategy:
7. Teri has 17 model trains. She has a
Strategy:
long shelf that can hold 7 trains. She also has 2 smaller shelves. How can she arrange the trains on shelves so that each smaller shelf has an equal number of trains?
could use a simpler problem to help you find the answer. Share it with others.
Strategy:
Use with Grade 4, Chapter 14, Lesson 8, pages 616617. (457) MR 1.1, 1.2, 2.2, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Page 616, Problem 2
Print This 148 Page
RETEACH
A train conductor earns $18.45 an hour. A ticket checker earns $12.95 an hour. How much do both workers earn in an 8-hour day?
Step 1
Read
Be sure you understand the problem. Read carefully. What do you know? A train conductor works an hour. A ticket checker works an hour. What do you need to find? You need to find how much hours for hours for
Step 2
Make a plan.
Choose a strategy.
Plan
I I
Find a Pattern Guess and Check Work Backward Make a Graph Make a Table or List Write a Number Sentence Draw a Picture Solve a Simpler Problem Logical Reasoning Act it Out
Use simpler numbers to make up a problem similar to the one you need to solve. Then solve the real problem the same way.
MR 1.1, 1.2, 2.2, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name

Step 3
Print This 148 Page
RETEACH
Solve
Solve this simpler problem. A conductor works 8 hours for $18 an hour. The conductor earns 8 or .
A ticket checker works 8 hours at $13 an hour. The ticket checker earns 8 The total amount is or . .
Now solve the real problem the same way. A conductor works 8 hours at The conductor earns 8 A ticket checker works 8 hours at The ticket checker earns 8 The total amount is or or an hour. . an hour. .
Step 4
Look Back
Is the solution reasonable? Reread the problem. Does your answer make sense? Did you answer the question?
Yes Yes
No No
Practice 1. The Sheppards buy 2 adult tickets for $8.70 each and 3 childrens tickets for $4.35 each. How much money do they spend?
2. Gina buys 3 model planes for
$14.95 each and 4 model trains for $7.29 each. How much money does Gina spend?
MR 1.1, 1.2, 2.2, 2.4, 3.2
Print This Page

Name
Use Properties to Add and Subtract

Add or subtract mentally.
1. 3.56 0.04 4. 1.7 1.3 7. 6.04 6 10. 12.13 0.14 13. 17.01 9.99 16. 3.6 4.7 0.4 18. 7.9 2.8 0.9 20. 9.3 2.6 4.4 22. 8.7 2.9 5.7 2. 4.12 1.7 5. 8.87 0.03 8. 7.86 1.06 11. 11.22 10.02 14. 10.17 8.18
Print This 149 Page
PRACTICE
3. 4.5 4.5 6. 5.08 0.9 9. 17.23 0 12. 15.66 10.44 15. 15.44 3.22
17. 13.1 5.6 3.9 19. 7.5 6.3 4.5 21. 6.3 5.5 1.7 23. 9.1 4.7 9.1

24. 4.9 b 6.0 26. 2.7 c 2.7 28. 14.12 m 0 30. 6.3 w 6.3 32. 2.7 9.3 9.3 n 25. (f 1.5) 3.5 5 27. 10.6 d 5 29. 3.7 h 6.3 3.7 31. 4.2 t 10 33. a 7.9 0
Problem Solving
34. It takes Anita 11.6 seconds to sprint 35. Fernando expected to run the mile in
the first 100 m and 12.3 s to sprint the second 100 m. How long does it take Anita to sprint the 200 m?
5.6 minutes. Because of an injury, he ran the mile in 6.3 minutes. How much slower than expected did Fernando run the mile?
NS 3.1; AF 1.2, 1.3; MR 2.2
Print This Page

Name

You can use the Commutative, Associative, and Identity properties to add and subtract mentally. Look for compatible numbers. (1.3 4.2) 1.7 (4.2 1.3) 1.7 4.2 (1.3 1.7) 4.2 3.0 7.2 Look for zeros.
Print This 149 Page
RETEACH
Think: 1.3 and 1.7 are compatible. 5.35 0 5.35 Use the Commutative Property. 3.29 0 3.29 Use the Associative Property. Add the compatible numbers. Look for the same number. Find the sum. 0.85 0.85 0 16.5 0 16.5
Remember: Associative Property: When adding, the grouping of the numbers does not affect the sum. Commutative Property: When adding, the order of the numbers does not affect the sum. Identity Property: In addition, the sum of 0 and a number is the number.
Use mental math to add or subtract.

1. 2.6 0.4 = 3. 1.5 3.2 1.5 =
2. 4.75 0 = 4. 2.7 2.7 = 6. 4.7 0 5.3 = 8. 10.10 5.01 = 10. 3.3 3.3 = 12. 8.9 2.9 8 = 14. 4.44 4.44 =
NS 3.1; AF 1.2, 1.3; MR 2.2
5. 6.78 6 = 7. 12.24 6.12 = 9. 1.8 2.2 1.3 = 11. 2.3 3.5 = 13. 14.6 0 5.4 =
Print This Page

Name

Crack the Code
Use the symbols below to write the top numbers in exercises 16. Use the code and properties to add or subtract the bottom number using mental math. Write the answers using numbers and the code symbols. Check your symbol answers with a friend. Use the code to write all the numbers in exercises 79 before you check by adding.
Print This 149 Page
ENRICH
0 Example:
3 2.5 2.5
4 Think: 0.0
2.
1.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10. Which problem can you solve without using numbers?

Use with Grade 4, Chapter 14, Lesson 9, pages 618619. (462) NS 3.1; AF 1.2, 1.3; MR 2.2
Print This Page

Name

Applying Adding and Subtracting Decimals
Record your data and notes. Route (List all stops and highways used.)
Print This Page
Miles Traveled
Costs
Other Notes
Your Decision
What is your recommendation for the Lopez family? Explain.
MR 1.1, 2.2; NS 3.1
Print This Page

Name

How would you conserve electricity?
Record data for your conservation plans in this chart. Plan Plan 1 Activity Time Saved
Print This Page
Money Saved
Plan 2
Plan 3
NS 2.1; MR 1.1, 2.3, 3.3
Print This Page

Name

How would you conserve electricity?
Print This Page
1. Which of your three plans would you prefer to use?
Explain your answer.
2. Which of your three plans might you actually use?
Explain your answer.
3. Look at the plan you liked best. How much money would you save
in a month? in a year?
4. Compare the advantages and disadvantages of the different ways to produce
electricity. Think about costs, energy efficiency, and stress to the environment.
NS 2.1; MR 1.1, 2.3, 3.3

Math Worksheets

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Math Worksheets

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Chapter File Folders Teacher Tools Assessment Guide English Language Learner Handbook Math Center Cards Problem

Success on Standardized Tests

Print This Page

Explore How Big Is a Million?

Print This 11 Page

you need to make a thousand cube?

How many thousand cubes would you need to make a million?

Use with Grade 4, Chapter 1, Lesson 1, pages 23. (1)

Print This Page

Explore How Big Is a Million?

Print This 11 Page

Complete. Name each number in different ways.

ten thousand thousands hundreds

hundred thousand ten thousands thousands hundreds tens ones

million hundred thousands ten thousands thousands hundreds tens ones

Use with Grade 4, Chapter 1, Lesson 1, pages 23. (2)

Print This Page

Explore How Big Is a Million?

Print This 11 Page

days! She frowns. Thats a long time.

3. Wait a minute! she exclaims. What if I have 100 stores and

each store would need to sell in 1 day.

Use with Grade 4, Chapter 1, Lesson 1, pages 23. (3)

Print This Page

Place Value Through Millions

Print This 12 Page

Write the value of each underlined digit.

Write each number in standard form.

12. two hundred fifty-four million, seven thousand, five

Algebra & Functions Write the missing number.

14. 168,943 100,000 60,000 8,000 15. 888,888 800,000

Use with Grade 4, Chapter 1, Lesson 2, pages 47. (4)

Print This Page

Place Value Through Millions

Print This 12 Page

Expanded form: Standard form: Word name: Complete.

+ 20,000 + 4,000 + + 20,000 + + 2,000,000 + 500,000 +

2. 7,624,139 = 7,000,000 + 3. 42,521,012 =

McGraw-Hill School Division

Use with Grade 4, Chapter 1, Lesson 2, pages 47. (5)

Print This Page

Place Value Through Millions

Print This 12 Page

2. What is the greatest number with 5 in the hundred thousands place?

3. What is the least number with 6 in the millions place?

4. What is the least number with 3 in the ten thousands place?

5. What is the greatest number with 8 in the thousands place?

6. What is the greatest number with 1 in the ten millions place?

, the ten thousands place? , ,

7. What is the least number with 9 in the millions place and 2 in

8. What is the greatest number with 7 in the hundred thousands

place and 1 in the thousands place? , ,

possible number? the least possible number?

Use with Grade 4, Chapter 1, Lesson 2, pages 47. (6)

Print This Page

Compare and Order Numbers and Money

Print This 13 Page

3,862 1,462 $126.41

2. 5,741 5. 42,542 8. 25,632

5,862 41,617 25,632

3. $78.24 6. 32,145 9. 89,000

$77.24 32,264 87,999 197,541 972,421

100,042 11. 434,121 782,342 14. 642,134

432,154 12. 187,654 642,134 15. 874,158